Home

Mitsubishi Electric PURY-WP YJM

Contents

1.
2. We Z 2 L D HWE1113A 226 GB IX Troubleshooting 8 Control Circuit 1 Control power source function block POWer source system AC 380 415 V Control system DC 5 30 V Surge protection A ace 4 i Noise filter i INV board i I wI i Noise filter kk Rectifier H K Smoothing capacitor AC 380 415V 100 an Terminal block for Fuse i Inverter drive power source i circuit i i i I l an V Power supply Microcomputer Cont EH a ee i Heat i Inverter reset Poe Solenoid valve Y circuit i an 4 way valve i yel 2 1 18 Y Power supply H vener ove Relay LEV i I i Drive circuit i i i 72C LEV lt 5 V Power supply i i i Microcomputer i 5 12V Power supply DC DC converter O i SNE I i Ka i M NET board i i i i i i Detection cir
3. CN18V LED3 CNA DInput 18VDC Lit during normal GND GND CPU operation 3 Serial communication signal output 3H ASIN 08IS O _ Lk I o 9 E H ll 2 179d T RI i es CN5 s 12 E Ee x CDGND Control board _ AS re Serial communication signal output o AM gt 77 67 m O Ne ZEV U C SNO o o o T N rosy a amp U 00 01 4 CN21 EE S G 4 Een Q Serial communication signal output pi r Im 9799 La 9 gala E E S 1 oo fgg 0 board Bl B le oo T CNVDC 2 m I os Eq 7709 D Input 17VDC Bus voltage input 2 zo 10902 Vi jd NERS g z ab ge 55 O vonva 677 Gm board aoc r S ostra k ez eom QU ZZNO 9 _ ASSV m Bo 20241024 Input 5VDC m d lt u lol anar e 20 Ee e mum Dos 3 Serial communication signal input a TET N N N lt le ms m KM p 2n 5 GND INV board C ua 4 00 alu z Output 17VDC A CO P 1162 o e 2190 O oa m CNINV m H kel rez d 1 YT Inverter output 5 S S gisolm ca c J E l S ou DW cO E z o bd o90zTif B
4. 1 TB5 TB15 12 Q I 1 1 I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1 OO A1 B2 104 Note1 When only the LM adapter is connected leave SW2 1 to OFF as it is Note2 LM adapters require the power supply capacity of single phase AC 220 240V Note3 The figures above show a system to which two outdoor units are connected but only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system 42 VVhen the P200 and P250 mod els nected indoor units VVhen the P200and P250 models are door units 10 Number of transmission booster sold separately required 15 34 35 50 units units 11 26 27 42 43 50 units units units When a power supply unit is connected to the transmis sion line for centralized control leave the power jumper connector on CN41 as it is factory setting are not included in the con included in the connected in GB If Restrictions 3 Maximum allowable length Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 3 Transmission line for centralized control Same as 5 4 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 ME remote controller wiring Same as 6 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25 mm or larger Same as 5 4 HWE1113A 3 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 2 Shielded cable
5. S d d g FT N N A SC V gt Ga 3 Ba NV20Y B ADS APAN MITSUBISHI Sold 98H vE e sot SC L2 Oe SC L3 fo amp i d T J 2
6. HOIH MITSUBISHI MADE IN JAPAN Y y Ss r lo eN No O eo 10071 ei Od 9 H EVICOTESLS 100X 7 Y L 7004 2 22 WV ZZ 5 AI A M lu V r 1 a H H L soova ip R lu oooooooooooo S7 10 oooooooooooo 000000000000 E lt lt DA005 Siz ib Za e e e A I Wht il 00X Z00X S00X 700X 900X 400X dia iL DA00s S mn 7 O e e A 9 O B o HOIH NOILAVS IN tmu e ed IN II e e R OU 5 A NSSS Dl mg T CN001 7 Q NK NK HWE1113A 61 III Outdoor Unit Components HWE1113A 2 GB 1 2 3 4 HWE1113A IV Remote Controller Functions and Specifications of MA and ME Remote Controllers 65 Group Settings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 66 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller 70 Using the built in Temperature Sensor on the Remote Controller 71 2555 GB HWE1113A 64 GB IV Remote Controller 1 Functions and Specifications of MA and ME Remote Controllers There are two type
7. BV2 Oil separator O S Refrigerant service valve Check valve on the low pressure side BV1 SV5c CV6a Low pressure Check valve block High pressure check joint CJ1 check joint CJ2 assembly CV2a Check valve CV3a p H LR Check valve lt l RED C Check val CV10a RI AS eck valve USOS CV4a lt E Check valve CV9a Check valve CV8a HVVE1113A 50 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 2 Control Box of the Outdoor Unit HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING Control box houses high voltage parts e When opening or closing the front panel of the control box do not let it come into contact with any of the internal components Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less It takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turned off Capacitor C100 Rush current protection resistor R1 R5 Note 2 Esa Bani Control board Electromagnetic relay 72C e p eal DC reactor DCL hib Noise filter Terminal block for power supply A L1 L2 L3 N uu l T I block for t TB1 Note 1 INV board line TB3 TB7 Note 1 Exercise caution not to damage the bottom and the front panel of the control box Damage to these parts affect the waterproof and dust proof properties
8. OMPa 870psi pressure NO or more is displayed ee YES Replace the pressure sensor which detects less than 6MPa 870psi pressure with the pressure sensor which detects 6MPa 870psi or more pressure check the pressure and check whether the detected pressure is displayed normally Replace the pressure sensor YES Note 3 Restore contact failure Replace the board GB IX Troubleshooting Note 1 Check the self diagnosis switch Outdoor control board SW1 Measurement data Symbol SVV1 setting value 1 2 3455678941 Outdoor high pressure 63HS1 12345678910 Outdoor low pressure 63LS 12345678910 HBC controller pressure PS liquid side Note 2 Check CNP1 connector on the HBC controller control board for proper connections 3 Check the pressure value on the self diagnosis switch same as note 2 with the connector of the applied pressure sensor is disconnected from the board HWE1113A 215 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 Temperature sensor Troubleshooting instructions for thermistor START l Note 1 Pull out the thermistor connector in trouble from the board Note 2 Measure the temperature of the thermistor in trouble actual measurement value 1 Note 2 Check the thermistor resistor Compare temperature corresponding the resistance measured by the th
9. OOOLLLLLLL 121 eni 921 OOOLLLLLOL 921 254 SHBIP y sjuana dois Ue s JO Jequinu 4 000 LL LLOO yel syBip y s ddi sjuana dois UEIS jo Jequinu diNO OOOLLLLOLL KC L OOOLLLLOLO CC L UOU L L L LOO L LoL epouu dnyoeg sa a SHBIP 13MOT euin uonejedo diNO 000LLLOLLO SLL s IBip y 1 ddn 068 99 221 ue ON LMS ejep uang HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board syJeuway paAejdsip si wa s s yuea611J91 nu ay jo uonipuoo au 9 penpinipul pe ejdsip si SO JO DO Jo uonipuoo aul V gH O 6 666 01 666 0010010101 6vl 6 666 01 6 66 8H 0010010100 svi PLEHL 6 666 01 6 66 SH 0010010011 Lvl 9LEHL 6 666 01 6 66 aH 0010010010 or QLEHL 6 666 01 6 66 8H 0010010001 Syl eLcHL 6 666 01 6 66 8H 0010010000 bp 9LHL 6 666 0 6 66 GH 0010001111 eri GLHL 6 666 01 6 66 8H 0010001110 zil vLHL 6 666 01 6 66 SH 0010001101 Lvl IHL 6 666 01 6 66 9H ooro00LL00o Oyl ZLHL 6 666 0 6 66 SH 0010001011 6 l LLHL c dund Jajem y Jo suonnjo 9J 9u 6666 01 0000 0010001010 Sel dund Jajem 6666 01 0000 y Jo suol njoA 1 ay 0010001001 161 gH 00L0 0 0000 1OA peuioeds z dung 0010001000 921 gH p lo ds duind 0010 0 1000 gH Aem 00L0000LLL GEL HWE1113A 0010000110 yel PCAN em SE
10. ay Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpraipur p e dsip SI SO JO OO JO uonipuo2 OU V ou nb 1Jj 6 Kouenb indjno jenjoe ay eoim Y Y 6666 O 0000 aly ndyno deion OLODOOLOLL 192 x v 6666 01 0000 0100001010 992 nd no ue 4 NVA x YV Y OO N eoo 99 x O O SETE x O j 777 Di 2 o o ool eee 9 D00000 02 xV V TETAS h n o 55777 uoee jo Aouenbejj ejo ZH SO 20 ejep 1400 6666 91 0000 s r u nb u we 940000000 192 x 00000000 952 xv v wae SL oH S olswneu v v wae RL Ouo qo an ti oHHOL 6S2 Diana EZ ouo zz x 8 8 a onn g x Be ee J 86200 9 sof onnoo os es 8 v q OZ otriiion T BRD se oo 92 a a a ae oo o Ll ewe sm a a a ae x o ea PIER EE DEN ON Ae dsiq 0100000010 892 syJew y LMS 10 19 1oJ q ejeq HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si wuaj s s jueJe6uJeJ ay Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V ef not mar TOA fa 000040 082 6 SyDIp y 60 V V 6666 01 0000 eum uonezedo doo 0700100001 682 O SyBip y s ddn LU sun aya Y 6666 O 0000 aun uonejedo doo 0700100000 882 ESTAN x E O ea ff uo
11. DL 1589 je JO UO yun ay YN u ten I EA m AT n deey jewod v yo uunj xoq 400 I I I I Seuepunoq OJJUOD ay ejeoipur seui usep joq 7 l n au YM parjddns jou Buum ejeoipur saul peop ojBuis I i map fans m iX way sjeu ay uo YNO ZENS 201NO L LOLNO L s MO AENG Qe au Gold UONISSUI eoe d ul GA DIE D Hi H A pJeog NVA pe oo A ounoes aJe speura ay ans YE N uonoun Bulyool e eeu s guluu UO Se4 G t uu ls s jueJeDujeJ aues HH y u sun ayy uo L Sieuluu Uleyo sIeg y 1 siojo uuo2 euBis indinonndul Bunoeuuoo JO yooq ejeq eui o J9Jey I GB 75 HWE1113A V Electrical Wiring Diagram 2 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the HBC Controller 1 CMB WP108V G FHL Cc IHL Eu PI L dit j S Ie p ay JO obed ee 9as x v9 u3yv3ug volasnd ZH09 ZH0S E r l 022 P EE i EN ATddfiS 2 S 08 1114 1 oN m nal LINA YOO NILX3N OL O T TOV RENE NIE EN P 9 m TTT 0 0 o o o G SE ARCA EEN MM eq sz AS oz T L LOONO 00N 4929 cg b ae CCC oi oo ownage ah 117111 dELE O s Ah or 1L L 10 ABI ELTE BLE Cd 1212 7
12. INOH 69 Z 0 00 00 9 JOS JO SUI LOLOLLLLOO 002 e dsip 1eui e I pue yjuou pue LE OF L cV 66 9 00 00 Z G uonooejep 10119 JO OUI LOLOLLLOLL 69 62 01 00 00 S uol o9 D JO SUI LOLOLLLOLO 869 Kelds p a euaye ojep pue ujuouu pue JeoA LE 01 V ZV 66 0 00700 2 uono l p JO au LOLOLLLOOL 269 INOH 69 Z 9 00 00 y uonoejep JO SUI LOLOLLLOOO e dsip l eui e I ojep pue ujuoui pue IP A LE 01 V ZV 66 9 00700 Z uomnoojep JOS JO au LOLOLLOLLL G69 69 62 9 00 00 uonoe jep JO SUI LOLOLLOLLO veo Ae dsip leui e ojep pue yjuou pue Je9A LE O L 21 66 01 0000 2 2 uonoajep joue jo sun 1 69 nului INOH 6G 9 00 00 UOnoejep J0JJ8 JO SUI LOLOLLOLOO EN ejdsip leui e ojep pue ujuoui pue IP A LE 01 V ZV 66 0 00700 7 uonoojep JO LOLOLLOOLL L69 O NUILW INOH 6G 9 00 00 JO out LOLOLLOOLO oco e dsip leui e ojep pue ujuoui pue IP A LE 01 VZ 66 9 00 00 z euin juan LOLOLLOOOL 689 spal v v 69 62 01 00 00 9umwesno 1010110000 989 5 g v ON L lur Ae dsiq LMS ejep 281 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si ujejs s Jue1 BiuJ 1 ay jo uonipuoo u g
13. MATN05 BOARD KE76BON2603 TEN e Fuse 250V AC 3 15A Je X C532 DARS DA804 DAB02 DAB00 IC020 11 mme C034 ICO21 11 BENED EB EB EB ES EB DA80S DA803 DA801 IEC UL JAPAN 250 3 15A TI 3A 250V C631 m CN31 0 7 D N AN O N a CN63PW S R5 C412 C410 36 R535 E iw s CN3K 1 3 CN3N 1 YE BU RD CNA 2 E 2 a 2 o ocu e o m 18 x Pe S 120 506 5 FB15 2 cao7 tij 55 c413 ur DA035 mn o m o o He a del gt dd a ZA s T D pm 1c414 A z o R825 o S1703 408 LO LI lo FBt6 C566 C565 R725 m e S S Ten C540 5 o E R7240 GE x 2 ES N lt PC10 PC704 m 15 R814 L22 gt LED Ud iui 0513 FB20 C646 DA823 e e e C 3 q Q007 _ lt Q005 m J m c5 6 ES 2006 0008 UT o Gs X OFF ON OFF FB22 OFE ON OFF OFF NT O Or x Sit d d E C511 DA816 re 639 CTO OCH D gt C544 H H HN R63 n ken a EE 45 1 wO SCT ps DA706 TmrJ C416 Z CTO Psi reel Tes cinco etc F R543 Lil Z dico oal den gt len e den b 7 LT
14. Note1 When only the LM adapter is connected leave SW2 1 to OFF as it is ABS OO Note2 LM adapters require the power supply capacity of single phase AC 220 240V n Note3 The figures above show a system to which two outdoor units are connected 9 but only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system 2 Cautions 1 2 3 4 5 6 When the P200 and P250 models are not 15 34 35 50 included in the connected indoor units units units When the P200 and P250 models are in cluded in the connected indoor units ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units No more than 2 ME remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units with each other Replace the power jumper connector of the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units not required if power to the transmission line for centralized control is supplied from a controller with a power supply func tion such as GB 50ADA Provide an electrical path to ground for the S terminal on the ter minal block for centralized control on only one of the outdoor units When the number of the connected indoor units is as shown in the table below one or more transmission boosters sold sepa rately are required To connect two transmission boosters connect
15. 1 Error Code Transmission line bus busy error 2 Error definition and error detection method Generated error when the command cannot be transmitted for 4 10 minutes in a row due to bus busy Generated error when the command cannot be transmitted to the transmission line for 4 10 minutes in a row due to noise Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 The transmission processor cannot be transmit Check the transmission wave shape and noise on the ted as the short wavelength voltage like noise ex transmission line ists consecutively on the transmission line See the section Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise gt No noise indicates that the error source controller is a failure gt If noise exists investigate the noise 2 Error source controller failure 1 Error Code Communication error between device and transmission processors 2 Error definition and error detection method Communication error between the main microcomputer on the indoor unit board and the microcomputer for transmission Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Data is not properly transmitted due to accidental Turn off the power source of the outdoor and the indoor
16. O a Water side outlet temp of Heating main heat ex changer TH32 0132 Water side outlet temp of Cooling main heat ex changer TH33 Temperature sensor Water pump WP2 outlet fault temperature TH34 HBC controller 5133 5134 VVater pump VVP1 outlet Ss temperature TH35 Water pump WP1 inlet temperature TH36 Water pump WP2 inlet temperature TH37 5136 5141 Temperature sensor 1st port returned water fault temp TH31a HBC controller 2nd port returned water SITE temp TH31b 3rd port returned water SE temp TH31c 4th port returned water SES temp TH31d 5th port returned water temp TH31e 6th port returned water 9146 temp TH31f fth port returned water SE temp TH31g 8th port returned water temp TH31h 5201 High pressure sensor fault 63HS1 High pressure sensor fault SCH E Outdoor unit HPS HBC controller PS1 115 ACCT sensor fault 4300 5148 e 119 Open circuited IPM Loose ACCT connector z Remote controller board fault nonvolatile memory error HVVE1113A 131 G 5301 5401 5701 7 6201 EX 6202 MES 6600 7 EN 6601 6602 o o j Serm ol fe oo PE ET mm elje li ji j e jeje e o ojojof o o o o o o recen lli LL sina UJ IX Troubleshooting S
17. 1 Refer to Chapter 8 Vacuum Drying Evacuation for detailed procedure page 10 HWE1113A 235 GB IX Troubleshooting Detailed View of Part A 8X3 Brazing or debrazing pipes N O 215 88 5 8 028 6 1 1 8 8 This figure does not show heat exchanger HWE1113A 015 88 5 8 d 6 3 Check valve replacement When replacing CV4a Remove the brazing O 2 6a 1 015 88 pre N CV4a EL When replacing CV6a 5 928 6 d 1 8 Remove the brazing 922 2 7 8 2 J When replacing CV8a 015 15 87 Remove the brazing 3 and 4 CV10a A A wv When replacing CV9a amp Remove the brazing 5 4 L and 6 When replacing M CV10a Remove the brazing 7 and 8 822 2 7 8 4 928 6 1 1 8 1 Check valve ASSY Angle of the pipes when replacing CV8a CV9a CV10a Figure as viewed from point Q 236 GB IX Troubleshooting 7 Servicing the HBC controller 1 3 way valve MV1 and MV2 3 way valves and FCV water flow rate control valve are driven by the pulse signal from the HBC controller control board and are controlled by a stepping motor 1 HBC controller control board and 3 way valves MV1 MV2 PB Circuit board 4 Kee 9 4 x d D Qe 3 l I O 2 Limit signal 2 3 2 ene S 2 0 LED Microcomputer 0 signal 1 i dy L A r L GND T 12V 2
18. 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inner pressure drop due to a leakage Refer to the page on the troubleshooting of the high pressure sensor page 207 2 Pressure sensor failure 3 Shorted circuited pressure sensor cable due to torn outer rubber 4 A pin on the male connector on the pressure sensor is missing or contact failure 5 Disconnected pressure sensor cable 6 Failure of the pressure sensor input circuit on the controller board 1 Error Code Refrigerant overcharge 2 Error definition and error detection method An error can be detected by the discharge temperature superheat 1 Ifthe formula TdSH lt 10 C 18 F is satisfied during operation first detection the outdoor unit stops goes into the 3 minute restart mode and starts up in three minutes 2 Ifthe formula TASH lt 10 C 18 F is satisfied again within 30 minutes of the first stoppage of the outdoor unit second de tection the unit comes to an abnormal stop and the error code 1500 appears 3 Ifthe formula TdSH lt 10 C 18 F is satisfied 30 minutes or more after the first stoppage of the outdoor unit the same se quence as ltem 1 above first detection is followed 4 For 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Overcharged refrigerant Refer to the page on refrigerant amount evaluation page 121 2 Thermistor
19. Delete unnecessary address in formation using the manual set ting function of ME remote controller Refer to this service handbook IV 2 Group Set tings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 1 3 Address deletion page 67 Deletion of connection informa tion of the outdoor unit by the deleting svvitch Note that the above method vvill delete all the group set tings set via the ME remote controller and all the inter lock settings betvveen LOSS NAY units and indoor units Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit and vvait for o minutes e Turn on the dip switch SW2 2 on the outdoor unit control board Turn on the power source of the outdoor unit and vvait for o minutes Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit and vvait for o minutes e Turn off the dip switch SW2 2 on the outdoor unit control board Turn on the power source of the outdoor unit GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No response error 2 Error definition and error detection method When no response command is returned although acknowledgement ACK is received after transmission an error is detect ed When the data is transmitted 10 times in a row with 3 seconds interval an error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred 3 Cause 1 The transmissi
20. O E a Serial communication error Discharge temperature fault Low pressure fault Drain pump fault float switch Untightened manual air vent valve mu ELM Drain sensor Thd fault s b m EN 3 way valve Water flow rate control valve fault Water leakage Water supply cutoff Out of range outside air temperature Open phase Transmission power supply fault Fan operation status detection error Power supply signal sync error RPM error Motor error 108 Abnormal bus voltage drop 109 Abnormal bus voltage rise 111 Logic error 131 Low bus voltage at startup 4230 4330 EN Heatsink overheat protection 4240 4340 E Overload protection 101 IPM error 104 Short circuited IPM Ground fault TS Overouent eror die to 10 1061 reesen SW aaae O Overcurrent effective value S W detection el hesonenn Jo eleleleloelelel ol ololol ofoofolo T Herp ooo lo 1 mau 111117 PP ja 1 PLT tT tty e oo 1 HWE1113A 129 G UJ IX Troubleshooting Error Code 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 HWE1113A Prelimi nary error code 1202 1217 1205 1202 Error prelim inary detail code 01 Error code definition Return air temperature Temperature sensor TH21 fault OA processing unit in
21. OC or OS if it exists 1 None of these addresses may overlap any of the indoor unit addresses elt is not necessary to set the 100s digit e To set the address to 200 set the rotary svvitches to 00 To set the address to 100 set the rotary svvitches to 50 If the address that is as signed to the HBC controller overlaps any of the address es that are assigned to the outdoor units use a differ ent unused address within the setting range The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same HWE1113A 41 GB II Restrictions 1 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected 1 Sample control wiring L11 Leave the male connector on CNA as it is SW2 1 OFF gt 0N OS To be left unconnected Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt 0N OS L31 SW2 1 OFF ON OC To be left Note1 System controller ABS OO n ul 2 Cautions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Be sure to connect a system controller ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be con nected to the same group of indoor units Assign to the indoor units connected to the MA remote controller ad dresses that are smaller than thos
22. YES Check for 5 and 6 Correct Error found Replace the ME remote the error Error found gt controller with the MA NO remote controller NO Indoor unit board or MA remote controller failure Check 1 Correct the error Refer to IX 4 8 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit for how to check item 1 in the flow chart above page 228 HWE1113A 193 GB IX Troubleshooting Flow chart ing d the indoor and the outdoor units do not start runn is presse eui uoissiusueJ LAN W 24 40 oU uUoueuiouaug Z OL mum 1ue1eBujeJ ay Uoueuloueug L OL Jej ozjuoo V N uoueujoueug Z OL peddois ureujeJ yno JueJ Blusl Mer PNP SO ON JO Z ON JEUJOU SI jueueDujeJ ON ubnouily UOUSWOUSUd L OL Jej o3uoo OU V N ON up uo pan un y n Jo0put gt SJA au JO asnos eu juo S je epoo 10119 au 0 19J 3 JO 2099 S3A spienuaye pojeJedo y p eldsip s pezienueo lqissod uonejedo s SHA s nuluu JO G JO SHA Je oJjuoo V N 24 40 9JIM v eo ejdes 2 1 5 ay s uu jeu eu esf 4 uoneoyioeds jno feiojuoo Jowa VN JO ay J S3A J j werp y Jo y buaj eu aly OU d y 9JIM v Addns
23. 3 Capacity correction by brine concentration heating PURY WP200 250YJM A 20 30 Brine concentration wt HWE1113A Brine concentration wt nput O D o ue o o D z 20 30 Brine concentration wt I Read Before Servicing HWE1113A DER GB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 HWE1113A II Restrictions System Configuration eee eter ee eee 21 Types and Maximum allowable Length of Cables 22 Switch Settings and Address Settings 8233883388 29 Sample System Copnpechon EE 29 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 30 An Example of a System to which an ME Remote Controller is connected 40 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected 42 Restrictions on Pipe Length EE 45 19 GB HWE1113A 0 GB II Restrictions 1 System configuration 1 Table of compatible indoor units The table below summarizes the types of indoor units that are compatible with different types of outdoor units 1 Standard combinations Outdoor units HBC controller Maximum total capacity Maximum number Types of connectable of connectable indoor of connectable in indoor units units door units WP200 YJM A CMB WP108V G 100 300 WP20 WP50 models 7711 Indoo
24. 3 System configuration 2 Grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units Error source Error display address Detection method Outdoor ME remote No acknovvl Same cause as that for system unit controller RC edgement with one outdoor unit OC MA remote ACK at IC controller MA transmission to OC HBC ME remote No acknovvl Same cause as that for system control 1 controller edgement vvith one outdoor unit ler RC ACK at IC HB MA remote transmission to controller HB MA Indoor ME remote No acknovvl Same causes as 1 5 for sys unit controller RC edgement tem vvith one outdoor unit IC MA remote ACK at RC controller MA 1 transmission to IC Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the out door unit on the terminal block for centralized controlline connection TB7 When multiple outdoor units are connected and the power source of one of the outdoor units has been shut off The male power supply connector of the outdoor unit is not connect ed to the female power supply switch connector CN40 The male power supply connec tors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the female pow er supply switch connector CN40 for centralized control If an error occurs after the unit runs normally once the following causes may be considered Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of con nected units 7102
25. 6 666 01 0 00 000LLOLLLL LLL SI pun al oDeyoA 314 dINOO9 000LLOLLLO 011 0001101101 601 000LLOLLOO 801 OOOLLOLOLL 101 000LLOLOLO 901 0001 LOLOOL SOL 0001101000 PU L 000LLO0LLL KU L 000LL00LL0 CUL 000LL00L0L LOL 0001100100 001 000LL000LL 0001100010 0001 100001 26 Aouenb jnd no ueg indjno eny9e ay eoim Y Y 6666 01 0000 0001100000 mdjno uey Py w 6666 01 0000 NV4 OOOLOLLLLL ue G6 v6 syJeuway o z Ae dsiq Wa ejep uang X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 253 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board eut s wun dn Jejs je dn jJunoo Ionuoo dnyoeq jo uone duuoo y spuooes 06 JO yy s e s y SI pun al syJeuway p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 nu ay jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip si SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul hx GH 0010000100 ZCL e dsipind dol no Aejay Jojoeuuoo MS 1 0JJ MS 16012 QCINAS QLINAS WAS LNAS Joeuuoosiq 6666 01 0000 SJ9 9 1soJJop osu doup ams ans SL 9 SEH ewou S9Jd MO SeJd uDi ewou xoq mue DI qv 1 UDIH qv so oo sm zm em sn m em a m Ae dsiq 00H Wi sod nd uonejo4 10J JosseJduJ00 jo euun 001000000 6211 uoneJedo
26. Auxiliary HBC con outdoor troller unit Note Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are automatically des ignated as OC and OS Note or OS if it exists 1 problem with the outdoor unit whose power jumper was moved from CN41 to CN40 central control is not possible even if TB7 s are daisy chained Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor units OC OS with the shield wire of the shielded cable Short circuit the earth terminal and the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector is mated with CN40 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 LOSSNAY connection Same as 5 2 Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Setting method Port number setting is required To perform a group op eration of indoor units that feature different functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of functions as the main unit None of these addresses may overlap any of the indoor unit addresses Settings to be made with the Sub Main switch To set the address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 If the address that is as signed to the HBC control
27. Communication address 511 Address 51 After the initial settings have been completed the information on these items can be checked by making the switch setting that corresponds to No 517 in the LED display table Note Only item No 1 Software Version appears on the display if there is a wiring failure between the control board and the trans mission line power supply board or if the circuit board has failed HWE1113A 245 GB X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 3 Time data storage function The outdoor unit has a simple clock function that enables the unit to calculate the current time with an internal timer by receiv ing the time set by the system controller such as G B 50A If an error including a preliminary error occurs the error history data and the error detection time are stored into the service memory The error detection time stored in the service memory and the current time can be seen on the service LED Note 1 Use the time displayed on the service LED as a reference 2 The date and the time are set to 00 by default If a system controller that sets the time such as G B 50A is not connected the elapsed time and days since the first power on will be displayed If the time set on a system controller is received the count will start from the set date and the time 3 The time is not updated while the power of the indoor unit is turned off When the power is turned off and then on
28. trio ese gt gt t mge s mge nt reos ec AO O TON rotos uc retro ot EL ewe e Dio eo ll eo 40 gt eene so 777777 vo ET Ts Lo Yo ea omg SO OO Gwndmues oa Ise gt SO OO yun iddns uo E oo sm m em sn m em zm im mammen Le ON ejep uang syJeuway 264 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si uaj s s juesaB11Jal ay Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpraipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO Jeune JO uonipuoo OU V PTE MITOS 0101014100 KITA wooow 0101011001 aam ETT MITA 0101010101 0101010100 ooon 0101010010 0101010000 MT orooro META mamen we wooo o nooo 6 ooo e 901 G q1 201 068 997621 WW9 Ae dsiq LMS ejep uang 0 6 8 2 G LFC 0 6 8 Z G 9 r C 9 r C HWE1113A 801 101 co Q zl 0 O S ve ve ve ve ve ve ve ve ve CC CC CC g CC CC 26 26 ON syJeuway 265 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board spuooes Ala A Ajayeuseye pe ejdsiq syJeuway pe ejdsip si ujejs s 4 6 ay jo uonipuoo ay g Ajenpraipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO Jaune JO uonipuoo OU V eooo men 0 mem sor 0 mem mmm o eooo men 0
29. x Ow 7555 888900 00 75555 8886900 00 7555 bb 0700 o x 888900 0 755557 8889000 0 8889000 00 75555 6 007 x 6860000 0 75557 8889900 0 8889900 0 x 8889990 0 RR 07 sol oo sm a em sn m em a ta g v Lx nun DEER 6081000 o 888900 007 x 888900 00 x 88899000 00 75555 s 00 1914 6221 SEO Jo LEO lil OCH GEO 1914 YEDI CEO 1914 CEDI Jo LEO JO 022 lil 6221 8221 Z Ol 9221 5221 lil VEO ECO lil 2221 1221 1914 0221 lil 6121 8191 Jo L LO Q LO G LO PLO C LO lil 2121 EH ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq LLOLOLOLOO LLOLOLOOLL LLOLOLOOLO LLOLOLOOOL LLOLOLOOOO LLOLOOLLLL LOOLOOLLLO LLOLOOLLOL LLOLOOLLOO LLOLOOLOLL LLOLOOLOLO LLOLOOLOOL LLOLOOLOOO LLOLOOOLLL LLOLOOOLLO LLOLOOOLOL VL01000100 LLOLOOOOLL VL01000010 VL01000001 1101000000 LLOOLLLLLL LLOOLLLLLO LLOOLLLLOL LLOOLLLLOO LLOOLLLOLL LLOOLLLOLO LLOOLLLOOL 068 956722 HZ S9 198 058 678 978 118 978 Gv8 Vv8 ev8 CPU Lo Ove 6 8 869 168 969 969 ves 669 CES LES 0 8 DCH 828 128 mm EN 288 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board u soueu JSC eouis sinoH EN FE SI 8 5 1ue1 B 11J
30. 1 Solenoid valve block ASSY SV4a SV4b SV4c SV4d replacement procedures To remove Solenoid valve block ASSY Q Remove the solenoid valve block coil cover solenoid valve coil and peripheral cables 2 Remove the screw M5 that fixes the solenoid valve block and the supporting plate for solenoid valve block 3 Cut the pipe at the position indicated on the right figure with a pipe cutter Remove the pipe from the brazed A part 4 Debraze B H parts total 7 places 5 Do not damage heat exchanger fins and peripheral piping devices when removing the Solenoid valve block ASSY Q To install Solenoid valve block ASSY 8 Mount the Solenoid valve block ASSY replacement to the unit with care not to damage heat exchanger fins and peripheral piping devices Fix the Solenoid valve block ASSY and the supporting plate with the fixing screw M5 7 Braze B H part total 7 places and connect the solenoid valve block and the heat exchanger header with the connect ing pipe 09 52 3 8 that comes with the service parts set Mount the solenoid valve block coil cover solenoid valve coil and peripheral cables back in place Precautions for replacing Solenoid valve block ASSY Be sure to perform no oxidation brazing when brazing After brazing check the condition around the brazing After confirming no leakage evacuate the air inside Perform carefully with the flame direction so that it does not burn cables and plates etc in the un
31. 2 Heating operation Normal operation Heating operation Note 1 2 Unit in the stopped state operation l SE During test run mode NO Test run mode ON NO Defrost operation 4 vvay valve OFF Indoor unit fan stop Inverter defrost frequency control Indoor unit LEV fully open Solenoid valve control Outdoor unit fan stop HBC controller solenoid valve control HBC controller LEV control Stopping the Indoor unit fan operation at 1 Indoor outdoor unit fan control defrost operation Very Low speed 2 Inverter frequency control Inverter output OHZ 3 Indoor unit LEV fully open YES Indoor unit LEV fully open 4 Solenoid valve control Solenoid valve OFF 5 HBC controller solenoid valve control Outdoor unit fan stop HBC controller solenoid valve control 6 HBC controller LEV control HBC controller LEV control Stopping the defrost operation OG Note 1 When the outdoor unit goes into the defrost mode defrost command is sent to the HBC controller and indoor units Upon reception of the command the indoor units will go into the defrost mode When defrosting is completed and upon receiving the signal that indicates the completion of defrosting indoor units will resume the heating operation Note 2 Defrost end condition 10 or more minutes must pass after defrost operation or Outdoor unit piping temperature refer to 5 Defrost operation control of 2 Controll
32. 4 Compressor Frequency Control Depending on the capacity required the frequency of the compressor is controlled to keep constant evaporation temperature 0 C 32 F 0 71 MPa 103 psil during cooling operation and condensing temperature 49 C 120 F 2 88 MPa 418 psil during heating operation The table below summarizes the operating frequency ranges of the inverter compressor during normal operation Frequency cooling Frequency heating Note The maximum frequency during heating operation depends on the outside air temperature and the dipswitch settings 1 Pressure limit The upper limit of high pressure 63HS1 is preset and when it exceeds the upper limit the frequency is decreased every 15 seconds The actuation pressure is when the high pressure reading on 63HS1 is 3 58MPa 519psi 2 Discharge temperature limit Discharge temperature TH4 of the compressor in operation is monitored and when it exceeds the upper limit the frequency is decreased every minute Operating temperature is 115 C 239 F 3 Periodic frequency control Frequency control other than the ones performed at start up upon status change and for protection is called periodic frequen cy control convergent control and is performed in the following manner Periodic control cycle Periodic control is performed after the following time has passed 30 seconds after either compressor start up or the completion of defro
33. 4225 Check the voltage at CNVDC on the Fan board while the inverter is stopped and if it is 420 V or above check the following items 1 Check the voltage at CN72 on the control board gt Go to 3 2 Check the noise filter coil connections and for coil burnout 3 Check the wiring connections between the following sections Between the INV board and the Fan board 4 Check contents 4220 Replace the Fan board if no problems are found Check the voltage at CNVDC on the Fan board while the inverter is stopped and if it is less than 420 V check the following items 1 Check the state of the wiring connections between the INV board and the Fan board 2 Check contents 4220 Replace the Fan board if no problems are found 3 Control board failure Confirm that DC12V is applied to the connector CN72 on the control board while the inverter is operating If not replace the control board Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 150 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Abnormal bus voltage rise Detail code 109 2 Error definition and error detection method If Vdc gt 830V is detected during inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Different voltage connection Check the power supply voltage on the power supply terminal block TB 1 2 INV board failure If the problem recurs repla
34. 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 p Zelds p 51 SO JO OO J9YYO JO uonipuoo SYL V Lx LOLLLOOOLL 6 l LOLLLOOOLO 8 l LOLLLOOOOL 22 LOLLLOO000 962 LOLLOLLLLL Gel LOLLOLLLLO vel LOLLOLLLOL Ged LOLLOLLLOO col LOLLOLLOLL LEZ LOLLOLLOLO UC LOLLOLLOOL 6c4 LOLLOLLOOO 821 LOLLOLOLLL 462 LOLLOLOLLO 921 LOLLOLOLOL 21 LOLLOLOLOO PCL LOLLOLOOLL 621 LOLLOLOOLO CCL GH SALA Aem Z LOLLOLOOOL 21 GH BEAJ Aea Bm z LOLLOLOOOO 0z2 GH Aem Z LOLLOOLLLL 612 GH SEADA SAA Aem Z LOLLOOLLLO 811 PEADS AI8A Aem Z LOLLOOLLOL 11 GH 26 SAJEA ew z LOLLOOLLOO DLL GH SALA Aem Z LOLLOOLOLL su GH BEADS AI8A Aem Z LOLLOOLOLO KW 068296yY Z1 ue ON LMS ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq 283 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si wuaj s s jueJe61JeJ v Jo uonipuoo g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO Jeune JO uonipuoo OU V METR MEZUN d l lo Lag aum YS ENT MENTES MET MT Ww 29 291 092 SH 891 191 SCH SCH rei 29 WISE 06 6vL gr 191 SH Gp ef 47 tomon isi ormon nono HZ ioo MONTT MET mum _ MT mun o oo LL tenue Hw ih o syJew y g y ON Ls n Aejdsig LMS ui s s pun uo ejeq 284 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board spuogas oul A
35. Address setting error 7105 HWE1113A 170 Check method and remedy Same remedy as that for sys tem with one outdoor unit Same remedy as that for sys tem with one outdoor unit Turn off the power sources of the outdoor and indoor units for 5 or more minutes and turn them on again If the error is accidental the will run normal ly If not check the cause 2 Check the causes of 1 5 If the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check 3 Check the LED displays for troubleshooting on other re mote controllers whether an error occurs If an error is found f an error is found check the check code definition and correct the error If no error is found ndoor unit board failure GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 2 Grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units 5 Detection source Error display method address LOSS ME remote No acknowl NAY controller RC edgement LC MA remote ACK at IC
36. Confirm that the characteristic of capacity drop due to piping length Long piping length Excessively long piping on the high pressure side causes pressure loss leading to increase in the high pressure T Piping size is not proper thin 10 Clogging by foreign object The indoor unit inlet temperature is excessively high exceeding 28 C 82 F Insufficient refrigerant amount Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to low discharge temperature Refrigerant recovery operation is likely to start 11 Compressor failure same as in case of cooling 12 GC HWE1113A HBC controller LEV3 actuation failure A drop in the low pressure that is caused either by a blockage of liquid pipe or by a pressure loss and the resultant slowing of refrigerant flow causes a tenden cy for the discharge temperature to rise HBC controller 3 way valve water flow rate control valve actuation failure Sufficient hot water is not supplied because of the in sufficient water flow rate and coexistence of cold and hot water on the HBC controller due to 3 way valve water flow rate control valve actuation failure 202 gt Change the pipe Check the temperature difference between the up stream and the downstream of the pipe section that is blocked Since blockage in the extended section is difficult to locate operate the unit in the cooling cycle and follow the same procedures that are used to loc
37. GO MEN OLLOLLOOLL OLLOLLOOLO OLLOLLOOOL OLLOLLOOO0 OLLOLOLLLL OLLOLOLLLO OLLOLOLLOL OLLOLOLLOO OLLOLOLOLL OLLOLOLOLO OLLOLOLOOL OLLOLOLOOO OLLOLOOLLL OLLOLOOLLO OLLOLOOLOL UL LOLOOLOO OLLOLOOOLL OLLOLOOOLO OLLOLOOO0L 0110100000 OLLOOLLLLL OLLOOLLLLO OLLOOLLLOL OLLOOLLLOO 068 956722 HZ Sev CEP Lev oer DCT HCP 127 9c dey yey cv CCV Lov A 611 SLL 107 9107 RLY PLG ETN ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq 269 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 9 Si un eut 9 Si un eut pe ejdsip si ujejs s jueJe61J8J ay Jo uonipuoo ay g Ajenpraipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 em um emn sm m en zn m Kejdsiq e1unjeJeduue edid lul 921 edid jaju Go e1unjeJeduue edid out O e1unjeJeduue edid out e edid out 2201
38. HWE1113A IX Troubleshooting 10 Instructions for the air vent operation During operation air that remains after water is supplied to the water circuit is removed from the water circuit Perform this operation after water and refrigerant piping work air tightness test evacuation and refrigerant charging have been completed and electrical work is done And after the debris removal operation if it is performed 1 Preparation for the air vent operation 1 Open the air vent valves on the HBC controller and indoor unit Refer the Installation Manual for the location of air vent valves If there are air vent valves on the field installed pipes open the valves as well A l pe HBC controller Indoor unit Example PEFY WP VMA E 2 Set DIP SW 5 1 valve opening when stopped DIP SW 5 2 nullification of drain over flow error for 9 hours from off to on 3 Supply water from the suction pipe on the HBC controller Install a non return valve to prevent water in the water circuit flooding back to the water supply pipe or remove the water supply hose after the air vent operation 4 Check that water comes from each air vent valve and perform the air vent operation 2 Air vent operation 1 Set DIPSWA 3 from OFF to ON 2 When 130 minutes have passed after the operation startup water pump will stop and the LED display on the HBC controller changes from AirO to Air1 then from Air1 to Air2 then from Air2 to Air3 th
39. Indoor outdoor transmission line Refer to the Instruction Manual for the MA remote con troller for the setting method Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 of the terminal block Group operation of indoor units for indoor outdoor transmission line TB3 on the outdoor units OC and OS of the terminal block for indoor out To perform a group operation of indoor units IC daisy door transmission line TB02 on the HBC controller chain terminals 1 and 2 on the terminal block TB15 on HB and of the terminal block for indoor outdoor trans all indoor units IC in the same group and then connect mission line TB5 on each indoor unit IC Non polar terminals 1 and 2 on the terminal block TB15 on the in ized two wire door unit on one end to the terminal block on the MA re motecontroller Non polarized two wire Only use shielded cables When performing a group operation of indoor units that Note m In have different functions Automatic indoor outdoor ad The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are au dresssetup is not available tomatically designated as OC and OS in the order of ca 4 LOSSNAY connection pacity from large to small if two or more units have the O large block TB5 on the indoor unit IC to the appropriate ter g l l minals on the terminal block TB5 on LOSSNAY LO Shielded cable connection Non polarized two wire Daisy chain the ground terminal 2 on the outdoor Inter
40. Lx yun Iva X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board JO LLOI 12 OL OI Je3l 691 1914 801 Je ZO Jo 991 1914 GO Jo YOI 1914 60 ZO LOI uoneJedo 0521 uoneJedo 6721 uoneJedo gyol uones do pol uoneJedo ot uoneJedo etc uoneJedo uoneJedo eyo uoneJedo 221 uoneJedo LEO uoneJjedo 0721 uoneJedo 6821 uoneJedo 8221 uoneJedo 221 uoneJedo 9821 uoneJedo ee uoneJedo FCO LLOOLLLOOO yes LLOOLLOLLL 628 LLOOLLOLLO CCS LLOOLLOLOL LZS LLOOLLOLOO 0c8 LLOOLLOOLL 618 LLOOLLOOLO 818 LLOOLLOOOL 118 VL00110000 918 LLOOLOLLLL 918 LLOOLOLLLO v18 LLOOLOLLOL 198 LLOOLOLLOO 619 LLOOLOLOLL LLS LLOOLOLOLO 018 287 LLOOLOLOOL 608 LLOOLOLOOO 808 LLOOLOOLLL 108 LLOOLOOLLO 908 LLOOLOOLOL 908 VL00100100 v08 LLOOLOOOLL 08 LLOOLOOOLO 09 VL00100001 108 1100100000 008 LLOOOLLLLL 6 62 LLOOOLLLLO 862 LLOOOLLLOL EH 068 956722 ON LMS ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board u soueu Se SOUIS sinoH EN pe ejdsip si ujejs s jueJe6uJeJ v jo uonipuoo ay g Ajenpriaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO 4 ull JO uonipuoo OU Y 75555 88869000 00 x 6s60o 07 oo 555577 888900 007 7555577 8889900 007 7555 8889090 00 7555 8889900 007 7555 8889990 00 x 6860000 0 55577 888999000 0 7555777 88899000 07
41. enig E0SNO MO I A F0SNO Ces S apa Or ANO 9A op 900N Ol L C K PRS 9 L C K PRS oa L C K PR oa GOSNO ueeJ5 MO I A n g 1 A3 INO CA31NO LATINO LEHL C R 9 HL Oe 10 0109 SCHL Se 1 o 09121001 oroi enig 90SNO 6002 HEL Lait ok o i KOUN 10080 rk O e pay B0SNO ob ol Mas Ble LOLOd 0214 uel pe Ole pay OK AEN 815 DO BI Lz T y i Z Y ZN LZ O i L Z T El ad Fa W T usalo enla 10 21 2004 nig 606No MA o o 0 Lis LOON Z0O0NO e pieog Jamog OLHL iam SS COORD LOLNO p NERA ARAM CZF O c z Lois ZISN rn 440 430 Lz Z L el SLHL Le E 16 0 HEHH H H H NO H NO enig loo peu oo pay LLGNO ER i 601 MIN CHL E 660 ZEHL Cz m i S4 au UOISSILISUELL JOOP NO JOOPU GB 70 HWE1113A V Electrical Wiring Diagram 2 CMB WP108V G Detail of X section 0 2 9 0 LMS SMO OJ Se ale peog jo nuoo UO YI MS JO SANJEA 195 eniui ay Z y eui Jewod JOBUUOD 0010 Eug uoissiusueJ SI ZO8 L L 31ON G o UOISSILUSUBJ yoo g euituJe YOUMS 1801457 S samod 104 SN USEEAOS AMA BAJA ABM u eZAWN U eLAIN Josuas eJnsseJd HEN anjen uorsuedx3 CL 9Ne AEA v qWvSLZ EWEG L U eLEL d V 9 062 951 1004 E ZEHL 91 11 HL ES HNAS Jopeejov TOV
42. i Buiuo iws Bune H 5uilooS AJ8A Aem y EySIZ T LP E uoneue dx3 Joqui S LM eS Y ot m uoneuejdxe joqu S gt I I 1 mm ao AE p L pai lL e LOHNZ zJNO ee ES gt PE camo Geen y JO p sul ay Buno dsul e1ojeg 220 wal 0598 ogo 0590 E sued e6eyo uBiu sesnou xoq 041002 O I I x 2 ew INS 2800 LN ZOLND ENO SENO NENO YEN I PHL nin p 119 No p ia 119 AE EE hit qada OPNS I unoejes JMO 81 e Ge 9 el lel le S a uoneedo u 142 2051 G ZOZNO 1 08 TTT ey M ei gg HIER A EH L 1 HH HHR 1 HL EIN pejewod Ven ren a ZHL EE pal E 1200 9HL Uz L E A LA I S ynd no uonoejep J09 SP ydA1NO jndino 34O NO 1oss iduo E u Ru Es E I Du Jos LSND AL weg f etdsiq Dumes 1031 uollound Mullg iouid b IMS ZMS EMS MS SMS Dumes x B B E El ss ippe lun We ao I L L L L L K 50 I NO 440 NO 440 NO 440 NO 440 NO 440 H SAS DH tz 889 JO A0ZOQ 0 iam pjeog olluoo L 2 seu peog ANI UO N Ld PUB 4 1 dp uonr d li m usamjaq eBeyo au zey uuuuoo pue o D get iia HHH
43. jajeulaye pe ejdsiq sseJppe yod ejdsip 801 9071 1u8u ayy uo 901 JNO y pue poul uone1edo eldsip 7 47 Hel uo 501 SY EN pe ejdsip si wuaj s s jueJe6uJoeJ v jo uonipuoo g jpenpinipu N Ma v000 Bune H 6000 BullooO 2000 uonejnueA 1000 dois 0000 so oo sm um em sn wm em a im g v Lx yun Iva pake dsip s SO JO OO Joe JO uonipuoo SUL uoneJedo 521 1100000000 89 uoneJedo GO 292 uoneJedoe2l oun 994 uoneJedo 221 oun soz uoneJedo LO om nai 068 959 221 ue ON LMS ui s s pun JOOpU uo ejeq 285 HWE1113A pe ejdsip si uaj s s jueJe6uJeJ v Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpraipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO 4 ull JO uonipuoo OU V MO 000 BunesH 6000 BullooO 2000 uoneln u A L000 dois 0000 spuooes AIJ AH A oyeuJeyje pe ejdsiq SS lp pe uod eldsip 807 901 1uBu ay uo 507 JNO v pue epouu uon e1edo ejdsip 7 107 H l ey uo 501 no ay L ool em um om sm m em z m syJeuway g v Lx yun ve X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board uoneJedo 6621 uoneJedo 2601 uoneJedo LEDI uoneJedo 0621 uoneJedo 6221 uoneJedo 8221 uoneJedo 1221 uoneJedo 9221 uoneJedo ez uoneJedo pzol uoneJedo 6221 uoneJedo 2221 uoneJedo Le uone4edo 0221 uoneJedo 6121 uon
44. sistance value is 1 Mohm or less Note The insulation resistance could go down to close to 1Mohm after installation or when the power is kept off for an extended period of time because of the accumulation of refrigerant in the compressor If the earth leakage breaker is triggered please use the following procedure to take care of this Disconnect the wires from the compressor s terminal block If the resistance is less than 1 Mohm switch on the power for the outdoor unit with the wires still disconnected Leave the power on for at least 12 hours Check that the resistance has recovered to 1 Mohm or greater Earth leakage current measurement method For easy on site measurement of the earth leakage current enable the filter with a measurement instrument that has filter functions as below clamp all the power supply vvires and measure Recommended measurement instrument CLAMP ON LEAK HiTESTER 3283 made by HIOKI EE CORPORATION eVVhen measuring one device alone measure near the device s power supply terminal block HVVE1113A 5924 GB IX Troubleshooting 5 Simple checking procedure for individual components of main inverter circuit Note Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less Part name IGBT module See Troubleshooting for IGBT Module IX
45. the control board has a problem Pressure sensor configuration The high pressure sensor consists of the circuit shown in the figure below If DC 5V is applied between the red and the black vvires voltage corresponding to the pressure betvveen the vvhite and the black vvires vvill be output and the value of this voltage will be converted by the microcomputer The output voltage is 0 071V per 0 098MPa 14psi Note The pressure sensor on the body side is designed to connect to the connector The connector pin number on the body side is different from that on the control board side 4 5 653 4 0 580 Pressure 0 4 15 MPa 601psi Vout 0 5 9 5 V 0 071 V 0 098 MPa 14 psi 3 5 508 3 0 435 2 5 963 Pressure MPa psi 2 0 290 Connector 1 5 218 GND Black 1 0 145 Vout White 0 5 73 0 Vcc DC 5 V Red 0 05 1 15 2 25 3 35 Output voltage V HWE1113A 2907 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 1 Low Pressure Sensor 63LS Compare the pressure that is detected by the low pressure sensor and the low pressure gauge pressure to check for failure By configuring the digital display setting switch SVV1 as shown in the figure below the pressure as measured by the low pressure sensor appears on the LED1
46. 0110000001 986 0110000000 ES OLOLLLLLLL 8 OLOLLLLLLO 286 OLOLLLLLOL 18 OLOLLLLLOO 08 OLOLLLLOLL 6LE OLOLLLLOLO BLE OLOLLLLOOL LLE OLOLLLLOOO 92 OLOLLLOLLL GLE OLOLLLOLLO YLE OLOLLLOLOL ele OLOLLLOLOO CLE OLOLLLOOLL LZE OLOLLLOOLO OLOLLLOOOL 696 0101110000 EH 068 956722 ON LMS OLE 267 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si wuaj s s Jue1 BiuJ 1 ay Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO OO JO uonipuoo OU V 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 9 S jun eut 6 666 O 6 66 O BR sor 0LL00L0L00 e O E O e OA to spoofioedeossempvosol 0110010000 oo uononsg OLLOOLLOLL Lk uonons CO OLLOOLLOLO OLY eunjeJeduue uonons Zol OLLOOLLOOL 607 uonons 2I OLLOOLLOOO 807 OLLOOLOLLL LOV 6666 0000 6666 0 0000 epoo q oedeo ss ippy 6991 OLLOOOLLLL ES 6666 0000 6666 O 0000 apoo q oedeo ss ippy 8701 0110001110 eec 6666 0000 6666 0 0000 epoo q oedeo ss ippy 221 0110001101 16 6666 01 0000 6666 0000 po q oedeo ss ippy 9701 0110001100 o oee so oo sm um em sm m em em im mme Lu ON lx ui s s pun JOOpU uo ejeq spuooes Ala A Ajayeuseye pe ejdsiq syJeuway 26
47. 1 1301 2 28 side Compressor inlet 1 30 2 28 Compressor shell bot E 42 108 41 106 tom PF LEV1 LEV2 inlet 30 93 34 86 HBC control ler Temp on the HBC control Water heat exchanger 35 95 38 100 water side ler outlet TH32 TH33 Indoor unit 35 95 38 100 Outlet 30 7 87 32 6 91 HWE1113A 125 GB VIII Test Run Mode HWE1113A 126 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code E 129 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Controller 133 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise 204 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parsons ai 207 5 Refrigerant EE 229 6 Compressor Replacement Instruchons 231 Servicing the HBC COMMU m MM 237 8 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display 239 9 Instructions for debris removal operation 240 10 Instructions for the air vent operaton n 241 11 Instructions for the water pump replacement eee eee e e ee 242 HWE1113A z n GB HWE1113A 128 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Lists Prelimi Error nary Code error code 1202 1402 1600 MEN 1605 2502 4152 Searched unit Error prelim inary Error code definition detail Notes o e c O O
48. 1 eJiue ay Jo uonipuoo sy g AjjenpiArpul x s GOO e 01 0000 RN 01 0000 s T 01 0000 EMEN ION 01 0000 01 0000 01 0000 01 0000 U IIIA O 0000 01 0000 a eao 01 0000 o sm a em sn m em a ta g v Lx nun DEER I p Zelds p 51 SO JO OO J9YYO JO uonipuoo SYL V Lx 19114 0921 TT 98 GH LLOLOLLLLO KEN 19414 SOI ses YOI Ltororroor 99 2721 vuogaut soe 19114 LOI noroiohi0 vs8 068 907621 m ue B ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq 289 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si wa s s jueJeBujeJ ay Jo uonipuoo u g Ajj enpiaipur p e dsip SI SO JO 90 Jeune JO uonipuoo OU Y LLOLLLOLLO 988 LLOLLLOLOL G88 Jojunoo Jasay aun s yun ay vSc 010 pueoq ue LLOLLLOLOO PO LLOLLLOOLL 88 LLOLLLOOLO 99 Jojunoo Jasay O yac 91 0 ANI LLOLLLOOOL 188 Jojunoo Jasay PRC 910 pieoq 10nu02 LLOLLLOOOO 088 eum si un eu LLOLLOLLLL 628 LLOLLOLLLO 8 8 LLOLLOLLOL 118 LLOLLOLLOO 928 LLOLLOLOLL 918 290 LLOLLOLOLO v 8 lb 6 666 01 6 66 eseud 10102 OLLOLOOL 48 DAI 6 666 01 6 66 EROEM 27 SA
49. 130kO A S aaa uuu a v s a GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code High pressure sensor fault 63HS1 2 Error definition and error detection method elif the high pressure sensor detects 0 098MPa 14psi or less during the operation the outdoor unit stops once turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes when the detected high pressure sensor is 0 098MPa 14psi or more If the high pressure sensor detects 0 098MPa 14psi or less just before the restart the outdoor unit makes an error stop and the error code 5201 will appear During 3 minute antirestart mode preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display A error is not detected for 3 minutes after the compressor start during defrost operation or 3 minutes after defrost operation 3 Cause check method and remedy High pressure sensor failure Refer to the page on the troubleshooting of the high 7 sensor IX 141 1 page 207 Torn vvire 8 Tom wire coating 00000 A pin on the male connector is 4 A pin on the male connector is missing or contact failure or contact A wire 6 High pressure sensor input circuit failure on the control board 6 High pressure sensor input circuit failure on the control board sensor input circuit on the control board HWE1113A 160 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code High pressure sensor fault Outdoor unit 63HS1 HBC
50. 25 C kg m3 77 F psi Flammability Nonflammable Nonflammable Nonflammable Ozone Depletion Coefficient ODP Global Warming Coefficient GWP 2 1730 1530 1700 Refrigerant Charging Method Refrigerant chargingin Refrigerantchargingin Refrigerant charging in the liquid state the liquid state the gaseous state Replenishment of Refrigerant after a Refrigerant Available Available Available Leak 1 When CFC11 is used as a reference 2 When CO is used as a reference 2 Refrigerant composition R410A is a pseudo azeotropic HFC blend and can almost be handled the same way as a single refrigerant such as R22 To be safe however draw out the refrigerant from the cylinder in the liquid phase If the refrigerant in the gaseous phase is drawn out the composition of the remaining refrigerant will change and become unsuitable for use If the refrigerant leaks out it may be replenished The entire refrigerant does not need to be replaced 3 Pressure characteristics The pressure in the system using R410A is 1 6 times as great as that in the system using R22 Pressure gauge Temperature C F R407C HWE1113A 5 GB I Read Before Servicing 12 Notes on Refrigerating Machine Oil 1 Refrigerating machine oil in the HFC refrigerant system HFC type refrigerants use a refrigerating machine oil different from that used in the R22 system Note that the ester oil used in the system has properties that are different from
51. 3 and 4 in the table above only 2 External signal is input to CN3D on the outdoor unit whose SW4 4 is set to ON When SW4 4 is set to OFF on all outdoor units the signal is input to the CN3D on the OC Outdoor units whose SVV4 4 is set to ON are selectable in a single refrigerant system 3 If wrong sequence of steps are taken the units may go into the Thermo OFF compressor stop mode Ex When switching from 100 to 50 Incorrect 100956 090 5096 The units may go into the Thermo OFF mode Correct 100 75 50 4 The percentage of the demand listed in the table above is an approximate value based on the compressor volume and does not necessarily correspond with the actual capacity 5 Notes on using demand control in combination with the low noise mode To enable the low noise mode it is necessary to short circuit 1 2 pin of CN3D on the outdoor unit whose SVV4 4 is set to OFF When SWA 4 is set to ON on all outdoor units the following operations cannot be performed Performing 4 step demand in combination with the low noise operation in a single outdoor unit system Performing 8 step demand in combination with the low noise operation in a two outdoor unit system 2 Contact input and control content 2 step demand control The same control as the Thermo OFF is performed by closing 1 3 pin of CN3D 4 step demand control When SW4 4 is set to ON on an outdoor unit Demand capacity is shown below 8 step demand control
52. 5 SI OU usym HO s oB due sy SUD dojs IEULUOUOE ue O aueo jeu fun au o spuods jeu due ay 81 ON HUN UY ON HUN ON HUN Vc ON HUN 91 ON HUN 8 ON HUN 81 ON HUN ON HUN ce ON HUN yc ON HUN 91 ON HUN 8 ON HUN paAejdsip si wa s s yuea611J91 nu ay jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip si SO JO DO JO uonipuoo hx S x j j j LL LL OS ON HUN CP ON HUN ve ON HUN 9c ON HUN 81 ON HUN OL ON HUN C ON HUN OS ON HUN CP ON HUN ve ON HUN 9c ON HUN 8 ON HUN OL ON HUN C ON HUN e O n ON HUN Ly ON HUN KC ON HUN 92 ON HUN LL ON HUN 6 ON HUN L ON HUN ON HUN Ly ON HUN ce ON HUN 92 ON HUN LL ON HUN 6 ON HUN L ON HUN 5 S8Jd MO eulul lci 90 Jamod snoeu e uejsul Jaye 118 59 sojnuluJ c uoneJedo ui apouu 19199 jeuiuieJd sosseidwoy sejnuiu e eubis uon eJedo gH uod IND poul SIOU A O7 5une H Jo oeDueuo JanosBueyo Bunesy Josues MOUS Bunesy Auoud Ayoeded 9SIOU MO m n sm m em zn in Ae dsiq puew p julod J9eJuo woog dol uionog dol uogog dol uoneJedo yun Joopu woog woog Q O bl dol dol uionog dol uionog j
53. 9UEN joqu g L N oqui s uoneuejdxe oqu g A JOSUSS 1 SIUU U o Ki ei Gi ei d 11 ON 1 T fr fi fi fi S t L ELENO 7120 pP L L NOJI A MO I A LLENO L NO R L9 R YE Z L 9 L9 9 TE C L 108NO MOl 9A 908NO LOEND MO 8A 90END pe S0 NO REEE L ZOZNO 80cNO 8 L 9 R FE cl R L98 FE E L ola KE OOO S p L ect pay pay 0ZNO 2 8 P C L 000 VOZN 202 MOJISA 902 902 TE CEA 8298Y l1 MOl SA E08NO D H Z09N2 LO8NO MO A 60 NO2 206 LOENO 9 L 99T C C L 9 199 TKL C L 8 Z 9 REE L 8298YT 1 9 199 fL C L g 294T 1 898298T7 1 dr il H kAN o o LAW Ww Uu wW y o LAW 0 LAIN o LAW GB f f HWE1113A V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 3 Electrical Wiring Diagram of Transmission Booster Grounding HWE1113A Terminal block for power supply TB1 250V 5A Red Red Red Noise filter Stabilized power supply Terminal block 2 for transmission line TB3 Expanded indoor unit side Terminal block 1 for transmission line TB2 Expanded outdoor unit side 78 GB 1 Refrigerant Circuit Diagram 2 Principal Parts and Functions HWE1113A VI Refrigerant Circuit Er GB HWE1113A 80 GB VI Refrigerant Circuit 1
54. Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO Jeune JO uonipuoo OU V A O uu siz ll a Z UOnoejep 10119 JO OUI LOLOLLLLLL rm Aelds p ejeuJeye o COD Z ojep pue yjuou pue Je9A LE 9 UEL 66 01 0000 q dnyoeq een Ise Jo eui LOLLOOOLLL LLZ S 69 Z 01 00 00 LE O 1 Z1 66 01 00700 ojep pue yjuou pue Jes A anu 1noH 69 62 01 00 00 0010 LE O 1 Z1 66 01 00700 ojep pue yjuou pue wee anu 1noH 69 62 01 00 00 Mejasi EE LE 01 1 Z1 66 01 00 00 ojep pue yjuou pue Jee S NUIW 68 c 01 00 00 DEER LE O L ZL 66 01 00700 ojep pue yjuou pue Je9A noH v v 6S Z 01 00 00 uonoejep Joe jo eu LOLOLLLLLO zo eg deen eyep wen o oun LOOOTO OU 2 0 uonoejep joue jo eut 9 000L0L EN EEN M e L ejep 01 uonoejep 10119 JO OUI LOL LOOO L OU on 7 6 uonoeyop we jo eu K0LL0000LL P 6 uonoejep 10119 jo WI L LOLLOOOOLO on 7 9 uonoejop joue jo au 1041000001 EN 8 uonoojep JO SUI 1011000000 I 282 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 0091 pesojo Alin GQ uedo Ajjn4 EN peKejdsip SI uu s s juesaB11Ja eJijue v JO uonipuoo ay g RO 07 75555 888900 0 86528000 755555 888900 00 755555 888990 000 Oo O O sm a em sn m em zm m 8 v La uge Ae dsiq
55. Check the noise filter F4 fuse NO 228 Turn on the power again GB IX Troubleshooting 5 Refrigerant Leak 1 Leak spot In the case of extension pipes and HBC controller Cooling season 1 Mount a pressure gauge on the service check joint CJ2 on the low pressure side 2 Stop all the indoor units and close the high pressure side refrigerant service valve BV2 on the outdoor unit while the com pressor is being stopped 3 Stop all the indoor units turn on SW2 4 on the outdoor unit control board while the compressor is being stopped Pump down mode will start and all the indoor units will run in cooling test run mode 4 In the pump down mode SW2 4 is ON all the indoor units will automatically stop when the low pressure 63LS reaches 0 383MPa 55psi or less or 15 minutes have passed after the pump mode started Stop all the indoor units and compressors when the pressure indicated by the pressure gauge which is on the check joint CJ2 for low pressure service reaches 0 383MPa 55psi or 20 minutes pass after the pump down operation is started 5 Close the service ball valve BV1 on the low pressure pipe on the outdoor unit 6 Collect the refrigerant that remains in the extended pipe for the indoor unit Do not discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere when it is collected 7 Repair the leak 8 After repairing the leak vacuum 1 the extension pipe and the indoor unit 9 To adjust refrigerant amount o
56. Cooling main Thermo ON Cooling main Thermo OFF and Cooling main refrigerant recovery Outdoor unit operation mode Connected indoorunit MV1 command value MV2 command value operation mode for opening for opening Heating main Thermo OFF Heating main refrigerant recovery Fan Cooling main Thermo ON _ Gooling main Tnermo OFF C meThemoON 0 Bm o 9 _ Heating Thermo OFF 1 HWE1113A 108 GB VII Control 5 Bypass Control Solenoid valves have two types SVM1 that bypass the high and low pressure sides LEV LEV3 They perform the fol lowing functions 1 Bypass solenoid valve SVM1 ON open SVM1 Operation mode on Cooling only Thermo ON Always ON Cooling main Thermo ON Always OFF Heating only Thermo ON Always OFF Heating main Thermo ON Always OFF Defrost Always ON during heat recovery de OFF except to perform heat recovery frost defrost Stop Always OFF Cooling only Thermo OFF Always ON Thermo OFF Heating only Mixture of Always OFF units in cooling and heating Cooling only test run Always ON Test run for stop Always ON 6 Plate heat exchanger control 1 Cooling only Thermo ON Cooling only refrigerant recovery and Cooling only test run When three minutes have passed after the LEV operates with initial opening the LEV opening is adjusted every 1 minute to keep the amount of superheat before and after the plate heat exchanger constant 2 Heating only Thermo ON and
57. In the case of 4250 2 Output wiring Check for a short circuit In the case of 4255 1 Short circuited fan motor Refer to IX 4 7 2 5 page 223 Output wiring Check for a short circuit Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 Note 1 Error Code Heatsink overheat protection at startup 2 Error definition and error detection method The heatsink temperature THHS remains at or above 100 C 212 F for 10 minutes or more at inverter startup 3 Cause check method and remedy Same as 4230 error HWE1113A 155 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Return air temperature sensor TH21 fault Indoor unit Return air temperature sensor TH4 fault OA processing unit Pipe temperature sensor TH22 fault Indoor unit Pipe temperature sensor TH2 fault OA processing unit Reverse connected inlet outlet pipe indoor unit Gas side pipe temperature sensor TH23 fault Indoor unit Gas side pipe temperature sensor TH3 fault OA processing unit L Intake air temperature sensor TH1 fault OA processing unit Intake air temperature sensor TH24 fault All fresh 100 outdoor air type indoor unit 2 Error definition and error detection method lf a short or an open is detected during thermostat ON the outdoor unit turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes When the error is not restored after
58. OFF the automatic operation mode is not available for selection in the function selection mode and an automatic operation cannot be performed The automatic operation mode is skipped in the function selection mode sequence Operation mode display selection mode Changing the type of display that appears during the automatic mode operation e When connected to the air conditioning units that do not support the automatic operation mode the setting for this mode is invalid L1 t G will blink and either ON or OFF will light up Press button TIMER SET A or W in this state to switch between ON and OFF e When it is set to ON 1 22 ZG will appear on the display during automatic operation mode e When it is set to OFF only ER will appear on the display during automatic operation mode Restricted preset temperature range mode The range of preset temperature can be changed 1 Temperature range setting for the cooling dry mode x will light up in the display window and the temperature range for the cooling dry mode will appear on the display Lower limit temperature Appears in the preset temperature display window Upper limit temperature Appears in the time display window Switch between the Lower and Upper limit temperature setting by pressing the 6 CLOCK ON OFF button The selected temperature setting blinks The left figure shows the display that appea
59. Refrigerant Circuit Diagram 1 Outdoor unit 1 PURY WP200 WP250YJM A BS Solenoid valve block COMP HWE1113A 81 VI Refrigerant Circuit 2 HBC controller 1 CMB WP108V G Kiddns yue A BA epouu Bui ooo v ui uonejedo y smoys e oqe uoisuedx3 PEE uieuj GuneeH uieuu Buijooo apou uoee JO uornoaJlp eA eA em p ey L S A PA uono oid 95 19IEM adid duund LdM awna did 9 NSS9JA MOT Eau uleuu Bune H JaBueyoxe jesy ureuJ Bui oo S A PA uornoojoJd eJnssoJd S A E A eBund iy wajs s 9gH uu s s OGH GB 82 HWE1113A VI Refrigerant Circuit Principal Parts and Functions Outdoor unit 2717 Notes Usage Specifications name functions od Adjusts the amount of circulating refrigerant by adjusting the operat ing frequency based on the oper ating pressure data Com MC1 pressor 1 Comp1 High 63HS1 pres sure sensor Low 63LS pres sure sensor Detects high pressure Regulates frequency and pro vides high pressure protec tion Detects low pressure Provides low pressure pro tection Pres 63H1 sure switch Detects high pressure Provides high pressure pro tection Thermis TH4
60. Tools for R410A must be handled with special care to keep moisture and dust from infiltrating the cycle HVVE1113A GB I Read Before Servicing 3 Piping Materials Do not use the existing piping 1 Copper pipe materials O material Soft Annealed Soft copper pipes annealed copper pipes They can easily be bent with hands 1 2H material Light Annealed Hard copper pipes straight pipes They are stronger than the O material Soft An nealed at the same radial thickness The distinction between O materials Soft Annealed and 1 2H materials Light Annealed is made based on the strength of the pipes themselves 2 Types of copper pipes Maximum working pressure Refrigerant type 3 45 MPa 500psi R22 R407C etc 4 30 MPa 624psi R410A etc 3 Piping materials Radial thickness Use refrigerant pipes made of phosphorus deoxidized copper The operation pressure of the units that use R410A is higher than that of the units that use R22 Use pipes that have at least the radial thickness specified in the chart below Pipes with a radial thickness of 0 7 mm or less may not be used Pipe size mm in Radial thickness mm on De on qm O material Soft Annealed 912 7 1 2 0 8t 015 88 5 8 1 0t ez Um 925 4 1 1 0t 028 58 1 1 8 H material Light Annealed Skin Hard 931 75 I1 1 4 1 2H material 9034 93 1 3 8 941 28 1 5 8 For the models for use with R410A pipes made
61. Turn on the unit at least 12 hours before the test run Do not turn off the power immediately after stopping Keep the unit turned on throughout the season f the unit is the operation turned off in the middle of a season it may result in malfunc Keep the unit on for at least five minutes before turning off tions the power to prevent water leakage or malfunction To avoid the risk of electric shock or malfunction of the Do not operate the unit without the air filter it d t itch ith h i l Dust particles may build up in the system and cause mal Do nottouch the refrigerant pipes with bare hands dur NENONS ing and immediately after operation Use circulation and makeup water that meet the water During or immediately after operation certain parts of the quality standards unit such as pipes and compressor may be either very cold D dati wal lit ti jar leak or hot depending on the state of the refrigerant in the unit i Aus CR E d dd EE at the time To reduce the risk of frost bites and burns do KEE not touch these parts with bare hands In areas where temperature drops to freezing during the periods of non use blow the water out of the pipes or fill the pipes with anti freeze solution Do not operate the unit without panels and safety guards Rotating high temperature or high voltage parts on the unit pose a risk of burns and or electric shock Not doing so may cause the water to freeze resulting in burst pip
62. When SW4 4 is set to ON on two outdoor units Demand capacity is shown below 8 step demand No 2 CN3D 1 The outdoor units whose SWA 4 is set to ON are designated as No 1 and No 2 in the order of address from small to large Ex When outdoor units whose SW4 4 is set to ON are designated as OC and OS OC No 1 and OS No 2 HWE1113A 28 GB II Restrictions 4 Sample System Connection Examples of typical system connection are shown on pages 5 to 7 Refer to the Installation Manual that came with each device or controller for details 1 An example of a system to which an MA remote controller is connected System l Address start up for in U Connection to the system controller i configuration door and outdoor units System with one out door unit H 2 System with one out NO 127 door unit address setup NAY units NO Automatic address setup 1 Grouping of units in a 3 system with multiple outdoor units address setup 4 System with one out With connection to transmission line Manual door unit for centralized control address setup 5 System with one out With connection to indoor outdoor Manual door unit transmission line address setup 2 An example of a system to which an ME remote controller is connected System Connection to the system controller Address start up for indoor Notes configuration and outdoor units 1 System with one out With connection to transmission line Manual door unit for centra
63. bon xo a o x e Note1 VVhen only the LM adapter is connected leave SVV2 1 to OFF as it is Note LM adapters require the power supply capacity of single phase AC 220 240V Note3 The figures above show a system to which two outdoor units are connected but only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system 2 Cautions 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be con Number of transmission booster nected to the same group of indoor units sold separately required 2 No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units 3 Donotconnect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor units that are When the P200 and P250 models connected to different outdoor units with each other are not included in the connected 27 50 units 4 Replacement of male power jumper connector CN41 must be per naaar uniig formed only on one of the outdoor units When the P200 and P250 models not required if power to the transmission line for centralized control are included in the connected in 21 39 units 40 50 units is supplied from a controller with a power supply function such as door units CSS DA l l l f 7 When a power supply unit is connected to the transmission 5 Short circuit the shield terminal S terminal and the earth terminal lina Torcentralivad control leave the Dower in ber connec rh on the terminal block for transmission line for centralized contr
64. controller MA 1 transmission to LC HWE1113A Factors 1 through 5 in the Factors in system with one outdoor unit When perform ing an interlocked operation ofthe LOSSNAY unit and the indoor units that are connect ed to different outdoor units Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the outdoor unit on the termi nal block for centralized con trol line connection TB7 When multiple outdoor units are connected and the power source of one of the outdoor units has been shut off The male power supply con nector of the outdoor unit is not connected to the female power supply switch connec tor CN40 The male power supply con nectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the fe male power supply switch connector CN40 for central ized control If an error occurs after the unit runs normally once the following causes may be con sidered e Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 171 Check method and remedy Turn off the power source of LOSSNAY for 5 or more min utes and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally f not check the cause 2 Check the causes of 1 5 If the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check 3 Same cause as that for indoor unit described in 3 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Err
65. jueuudinbe ay yoayD ON uones do ay d yi 03309 Joopul 3y JO 1 0 U09 ajowaJ ay eoejde IO d yy ade day B an 1999 si Jamod au U UM Jn290 101419 Ue 900 7 yun Joopul SHA eyed Ju uidinb Uu SHA yun ay S pJeoq oluoo Hun Joopur ay aoejday ON l n abeyoed SHA u uudinb ay uy Jne oN as yum uoneJedo Buluuny gt ubu 0 YMS 24 19S Ce uone4edo ay d yi VMS 440 ounay Alosinduwoo ay s pJeoq OUO9 Joopul 94 JO SA Jej ojjuoo ajowaJ ay aoejday ON ndur euBis 340 ouueu ayy si IEUUON 19891 s amod euj U9UM 1000 Ue 590 o uos UW jun ay ajesado NO 8 EMS i indui VH SHA euJe X3 EULON EULON NO OMNS Ju uudinb O uo2 Ulol 3nduI ay 10 ueppiqJoJ SNYTAW q uoyesado ayy si SNVTAW Aq ANYWA epoo 104Je p eldsip ay JO 1S SISOUBeIp sas ou 0 p eldsip S3A peziequen sI egen 10113 epoo Joe pe e dsip aui Joy E Jsi sisouBeip jjes eui o 1949Y w4OUSWOUSYd OL uoueuioueud l OL J9 10JuO9 OU V N eldsip 1013 SHA 330 S ouueu Buikejidsip desy eldsip v uo seadde NO IIM d lfolluoo arowa s gt lt lt 8onuoo aJow vj 84 uo DURI gt S3A y
66. overlaps any of the address es that are assigned to the outdoor units use a differ ent unused address vvithin the setting range The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same HVVE1113A 33 GB II Restrictions 3 Group operation of units in a system with multiple outdoor units 1 Sample control wiring L31 nam Interlock operation with L11 L12 the ventilation unit Leave te mal Taa eave the male rom 0 M da Group Group l Group a connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFE To be connected Leave the male Leave the male connector on connector on 1 OS OC 1 The figures above show a system to which two outdoor units are connected but only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system 2 Cautions 3 Maximum allowable length 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line both be connected to the same group of indoor units Maximum distance 1 25mm AWG16 or larger 2 Nomore than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected L11 L12 200m 656ft to a group of indoor units L21 L22 lt 200m 656ft 3 Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor 2 Transmission line for centralized control units that are connected to different outd
67. s pun itoopui uo ejeq 1001001000 v8S LOOLOOOLTLL 89 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 276 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 9 si jun eut syJeuway pe ejdsip si uaj s s juesaB11Jal ay jo uonipuoo g Ajenpriaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V 06000060 NS IA gs Ugal 10001 qo O 1004000 x 06000000 Lea ug q O E SOI pe wovon pe area tooto pe ee ug 0000000 Le mee tottotitot spe mea weem 00600000 Hitt 1001011010 qo O ee mg LLLL888986 NS ema est A Q DE uel EN EN ETE ETE ETE ETE ETN ETE 619 CLO LLO 019 ER EN EN EN ER ER EN EN EN ui s s pun JOOpU uo ejeq I N N N I HWE1113A p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 nu ay jo uonipuoo au g Ajjenpiaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul hx O OA ioni ste E oseroi ug sco 5 888801688 0 2522 x 666 0 o oso 666 00 o osotol Lat zeo 6089690 sei ooo is x 6889600 oseoil ooo o esr AO woo x 8889808 sii 100000 z AENA OSO mono 92 OSO mon ee OSO monio iz EIER espn sit woo ezo ON uwaj3s s pun uo ejeq LOOLLLLOLO 9 LOOLLLLOOL cg X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Bo
68. 3 Make sure the valves on both the high pressure and low pressure sides are fully open Note Securely tighten the cap 4 Check the phase sequence and the voltage of the power supply 5 When a transmission booster is connected Turn on the transmission booster before turning on the outdoor units Note e f the outdoor units are turned on first the connection information for the refrigerant circuit may not be properly recognized ein case the outdoor units are turned on before the transmission booster is turned on perform a power reset on the outdoor units after turning on the power booster 6 Turn on the main power to the unit at least 12 hours before test run to power the belt heater Note Insufficient powering time may result in compressor damage 7 When a power supply unit is connected to the transmission line for centralized control perform a test run with the power supply unit being energized Leave the power jumper connector on CN41 as it is factory setting HWE1113A 119 GB VIII Test Run Mode 2 Test Run Method The figure shows an MA remote controller PAR 21MAA L Y 7 Down Fan Speed button TIME SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT TIMER L fd f CTT H ON AFTER EH T TL AFTER OFF Test Run button BA CN ED CK MO NTORSE DAY LL Ce QUAE Quem PAR 21MAA Louver button N Operation button Vertical Air Direction button To preceding op
69. 5 A Group Settings B Interlock Settings Bring up the Group Setting window Bring up the Interlock Setting window Press and hold buttons a FILTER and 81 Press button G d Ooo to bring up the following display simultaneously for 2 seconds to bring up the display as Press again to go back to the Group Setting window as shown shown below under step 2 Both the indoor unit address and interlocked unit address vvill be displayed together i Indoor unit address display window Indoor unit Interlocked unit address address To search for an address display window display window go to section 2 Address Search 3 Select the unit address Select the address of the indoor unit to be registered by pressing button TEMP s7 or A to advance or go back Bring up the address of the indoor unit and the address of the through the addresses LOSSNAY to be interlocked on the display Select the address of the indoor unit to be registered by pressing Register the indoor unit whose address appears on the display Press button D TEST to register the indoor unit address whose address appears on the display f registration is successfully completed unit type will appear on the display as shown in the figure below f the selected address does not have a corresponding indoor unit an error message will appear on the display Check the address and t
70. 6 4kohm 25 C 77 F 5 3kohm 30 C 86 F 4 3kohm 40 C 104 F 3 1kohm Pressure 074 15 MPa 601psi Vout 0 5 3 5V 0 071V 0 098 MPa 14psi Pressure MPa 21 38 x Vout V 0 69 Pressure psi 1 38 x Vout V 0 69 x 145 1 GND Black Vout White Vcc DC5V Red Con nector DC12V Opening of a valve driven by a stepping motor DC12V Opening of a valve driven by a stepping motor Rated voltage DC268V Specified voltage DCO 6V Operating pressure 490 kPa The names of port a through h are corresponding to port 1 through 8 2 Valve opening is controlled with 0 800 1600 pulses In the Maintenance Tool 0 indicates 0 pulse 1 indicates 1600 pulses and 2 indicates 800 pulses 3 For the degree of valve opening indicates fully open and 1600 indicates fully closed HWE1113A GB 86 1 2 3 4 HWE1113A VII Control Functions and Factory Settings of the Dipsvvitches 89 Controlling the Outdoor Unit EE 96 Controlling HBC Ee ut te E 106 Operation HOW Endara tea 111 87 GB HWE1113A 88 GB VII Control 1 Functions and Factory Settings of the Dipswitches 1 Outdoor unit 1 Control board Units that re Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing 10777 Svvitch Function setting Note 2 A OA AA Swu 1 2 2 Unit address Unit address setting Set
71. 7 8 2 Between HBC controller and indoor units Sections a c and d Unit mm inch P20 P50 20A I D 13 16 20A I D 13 16 2 Connecting the HBC controller 1 Size of the pipe that fits the standard HBC controller ports Connection Brazed connection To outdoor unit HBC controller P50 model or below Note 1 Maximum of 3 units per port Total capacity of P80 or below All the indoor units that are connected to the same port must be in the same group and Thermo ON OFF operation simultaneously For all the indoor units in the group the room temperature needs to be monitored via the connected remote controller The pipe size for the all ports on the HBC controller is the same To connect other types of indoor units described in the previous section follow the procedure below Unit mm inch Pipe sections Operation High pressure side liquid Low pressure side gas Outdoor unit side WP200 215 88 5 8 Brazed connection 219 05 3 4 Brazed connection WP250 219 05 3 4 Brazed connection 022 2 7 8 Brazed connection Indoor unit side 20A I D 13 16 20A I D 13 16 Only the outdoor units for exclusive use with HBC controller can be connected to the HBC controller Note 1 To connect multiple indoor units to a port Maximum total capacity of connected indoor units P80 or below Maximum number of connectable indoor units 3 units Branch joints are fiel
72. AWG18 is recommended for easy handling 4 When connected to the terminal block on the Simple remote controller use cables that meet the cable size specifi cations shown in the parenthesis 3 Switch Settings and Address Settings 1 Switch setting Refer to section 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected before performing wiring work Set the switches while the power is turned off If the switch settings are changed while the unit is being powered those changes will not take effect and the unit will not function properly Units on which to set the switches Symbol Units to which the power must be shut off CITY MULT indoor unit Main sub unit Outdoor units and Indoor units LOSSNAY OA processing unit d Outdoor units and LOSSNAY C ATW Outdoor units and Booster Unit TTT fasti Outdoor units and Water Hex Unit controller Main sub remote Indoor units controller B CITY MULTI outdoor unit OC OS Outdoor units 7 HBC controller Outdoor units and HBC controller 1 Applicable when LOSSNAY units are connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line 2 The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS in the order of capacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large 3 Turn of
73. Error Code Loose float switch connector 2 Error definition and error detection method Detection of the disconnected float switch open phase condition during operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 CN4F disconnection or contact failure Check for disconnection of the connector CN4F on the indoor unit control board 1 Error Code Remote controller board fault nonvolatile memory error 2 Error definition and error detection method This error is detected when the data cannot be read out from the built in nonvolatile memory on the remote controller 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Remote controller failure Replace the remote controller 1 Error Code Remote controller board fault clock IC error 2 Error definition and error detection method This error is detected when the built in clock on the remote controller is not properly functioning 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Remote controller failure Replace the remote controller HWE1113A 165 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Address overlaps 2 Error definition and error detection method An error in which signals from more than one indoor units with the same address are received Note The address and attribute that appear on the remote controller indicate the controller that detected the error 3 Cause check method and remedy Two or more of the following have the same address Find the unit that has the s
74. Gr H Ss Ke B m C6 lt hz a R3 L j i A 2 solder es a mt A 30PYTST4C7 Input ll pu DN MA la DET 2108 alias HWE1113A CN1B WHITE MADE IN THAILAND TB21 i I m x O m m m L E CN1B Input TB21 TB22 TB23 TB24 Q L3 Input output L1 Input output L2 Input output L3 Input N D L2 56 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 4 HBC Controller Components 1 CMB WP108V G 1 Front High pressure pipe Low pressure pipe z K d Flow to Indoor unit Expansion tank fN 5 vo Water supply Return Optional sub drain pan can be installed 2 Front right side heating Air purge valves Strainer Heating plate heat exchangers Water pressure PS1 protection valves HWE1113A 5f GB III Outdoor Unit Components 3 Rear right side cooling Water pressure protection valves 2154 SV1 Pump 2 LEV2 LEV1 LEV3 4 Top side FCV3h the bottom of MV2h FCV3a the bottom of MV2a e MV2a a MV1a HWE1113A 58 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 5 Control Box of the HBC Controller 1 CMB WP108V G Terminal block Wm transmission line ML Terminal block for p power supply Power supply circuit board HBC controller board HWE1113A 59 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 6 HBC Controller Circuit
75. HBC controller and indoor units for exclusive use with HBC controller are connected HWE1113A 185 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Address setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method Erroneous setting of OC unit address Erroneous setting of BC controller address 3 Cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit Erroneous setting of OC unit address Check that the outdoor unit and HBC controller BC controller The address of outdoor unit is not being set to 51 addresses are set to 00 or a number between 100 The address of HBC controller is not set to 51 100 51 and 100 If the outdoor unit address is out of the valid range reset the address with the power to the outdoor unit turned off If the HBC controller address is out of the valid range reset the address with the power to both the outdoor unit and HBC controller turned off 1 Error Code Attribute setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method Error source A remote controller for use with indoor units such as the MA remote controller is connected to the OA processing unit whose attribute is FU HWE1113A 186 Check method and remedy To operate the OA processing unit directly via a re mote controller for use with indoor units such as the MA remote controller set the DIP SW 3 1 on the OA processing unit to ON Operation Method SW3 1 Interlocked operation with the indoor unit Dire
76. LED1 is approximately 1 7MPa 247psi the control board has a problem When the outdoor temperature is 30 C 86 F or less the control board has a problem When the outdoor temperature exceeds 30 C 86 F go to 5 Remove the low pressure sensor from the control board and short circuit between the No 2 and 3 connectors 63LS CN202 to check the pressure with the self diagnosis LED1 When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 1 7MPa 247psi the low pressure sensor has a problem If other than 1 the control board has a problem Remove the high pressure sensor 63HS1 from the control board and insert it into the connector for the low pres sure sensor 63LS to check the pressure with the self diagnosis LED1 When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 1 7MPa 247psi the control board has a problem If other than 1 the control board has a problem Low pressure sensor configuration The low pressure sensor consists of the circuit shown in the figure below If DC5V is applied between the red and the black wires voltage corresponding to the pressure between the white and the black wires will be output and the value of this voltage will be converted by the microcomputer The output voltage is 0 173V per 0 098MPa 14psi Note The pressure sensor on the body side is designed to connect to the connector The connector pin number on the body side is different from that on the control board sid
77. Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 ay Jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip si SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU hx o Yo e 6666 oi 0000 so 00 wviv gan c6 x ool ua 26 JosseJd ay Jo AouenboJJ Bunelado au jo ZX LX sejdnjnuu v sjenba pue JossaJduioo V V 6666 01 0000 UOU LOL LOL L L6 Jo ad ay uo spu d p ay jo Acu nb 1J Aouenb ndinolsdal s wun au diNO IL mo os iha ll jun SO OO ZH lo nuoo EMEN 8000 SP 0000 seruanba jezo 9001L01L0LL0 LL eoo xV V 0 0 0 5 5 5 3 989408 al woo e Dv v BL wo f o 8 0 oma 4 BERR oam oJswneu 8 ssns A ATT x O 4 eS 300 ZJ J 93 000000 08 o E 4 JJ 9e ee oko R o E v 4 J HZ o Ww x o ooo 9e odo x E O O ETE x ooo eoo sz x o O O NETA LL mge LL L Z on 068 956722 ejep uang HWE1113A p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 ay Jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip si SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul hx uonons Joden 19M p uu 1 o 6666 01 0000 000LLLOLOO 91 apou ay O U juam yun y s uun Jo JequinN 000LLLOOLL SL 000LLLO00LO PLL 000LLL000L KLL 0001110000 A
78. Same as 5 1 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25mm AWG16 or larger L25 L31 L12 L11 lt 500m 1640ft L12 L11 L31 L22 L21 lt 500m 1640ft GB II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 of the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB3 on the outdoor units OC and OS Note a of the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB02 on the main and sub BC controllers BC and BS of the ter minal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB5 on each in door unit IC and the S terminal of the system controller Non polarized two wire Only use shielded cables Note a The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS in the order of capacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the ground terminal on the outdoor units OC and OS the S terminal of the terminal block TB02 on the BC and BS and the S terminal of the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC with the shield of the shielded cable Transmission line for centralized control Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for transmis sion line for centralized control TB7 on the outdoor units OC in different refrigerant circuits and on the OC and OS in the same re frige
79. ac knowl edgement ACK at IC trans mission to HB No ac knowl edgement ACK at RC trans mission to IC No ac knowl edgement ACK at IC trans mission to LC No ac knowl edgement ACK at IC trans mission to RC Contact failure of transmission line of OC or IC Decrease of transmission line voltage signal by ex ceeding acceptable range of transmission wiring Farthest 200 m 656ft or less Remote controller wiring 10m 32ft or less Erroneous sizing of transmission line Not within the range below Wire diameter 1 25mm AWG16 or more Indoor unit control board failure When HBC controller address is changed or modi fied during operation Faulty or disconnected transmission wiring of HBC controller Disconnected connector of HBC controller CNO2 Faulty control board of HBC controller When IC unit address is changed or modified during operation Faulty or disconnected IC transmission wiring Disconnected IC connector CN2M Indoor unit controller failure ME remote controller failure The power source of LOSSNAY has been shut off When the address of LOSSNAY is changed in the middle of the operation Faulty or disconnected transmission wiring of LOSSNAY Disconnected connector CN1 on LOSSNAY Controller failure of LOSSNAY Faulty transmission wiring at IC unit side Faulty wiring of the transmission line for ME remote controller When the address of ME remote controlle
80. again the count will resume from the time before the power was turned off Thus the time that differs the actual time will be displayed This also applies when a power failure occurs The system controller such as G B 50A adjusts the time once a day When the system controller is connected the time will be automatically updated to the correct current time after the time set by the system controller is received The data stored into the memory before the set time is received will not be updated 1 Reading the time data 1 Time display Example 12 past 9 Disappears if the time data is deviated due to a power failure or if a system controller that sets the time is not connected 2 Date display eVVhen the main controller that can set the time is connected Example May 10 2003 gt Alternate display 11L 414 Alternate display of year and month and date Appears betvveen the year and the month and nothing appears when the date is displayed eVVhen the main controller that can set the time is not connected Example 52 days after power was turned on lt M Alternate display Po Day count Appears between the year and the month and nothing appears when the date is displayed HWE1113A 2046 GB X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 2 HBC controller board 1 How to read the LED The operation status of the unit can be monitored on the service monitor The service monito
81. brown yellow brown blue using a tester They are normal if resistance is 150ohm 10 When checking the refrigerant leak from the indoor LEV run the target indoor unit in the fan mode and the other indoor units in the cooling mode Then check the liquid temperature TH22 with the self diagnosis LED When the unit is running in the fan mode the LEV is ful ly closed and the temperature detected by the thermis tor is not low If there is a leak however the temperature will be low If the temperature is extremely low compared with the inlet temperature displayed on the remote controller the LEV is not properly sealed however if there is a little leak it is not necessary to re place the LEV when there are no effects to other parts Thermistor A liquid piping temperature detection Linear Expansion Valve Check for loose pins on the connector and check the colors of the lead wires visually Disconnect the control board s connector and conduct a continuity check using a tester 213 problem replace the control board Replace the LEV Replace the LEV coils If there is a large amount of leakage replace the LEV Check the continuity at the points where an error occurs GB IX Troubleshooting 6 Troubleshooting Principal Parts of HBC Controller 1 Pressure sensor Troubleshooting flow chart for pressure sensor START Check the connectors on pressure sensor P1 for proper connec
82. by setting the remote controller 3 Cause check method and remedy Check the following factors if an error is detected without drop in the outdoor temperature 1 Thermistor failure Check thermistor resistance 2 Pinched lead wire Check for pinched lead wire 3 Torn wire coating Check for wire coating 4 A pin on the male connector is missing or Check connector contact failure 5 Disconnected wire Check for wire 6 Thermistor input circuit failure on the control Check the intake temperature of the sensor with the LED board monitor When the temperature is far different from the actual temper ature replace the control board lt Reference gt Short detection Open detection TH7 110 230 F andabove 0 4kQ 40 C 40 F andbelow 130 ko HWE1113A 146 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Open phase 2 Error definition and error detection method An open phase of the power supply L1 phase N phase was detected at power on The L3 phase current is outside of the specified range Note The open phase of the power supply may not always be detected if a power voltage from another circuit is applied 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Power supply problem Check the input voltage to the power supply terminal block TB1 Open phase voltage of the power supply Power supply voltage drop Noise filter problem Check the coil connections Coil problem Check for coil burnout
83. by the transient instability of the refrigerant flow and is nor heard from the indoor unit im mal mediately after starting opera tion VVarm air sometimes comes This is due to the fact that the LEVs on some of the indoor units are kept out of the indoor units that are not in the heating mode slightly open to prevent the refrigerant in the indoor units that are not op erating in the heating mode from liquefying and accumulating in the com pressor t is part of a normal operation Normal display HVVE1113A 123 GB VIII Test Run Mode 7 Standard Operation Data Reference Data 1 Cooling only operation Outdoor unit model PURY WP200YJM A PURY WP250YJM A Model name of HBC controller CMB WP108V G 27 C 19 C 27 C 19 C Indoor 81 F 66 F 81 F 66 F Ambient tem DB WB Operation perature 35 C D5 F Outdoor No units in opera Unit 5 5 Operating Indoor unit ton conditions Modeli o 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 Au sm Piping Branch pipe m 25 8 25 8 Total water pipe length 12 9 15H 12 5 v5 Amount of refrigerant b a 32 34 Outdoor unit HBC control Voltage ler unit pump command value two E Lo units EV High pressure 63HS1 1 HBC controller 2 40 348 2 48 360 Discharge TH4 73 63 80 176 Heat exchanger outlet 32 90 32 90 TH3 ON Accumulator inlet TH5 14 57 8 46 utdoor unit pes 7 Ac
84. commercially available ester oil Refrigerant Refrigerating machine oil 2 Effects of contaminants Refrigerating machine oil used in the HFC system must be handled with special care to keep contaminants out The table below shows the effect of contaminants in the refrigerating machine oil on the refrigeration cycle 3 The effects of contaminants in the refrigerating machine oil on the refrigeration cycle Symptoms Effects on the refrigerant cycle Water infiltration Frozen expansion valve Clogged expansion valve and capillary tubes and capillary tubes Poor cooling performance Compressor overheat Motor insulation failure Sludge formation and ad Burnt molar Hydrolysis hesion Coppering of the orbiting scroll Acid generation Lock Air infiltration Oxidization Oil degradation Burn in on the orbiting scroll Adhesion to expansion valve and capillary Clogged expansion valve capillary tubes and drier Poor cooling performance Dust dirt Compressor overheat Infiltration of Infiltration of contaminants into the com Burn in on the orbiting scroll contaminants pressor Sludge formation and adhesion Clogged expansion valve and capillary tubes Poor cooling performance Mineral oil Compressor overheat etc Oil degradation Burn in on the orbiting scroll 1 Contaminants is defined as moisture air processing oil dust dirt wrong types of refrigerant and refrigerating machine oil HWE1113A tt GB I
85. controller and wire less remote controller 2 Either the MA remote controller or the ME remote controller can be connected when a group operation of units in a sys tem with multiple outdoor units is conducted or when a system controller is connected 3 ME remote controller refers to ME remote controller and ME simple remote controller 4 Depending on the system configuration some systems with one outdoor unit may require address settings 2 Remote controller selection criteria MA remote controller and ME remote controller have different functions and characteristics Choose the one that better suits the requirements of a given system Use the following criteria as a reference MA remote controller ME remote controller T 2 There is little likelihood of system expansion and group There is a likelihood of centralized installation of remote ing changes controllers system expansion and grouping changes Grouping floor plan has been set at the time of instal Grouping floor plan has not been set at the time of in lation stallation To connect the remote controller directly to the OA pro cessing unit 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units 2 Asystem controller must be connected to a system to which both MA remote controller and ME remote controller are con nected System with MA remote controller System with ME remote contr
86. diagram Solenoid valves turns on and off according to such factors as the capacity of the indoor units in operation and outside temperature Check the LED Remove the SV coil open the lid and check the plunger The type of pin face wrench that is listed in the service parts list is required to perform this task 3 HWE1113A 209 GB IX Troubleshooting HWE1113A Pin face tool Refrigerant Circuit Figure Solenoid Valves Block IX NCV2a V CV5a Solenoid valve block four compartments SV4d SV4c SV4b SV4a l 9 Solenoid valve m Tightening torque 150N m 1500kg cm Solenoid valve coil 210 GB IX Troubleshooting 5 In the case of SV5b Bypass valve This solenoid valve closes when energized when the relay is on This valve turns off for five minutes after the completion of the defrost cycle or when SV9 is on turned ON and the value of 63HS1 is greater than 3 5 MPa 507psi during Heating only or Heating main operation at the minimum frequency The valve position can be determined by measuring and monitoring the changes in the pipe temperature on the downstream of SV5b while the unit is de energized When the valve is open high temperature gas refrigerant passes through the pipe Do not at tempt to check the pipe temperature by touching the pipe 6 In the case of SV5c Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when energized when the relay is on Depending on the c
87. different configurations of low noise mode input and DEMAND input settings When 2 or more outdoor units exist in one refrigerant circuit system 8 levels of on DEMAND are possible 4 By setting Dip SW5 5 the Low noise mode can be switched between the Capacity priority mode and the Low noise pri ority mode When SW5 5 is set to ON The low noise mode always remains effective When SW5 5 is set to OFF The low noise mode is cancelled when certain outside temperature or pressure criteria are met and the unit goes into normal operation capacity priority mode Low noise mod is effective Capacity priority mode becomes effective Cooling eating Cooling Heating 0 TH7 lt 30 s Fl and TH7 gt 3 ke Ta F and TH7 gt 35 E E or TH7 lt 0 be ss F or 63HS1 lt 32kg cm 63LS gt 4 6kg cm 63HS1 gt 35kg cm 63LS 3 9kg cm 5 Each outdoor unit in the system with multiple outdoor units requires the signal input output setting to be made 6 Take out signals from the outdoor unit OC if multiple outdoor units exist in a single system N CAUTION 1 Wiring should be covered by insulation tube with supplementary insulation 2 Use relays or switches with IEC or equivalent standard The electric strength between accessible parts and control circuit should have 2750V or more HVVE1113A 26 GB II Restrictions Example of wiring connection L1 Outdoor unit error display lamp L2 Compressor operation lamp compressor
88. display If the indoor units have not been grouped with the remote controller HO and PLEASE WAIT will keep blinking on the display even after three minutes after power on Note 2 The system may go into the error mode on the indoor unit HBC controller or the outdoor unit side The outdoor units will stop only when all the indoor units are experiencing a problem If at least one of the indoor units is in normal operation the outdoor unit will continue in operation displaying an error code on the LED Note 3 The units will follow the operation mode commands from the HBC controller Note 4 When the operation mode commands from the HBC controllers are mixed both cooling and heating the actual operation mode is determined by the outdoor unit HWE1113A 5449 GB VII Control 3 HBC controller cooling only heating only cooling main and heating main modes Normal operation Error Breaker Ue AA Unit in the stopped state GE N Oo _ Operation command YES Y M 1 Determination of operation mode n od E d Cooling only Heating only Mixture SRI asl uti of units in cooling and heating 2 Transmitted to the outdoor unit Reception of operation mode command from the outdoor unit Note 1 YES Error mode NO Error command to outdoor unit Self holding of protection function Operation Mixture of units in cooling and heating mode All units in the same
89. e1unjeJeduue edid out LO uonons QGD uonons 671 uonong got uonong J PDI uonons Op uonong Grd uonons prol uonons c uonons uonons LEO uonons OVD eunjeJeduue uonons 6201 uonong oC uonong JEDI uonons 991 uonong CC uonons PECH uonong CC uonons 2221 uonon LEDI uonons QED eunjeJeduue uonons 6201 om ui s s pun JOOpU uo ejeq OLLLOOLLLL OLLLOOLLLO OLLLOOLLOL OLLLOOLLO0 OLLLOOLOLL OLLLOOLOLO OLLLOOLOOL 0411001000 OLLLOOOLLL OLLLOOOLLO OLLLOOOLOL ULL 1000100 OLLLO0000LL OL 1000010 0411000001 0111000000 OLLOLLLLLL OLLOLLLLLO OLLOLLLLOL OLLOLLLLOO OLLOLLLOLL OLLOLLLOLO OLLOLLLOOL OLLOLLLOOO OLLOLLOLLL OLLOLLOLLO OLLOLLOLOL OLLOLLOLOO 068 956722 HZ COV COV 97 09y Dt Zb LGV DGT Gov PGT KRY CRY Lob OSV TT vv r vvv bt CVV Li DCT Lev E 270 HWE1113A p eldsip si wuaj s s Jue1 BiuJ 1 v jo u
90. edid eut CEO edid lul ZrO eJnjeJeduuJe edid out Ltr edid lul ot oJnjeJeduJe edid out 6 91 oJnjeJeduue edid lul oC edid out JED oeJnjeJeduJe edid out OC oeJnjeJeduue edid 1911 ec NEM ui s s pun JOOpU uo ejeq OLLLLLLOLL 108 09 OLLLLLLOLO 90S OLLLLLLOOL GOS OLLLLLLOOO PUG OLLLLLOLLL 609 OLLLLLOLLO 0S OLLLLLOLOL LOS OLLLLLOLOO 00S OLLLLLOOLL 667 OLLLLLOOLO 86r OLLLLLOOOL 167 OLLLLL0000 967 OLLLLOLLLL G6V OLLLLOLLLO r OLLLLOLLOL cer OLLLLOLLOO ES 068 956722 ON LMS 272 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board gt p eids p si ujejs s jueJe6ujoaJ v jo uonipuoo au g jjenpiAipui p e dsip SI SO JO DO Jeue JO uonipuoo Y p x oo O eoo z x O Lummen 128 a a a a ll LL ou Las e feldsip sseuppe oO ssppeoo i00000010 eis NANO ssaJppe uoneoiunuJuJo2 lt yoedes pue japo ed zuesa z y lt UOISISA AWS Ayoedeg uolsia 1000000101 us a syun jo Jequunu ejdsip so 1000000100 as ANA syun pejoeuuoo Jequunu Aejdsip dn juno2 ssemppe ni eH 1000000011 sis a syun pajoauuos Jo 1equunu jo ejdsip dn junoD eanne ox 1000000010 ris o E syun pejoeuuoo jo 1equunu jo ejdsip dn junoD na
91. following factors e Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code setting error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 172 Check method and remedy Turn off the power source of LOSSNAY for 5 or more min utes and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally f not check the cause 2 Check the causes of 1 5 If the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check 3 Same cause as that for indoor unit described in 3 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 3 System connected to the system controllers MELANS Error source Error display address Detection method ME remote No acknowl controller RC edgement System control ACK at IC ler SC transmis MA remote sion to OC controller MA HBC ME remote No acknowl control controller RC edgement ler system control ACK at IC HB ler SC transmis MA remote sion to HB controll
92. for proper operation 2 3 way valve Water flow rate control valve fault 3 Control board fault If no problems are found with the above items replace the control board HWE1113A 2444 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Water leakage 2 Cause check method and remedy Check that water does not leak from the pipes in such as the humidifier 1 Error Code Water supply cutoff 2 Cause check method and remedy 1 The water tank of the humidifier is empty Check the amount of supply water Check for the solenoid valve and for the connection 5 Frozen water tank Turn off the power source of the water tank to defrost and turn it on again HWE1113A 145 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Out of range outside air temperature 2 Error definition and error detection method When the thermistor temperature of 28 C 18 F or below has continuously been detected for 3 minutes during heating op eration during compressor operation the unit makes an error stop and 3121 appears on the display Use the OC therm istor temperature to determine when two outdoor units are in operation The compressor restarts when the thermistor temperature is 26 C 15 F or above both OC and OS during error stop The error display needs to be canceled by setting the remote controller Outdoor temperature error is canceled if the units stop during error stop The error display needs to be canceled
93. from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units 1 No power supply units are con nected to the transmission line for centralized control AND 2 No controllers with a power supply function are connected to the system If a system controller is connected set the central control switch SW2 1 on the control board of all outdoor units to ON Note a The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatical ly designated as OC and OS in the order of capacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the or der of address from small to large b If TB7 s on the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are not daisy chained connect the transmission line for the central control system to TB7 of the OC Note a To maintain the cen tral control even during an OC failure or a power failure connect TB7 on OC and OS together If there is a problem with the out door unit whose power jumper was moved from CN41 to CN40 central control is not possible even if TB7 s are daisy chained 5 Address setting method Ad dress setting range Unit or controller Proce dures controller 4 Outdoor unit Note OC 51to 100 OS 1 Indoor unit LOSSNAY 3 MA Main MA 1 No set remote con tings re remote troller bansi 5 Auxiliary HBC con outdoor troller unit Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and
94. in ac cordance with IX 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Con troller 2 Main power breaker trip Refer to 3 Trouble treatment when the main power breaker is tripped page 224 3 Main power earth leakage breaker trip Refer to 4 Trouble treatment when the main power earth leakage breaker is tripped page 224 4 Only the compressor does not operate Check the inverter frequency on the LED monitor and proceed to 2 4 if the compressor is in operation page 223 5 The compressor vibrates violently at all times or makes an abnor See 2 4 page 223 mal sound Only the fan motor does not operate Check the inverter frequency on the LED monitor and proceed to 2 6 if the fan motor is in operation page 223 7 The fan motor shakes violently at all times or makes an abnormal Check the inverter frequency on the LED monitor and proceed to 2 sound 6 if the fan motor is in operation page 223 Noise is picked up by the peripheral device 1 Check that power supply wiring of the peripheral device does not run close to the power supply wiring of the outdoor unit 2 Check if the inverter output wiring is not running parallel to the power supply wiring and the transmission lines 3 Check that the shielded wire is used as the transmission line when itis required and check that the grounding work is performed prop erly on the shielded wire 4 Meg failure for electrical syste
95. ino Lr eJnjeJeduue edid 1 Op edid inO 6201 eJnjeJeduJe edid 1 oC edid je ino JEDI edid 1 9801 eJnjeJueduJe edid 1 nO SEII eJnjeJeduue edid jamo FCO edid 1 CC eJnjeJeduue edid 1 2201 edid inO Le eJnjeJeduJe edid 1 0201 edid inO 6201 oJnjeJeduJe edid 1 8221 EN LOOOLLLLOO LOOOLLLOLL L000LLLOLO LOOOLLLOOL LOOOL L LOOO LOOOLLOLLL LOOOLLOLLO LOOOLLOLOL LOOOLLOLOO LOOOLLOOLL LOOOLLOOLO LOOOL 10001 LOOOL 10000 LOOOLOLLLL LOOOLOLLLO LOOOLOLLOL V000101100 LOOOLOLOLL LOOOLOLOLO LOOOLOLOOL 1000101000 1000100 L L 10001001 LO 068293T l HZ CLG LZS OLS 69S 89S 199 999 G9G PUG 699 699 L9G 09S 699 899 LSS 9SS GSS 799 699 SS MEN ER ui s s pun uo ejeq 2 5 HWE1113A pe ejdsip si ujejs s jueJe6uJeJ v Jo uonipuoo ay g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO OO JO UONIPUOI OU V O mo 1001000 ses ssn 00 Hseroi 10 00 00 ses o 888901688 0 hsz ot RRR E E era 1 0to00110 zes peepee ts mono tes RO i00 oss rr LO HH RR x 889898 egal 1001000020 sis x Gn sso 1000000 us SO 1001000000 9 ea x 6889600 set ooo KR EIER ar ON HOOHHOL HR ON ui s
96. input circuit failure on the control board Check the temperature and pressure readings on the sen sor that are displayed on the LED monitor 3 Faulty mounting of thermistor TH4 Check the temperature and pressure readings on the thermistor that are displayed on the LED monitor HWE1113A 5437 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain sensor submergence Models with a drain sensor 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 If an immersion of the drain sensor in the water is detected while the unit is in any mode other than the Cool Dry mode and when the drain pump goes from OFF to ON this condition is considered preliminary water leakage While this error is being detected humidifier output cannot be turned on 2 Ifthe immersion of the sensor in the water is detected four consecutive times at an hour interval this is considered water leak age and 2500 appears on the monitor 3 Detection of water leakage is also performed while the unit is stopped 4 Preliminary water leakage is cancelled when the following conditions are met One hour after the preliminary water leakage was detected it is not detected that the drain pump goes from OFF to ON The operation mode is changed to Cool Dry The liquid pipe temperature minus the inlet temperature is 10 C 18 F or less 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping
97. into the normal control mode The initial operation mode will start when the outdoor unit connected to the HBC controller in air vent operation starts opera tion the 4th step 1 Flowchart of initial operation 9 Control Method 50 lt F lt 60Hz Initial startup mode starts Completed in the integrated operation time of 35 minutes or F lt 50Hz Completed in the integrated operation time of 90 minutes or the discharge superheat TH4 Tc is detected within 5 minutes of startup that remains above approximately 20 C 96 F for one minute Initial startup mode complete The control system configuration for the PURY models is shown in the chart below Control method Data signal exchange between system equipment Calculation processing System control e Adjustment of refrigerant flow rate Adjustment of rotation speed of compressor or fan serial communication non polar 2 wire Non polar 2 wire Daisy chained method transmission line 16 bit CPU microcomputer operation processing Autonomous distributed control system F2 VPM control Rotation speed control of compressor or fan depending on the refrigerant Outdoor unit pressure value and the changing speed Capacity control for each port according to the load Water distribution control according to the operation mode HBC controller Autonomous distributed control system A system that consists of two independ
98. is required To perform a group op eration of indoor units that feature different functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of functions as the main unit None of these addresses may overlap any of the indoor unit addresses Make the same indoor unit group settings with the system controller as the ones that were made with the MA remote controller To set the address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 If the address that is as signed to the HBC controller overlaps any of the address es that are assigned to the outdoor units use a differ ent unused address within the setting range The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same HWE1113A 307 GB II Restrictions 6 An Example of a System to which an ME Remote Controller is connected 1 Sample control wiring Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF ON OS SW2 1 OFF ON To be connected connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF ON OC L31 To be left unconnected 13 Note System controller OO A1 B2 104 L21 L22 Leave the male Leave the male mm Interlock operation with the ventilation unit L11 L12 Move the male connector from CN41 to CN40
99. is detected that the float switch has been OFF for 15 seconds it is interpreted that the sensor tip is not immersed in water 2 Ifit is detected that the float switch has been ON for 3 minutes after the immersion of the sensor tip was detected this is con sidered a drain pump failure and 2502 appears on the monitor The total time it takes for this error to be detected is 3 minutes and 15 seconds including the time it takes for the first im mersion of the sensor tip to be detected 3 Detection of drain pump failure is performed while the unit is stopped 4 The following criteria are met when the criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit system stoppage are met Liquid pipe temperature inlet temperature lt 10 C 18 F has been detected for 30 minutes It is detected by the float switch that the sensor tip has been immersed in water for 15 minutes or more s The conditions that are listed under items 1 through 3 above are always met before the criteria for the forced stoppage of the outdoor unit 5 The indoor unit and HBC controller that detected the conditions that are listed in item 4 above brings the outdoor unit in the same refrigerant system to an abnormal stop compressor operation prohibited and the outdoor unit brings all the indoor units and HBC controller in the same refrigerant system that are in any mode other than Fan or Stop to an abnormal stop 2502 appears on the monitor of the units that came to
100. is supplied from a controller with a power supply function such as GB 50ADA Provide grounding to S terminal on the terminal block for transmis sion line for centralized control TB7 on only one of the outdoor units A maximum of 3 system controllers can be connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line with the exception that only one G B 50A may be connected When the total number of indoor units exceeds 20 12 if one or more indoor units of the 200 model or above is connected it may not be possible to connect a system controller to the indoor outdoor trans mission line When the number of the connected indoor units is as shown in the table below one or more transmission boosters sold separately are required To connect two transmission boosters connect them in parallel Observe the maximum number of connectable indoor units that are listed in the specifications for each outdoor unit HWE1113A 38 Number of transmission booster sold separately required 27 50 units When the P200 and P250 models are not included in the connected indoor units When the P200 and P250 models are in cluded in the connected indoor units 3 Maximum allowable length 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum distance 1 25mm AWG16 or larger L11 L12 lt 200m 656ft L21 L22 x 200m 656ft L25 200m 656ft Transmission line for centralized control L314 L21 200m 656ft MA remote controller wiring
101. of refrigerant Refer to Necessary Tools and Materials for information on the use of tools page 4 Verification of the connecting pipes Verify the type of refrigerant used for the unit to be moved or replaced Use refrigerant pipes made of phosphorus deoxidized copper Keep the inner and outer surfaces of the pipes clean and free of such contaminants as sulfur oxides dust dirt shaving particles oil and water These types of contaminants inside the refrigerant pipes may cause the refrigerant oil to deteriorate If there is a leak of gaseous refrigerant and the remaining refrigerant is exposed to an open flame a poisonous gas hydrofluoric acid may form Keep workplace well ventilated N CAUTION Install new pipes immediately after removing old ones to keep moisture out of the refrigerant circuit The use of refrigerant that contains chloride such as R22 will cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate HWE1113A m GB I Read Before Servicing 2 Necessary Tools and Materials Prepare the following tools and materials necessary for installing and servicing the unit Tools for use with R410A Adaptability of tools that are for use with R22 or R407C 1 To be used exclusively with R410A not to be used if used with R22 or R407C Gauge Manifold Evacuation and refrigerant charging Higher than 5 09MPa 738psi on the high pressure side Charging Hose Evacuation and refrigerant charging The hose diameter is larger than
102. of the control box and may result in damage to its internal components 2 Faston terminals have a locking function Make sure the cable heads are securely locked in place Press the tab on the ter minals to remove them HWE1113A 257 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 3 Outdoor Unit Circuit Board 1 CNAC2 CLA ON CN51 3 Output 12VDC 4 Compressor ON OFF output 5 Error output Actuator driving output CN72 72C driving output LED3 Lit when powered LED2 Lit during normal CPU operation HWE1113A CNDC Bus voltage input P YN Outdoor unit control board CN2 CD Serial communication signal input 5 GND INV board Output 17VDC CN801 Pressure switch connection CN332 DOutput 18VDC cna GND Fan board Q GND Serial communication signal output BK 1 CN505 3 1 CN501 3 MITSUBISHI MADE IN JAPAN Hp CNTO1 CAUTION FOR HIGH VOLTAGE N ef CN32 e N CN o N o a Hea Al og GO 6 N a DIP rate 1258 6 o Hp SEO SA M C43 5 Leer 5 x S E o no o N z o MENA Of i 5 R800 A fap e oN go z a n ll ao N CAUTION FOR HIGH VOLTAGE to e Su d o D JP11 F01
103. open is detected again the second detection after the first restart of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit stops turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts in 3 minutes vvhen the detected temperature is vvithin the normal range eVVhen a short or an open is detected again the third detection after the previous restart of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit makes an error stop eVVhen a short or an open of the thermistor is detected just before the restart of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit makes an error stop and the error code 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 or 5107 vvill appear During 3 minute antirestart mode preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display A short or an open described above is not detected for 10 minutes after the compressor start during defrost mode or for 3 minutes after defrost mode Cause check method and remedy 4 A pin on the male connector is missing or Check connector contact failure 5 Disconnected vvire Check for vvire 6 Thermistor input circuit failure on the control Check the intake temperature of the sensor vvith the LED board monitor VVhen the temperature is far different from the actual temper ature replace the control board lt Reference gt Short detection Open detection TH3 110 C 230 F land above 0 4 kaand below 40 C 40 F and below TH4 240 C 464 and above 0 57 ko and below 0 C 32 FTand below 698 k Q and above TH5 70
104. outdoor unit page 228 2 If the LED error display becomes lit when the power is turned on with all the connectors on the control board except CNDC disconnected there is a problem with the wiring to those connectors or with the connectors themselves 3 If nothing appears on the display under item 2 above AND the voltage between pins 1 and 3 of CNDC is within the range betvveen 220 VDC and 380 VDC control board failure is suspected 3 Only the softvvare version appears on the LED display 1 Only the software version appears while the transmission cables to TB3 and TB7 are disconnected 1 Wiring failure between the control board and the transmission line power supply board CNIT CNS2 CN102 2 If item 1 checks out OK the transmission line power supply board failure is suspected 3 Ifitems 1 and 2 check out OK control board failure is suspected 2 If the LED display appears as noted in X 1 2 LED display at initial setting page 245 while the transmission cables to TB3 and TB7 are disconnected failure with the transmission cable or the connected equipment is suspected HVVE1113A 239 GB IX Troubleshooting 9 Instructions for debris removal operation In this operation debris that is generated during installation is removed from the water circuit Perform this operation after water and refrigerant piping work air tightness test evacuation and refrigerant charging have been completed and electrical work is d
105. pn 5 uoneJedo UO 1 S NUILU E a i 0000000L L L 1 Q uon esado 777 eoiunuJuJo 81000 0000000110 0000000101 G o EN ul uois V V SIUJSUEJ JoopuiJ01 id 6AS PVAS IGAS IPAS qvAS ETAS Ke dsipind dns dol no Aejay V V e dsip3nd Sip ayy uo s1eedde sepoo Joa pue sseJppy 6666 o 0000 og pue ol Buipnioul p 5 p due SJOJ19 OU J c ejdsip 10419 0000000100 0000000011 0000000010 e dsip ay uo sie d de p91o9jep ae sJo41e jeurueud ou y p uBiluBi u sapos 10416 pue sseJppv 6666 0 0000 0000000001 JoJJo jeuluul SO DO eJd 359 e ay jo ejdsiq c Kelds p 10119 Y90849 10113 SO DO sapos 10416 pue sselppy 6666 0 0000 Aejdsip n Joeys uoe UuOneJo Bunybrq Jado u Del 20 Jel do ul duo Aejdsip indino Aejay oo sm a em s m em a im seen Ae dsiq LMS 0000000000 pe fe jefe in syJeuway ejep uang Aejdsip 403uou 137 248 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board UEL ay u Jo p ddo s SI Yun y l uA llu Bune u Buunp 17 Buljooo Buunp y7 L yum Bupuejs Japo Bulipuaose ul d q unu enuanbas e uanib 9q IM yun IEUUOUOE ue O s uuo2 jeu yun yoey
106. refrigerant is charged in the liquid state without the need for turning it upside down Check the type of the cylinder on the label before use 10 Remedies to be taken in case of a Refrigerant Leak If the refrigerant leaks out it may be replenished The entire refrigerant does not need to be replaced Charge refrigerant in the liquid state Refer to IX 5 Refrigerant Leak page 229 HWE1113A 45 GB I Read Before Servicing 11 Characteristics of the Conventional and the New Refrigerants 1 Chemical property As with R22 the new refrigerant R410A is low in toxicity and chemically stable nonflammable refrigerant However because the specific gravity of vapor refrigerant is greater than that of air leaked refrigerant in a closed room will accumulate at the bottom of the room and may cause hypoxia If exposed to an open flame refrigerant will generate poisonous gases Do not perform installation or service work in a con fined area New Refrigerant HFC type Conventional Refriger R32 R125 R32 R125 R134a 1 4 ant HCFC type Composition wt 50 50 23 25 52 100 R R Type of Refrigerant Pseudo azeotropic Non azeotropic Single Refrigerant Refrigerant Refrigerant Chloride Not included Not included Included Safety Class A1 A1 A1 A1 44 Boiling Point C F 51 4 60 5 43 6 46 4 40 8 41 4 Steam Pressure 1 557 226 0 9177 133 0 94 136 25 C MPa 77 F psi gauge Saturated Steam Density 4 0 2 5
107. required To connect two transmission boosters connect them in parallel Observe the maximum number of connectable indoor units that are listed in the specifications for each outdoor unit Number of transmission booster sold separately re quired When the P200 and P250 mod els are not included in the con 27 50 units nected indoor units When the P200 and P250 mod els are included in the connect 21 39 units 40 50 units ed indoor units HWE1113A Bif TB5 TB15 TB5 M1M2 S OOO TB15 1 2 Automatic address setup is not available if start stop in put CN32 CN51 CN41 is used for a group operation of indoor units Refer to 5 2 Manual address setup for both indoor and outdoor units page 32 To connect more than 2 LOSSNAY units to indoor units in the same system refer to 5 2 An example of a sys tem with one outdoor unit to which 2 or more LOSSNAY units are connected page 32 Maximum allowable length Indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum distance 1 25mm AWG16 or larger L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 lt 200m 656ft L1 L2 L3 L11 L12 L13 lt 200m 656ft Transmission line for centralized control No connection is required MA remote controller wiring Maximum overall line length 0 3 to 1 25mm AWG22 to 161 m1 lt 200m 656ft m2 m3 x 200m 656ft m4 m5 lt 200m 656ft GB II Restrictions 4 Wiring method Set one of the MA remote controllers as a sub controller 1
108. service monitor Refer to the table on the following pages for DIP SW settings The service monitor uses 4 digit 7 segment LED to display numerical values and other types of information 7SEG LED SW1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 1021 01 l LIT EI SW1 10 is represented as 0 in the table Pressure and temperature are examples of numerical values and operating conditions and the on off status of solenoid valve are examples of flag display 1 Display of numerical values Example When the pressure data sensor reads 18 8kg cm Item No 58 The unit of pressure is in kg cm l LI Use the following conversion formula to convert the displayed value into m Il a value in Sl unit Value in Sl unit MPa Displayed value kg cm x 0 098 2 Flag display Example When 2154 21S4b SV1a are ON Item No 3 Example 3 minutes restart mode Item No 14 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 LD8 2 LED display at initial setting From power on until the completion of initial settings the following information will be displayed on the monitor screen Displays No 1 through No 4 in order repeatedly Software version 0103 Version 1 03 Refrigerant type 2 410 R410A Model and capacity H 20 Cooling Heating 20 HP For the first few minutes after power on the capacity of each outdoor unit is displayed Thereafter the com bined capacity is displayed
109. shaving particles oil and water These types of contaminants inside the refrigerant pipes may cause the refrigerant oil to deteriorate Store the pipes to be installed indoors and keep both ends of the pipes sealed until immediately before braz ing Keep elbows and other joints wrapped in plastic Infiltration of dust dirt or water into the refrigerant system may cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate or cause the unit to malfunction Use a small amount of ester oil ether oil or alkylben zene to coat flares and flanges Infiltration of a large amount of mineral oil may cause the re frigerating machine oil to deteriorate Charge liquid refrigerant as opposed to gaseous re frigerant into the system If gaseous refrigerant is charged into the system the com position of the refrigerant in the cylinder will change and may result in performance loss HWE1113A Use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve If a vacuum pump that is not equipped with a reverse flow check valve is used the vacuum pump oil may flow into the refrigerant cycle and cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate Prepare tools for exclusive use with R410A Do not use the following tools if they have been used with the con ventional refrigerant gauge manifold charging hose gas leak detector reverse flow check valve refrigerant charge base vacuum gauge and refrigerant recovery equipment elf
110. shock Exercise caution when transporting products Products weighing more than 20 kg should not be carried alone Failure to install an earth leakage breaker may result in electric shock smoke and or fire Do not carry the product by the PP bands that are used on some products Use the kind of power supply wires that are specified Do not touch the heat exchanger fins They are sharp and in the installation manual dangerous When lifting the unit with a crane secure all four corners to prevent the unit from falling Properly dispose of the packing materials Nails and wood pieces in the package may pose a risk of injury The use of wrong kind of power supply wires may result in current leak electric shock and or fire Use breakers and fuses current breaker remote switch switch Type B fuse moulded case circuit breaker with the proper current capacity Plastic bags may pose a risk of choking hazard to chil dren Tear plastic bags into pieces before disposing of them The use of wrong capacity fuses steel wires or copper wires may result in malfunctions smoke and or fire Do not spray water on the air conditioner or immerse the air conditioner in water Otherwise electric shock and or fire may result When handling units always wear protective gloves to protect your hands from metal parts and high tempera ture parts HWE1113A V GB Before the test run N CAUTION
111. tance Disconnect the invert er output wire from the terminals of the INV board SC U SC V SC W Disconnect the short circuit connector from CNG on the INV board Put the outdoor unit into operation Check the inverter output voltage after the inverter output frequency has stabi lized 1 Overcurrent error 4250 Detail code No 101 104 105 106 and 107 2 Logic error 4220 Detail code No 111 Replace the INV board Replace the INV board ACCT sensor circuit failure Replace the INV board 5301 Detail code No 117 IPM open Normal 5301 Detail code No 119 Compressor Meg failure Error if less than 1 Mohm Compressor coil resistance failure Coil resistance value of 0 32 ohm 20 C 68 F Inverter related problems are de tected Check that there is no liquid re frigerant in the compressor If there is none replace the com pressor Replace the compressor Connect the short circuit connec tor to CN6 and go to section 1 Inverter voltage is not output at the Replace the INV board terminals SC U SC V and SC W There is an voltage imbalance be tween the wires Greater than 5 imbalance or 5V There is no voltage imbalance be tween the wires 222 Replace the INV board Normal Reconnect the short circuit con nector to CN6 after checking the voltage GB IX Troubleshooting Put the outdoor unit into oper Overcurrent related problems oc Chec
112. temperature switch by defeating the safety features of these devices or the use of accessories other than the ones that are recom mended by MITSUBISHI may result in smoke fire and or explosion Only use accessories recommended by MITSUBISHI Ask a qualified technician to install the unit Improper instal lation by the user may result in water leakage electric shock smoke and or fire Control box houses high voltage parts When opening or closing the front panel of the control box do not let it come into contact with any of the internal com ponents Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less It takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turned off GB Precautions for handling units for use with R410A N CAUTION Do not use the existing refrigerant piping A large amount of chlorine that may be contained in the re sidual refrigerant and refrigerating machine oil in the exist ing piping may cause the refrigerating machine oil in the new unit to deteriorate R410A is a high pressure refrigerant and can cause the existing pipes to burst Use refrigerant pipes made of phosphorus deoxidized copper Keep the inner and outer surfaces of the pipes clean and free of such contaminants as sulfur oxides dust dirt
113. the conventional model Refrigerant Recovery Cylinder Refrigerant recovery 7 P K Refrigerant Cylinder Refrigerant charging The refrigerant type is indicated The cylinder is pink Charging Port on the Refrigerant Cylinder Refrigerant charging The charge port diameter is larger than that of the current port Flare Nut Connection of the unit vvith the pipes Use Type 2 Flare nuts 2 Tools and materials that may be used vvith R410A vvith some restrictions Gas Leak Detector Gas leak detection The ones for use vvith HFC refrigerant may be used Vacuum Pump Vacuum drying May be used if a check valve adapter is attached Flare Tool Flare processing Flare processing dimensions for the piping in the system using the nevv re frigerant differ from those of R22 Re fer to 9 Piping Materials Refrigerant Recovery Equipment Refrigerant recovery May be used if compatible with R410A 3 Tools and materials that are used with R22 or R407C that may also be used with R410A Vacuum Pump with a Check Valve Vacuum drying EN S Torque Wrench Tightening flare nuts Only the flare processing dimensions for pipes that have a diameter of 912 7 1 2 and 215 88 5 8 have been changed Welder and Nitrogen Cylinder Welding pipes 5 Refrigerant Charging Meter Refrigerant charging Vacuum Gauge Vacuum level check 4 Tools and materials that must not be used vvith R410A Charging Cylinder Refrigerant charging Prohibited to use
114. the following DIPSW operations When replacing the water pump near the water supply port set DIPSW4 6 to ON DIPSVV4 7 to OFF When replacing the other water pump set DIPSW4 6 and DIPSVV4 7 to ON 2 Open the top panel and maintenance panel of the water pump to be replaced Top panel Maintenance panel 3 Remove the clips on the inlet outlet of the water pump Outlet side Inlet side Remove the clip 4 Remove the water pump by pulling out the inlet outlet of the water pump Nipple and O ring on the connection 5 After removing the water pump check the O ring on the sleeve for damage If O ring is damaged replace the O ring with a new one 6 Insert the water pump again so that debris is not trapped in the O ring and install the clip When inserting the water pump lubricate the O ring with soapy water Remove foreign objects with a waste cloth if any 7 After closing the panels turn on the power to the HBC controller and perform the air vent operation HWE1113A DAD GB X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 1 How to Read the LED on the Service Monitor HWE1113A 2495 GB HWE1113A 244 GB X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 1 How to Read the LED on the Service Monitor 1 Outdoor unit board 1 How to read the LED By setting the DIP SW 1 1 through 1 10 Switch number 10 is represented by 0 the operating condition of the unit can be monitored on the
115. to 00 or 51 100 with the dial switch to 00 or 51 100 with the dial switch a LE SW1 1 10 a 5 Ls to the LED monitor display on the Anytime after power on operation monitoring outdoor unit board eost Without connection With connection to WEN to the centralized the centralized con Before power on controller troller Deletion of connec Normal control Deletion Before power on tion information Anytime after power on Deletion of error his Storage of IC OC Deletion of IC OC When switched from OFF tory SW error history error history to ON After being energized and Pump down mode Normal control Pump down mode while the compressor is stopped Anytime af 10 minutes ter power Forced defrost Forced defrost after com 1 on When Note 3 starts pressor switched startup from OFF to Anytime after power on Defrost timer setting 50 minutes 90 minutes When switched from OFF Note 3 to ON Target evaporating 2 C 28 F Anytime after power on temperature setting 1 0 C 82 F 4 C 25 F When switched from OFF Note 4 6 C 21 F to ON 1 Unless otherwise specified leave the switch to OFF where indicated by which may be set to OFF for a reason 2 A Only the switch on either the OC or OS needs to be set for the setting to be effective on both units B The switches on both the OC and OS need to be set to the same setting for the setting to be effective C The setting is effective fo
116. trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 3 System connected to the system controllers MEL ANS Error source Error display address Detection method ME re ME remote No acknowl mote con controller RC edgement troller System con ACK at IC RC troller SC transmission to MA remote RC controller MA System con No acknowl troller edgement SC ACK at MELANS transmission to RC HWE1113A Same as grouping of units in a sys tem with multiple outdoor units Error occurrence on some IC Same cause as that for system with one outdoor unit Error occurrence on all IC in the system with one outdoor unit An error is found by the outdoor unit Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the outdoor unit on the terminal block for cen tralized control line connection TB7 Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit Malfunction of electrical system for the outdoor unit Error occurrence on all IC Same causes as 1 4 described in 2 When the power supply unit for transmission lines is used an
117. treatment meth od of the shield of the transmission line for cen tralized control Isolate the transmission line from the power line 5cm 1 31 32 or more Do not insert them in the same conduit The transmission line must be isolated from another transmission line When they are bundled erroneous operation may be caused Use the specified transmission line Type Shielded wire CVVS CPEVS MVVS For ME remote control ler Diameter 1 25mm AWG16 or more Remote controller wire 0 3 1 25mm AWG22 16 The transmission is two wire daisy chained The shielded wire must be also daisy chained When the shielded cable is not daisy chained the noise cannot be reduced enough Connect the shield of the indoor outdoor transmission cable to the earth terminal 77 on the outdoor unit If no grounding is provided the noise on the transmission line can not escape leading to change of the transmission signal The transmission cable for centralized control is less subject to noise interference if it is grounded to the outdoor unit whose power jumper cable was moved from CN41 to CN40 or to the power sup ply unit The environment against noise varies depending on the distance of the transmission lines the number of the connected units the type of the controllers to be connected or the environment of the installation site Therefore the transmission line work for central ized control must be performed as follows 1 Wh
118. units for problems and correct 13 Dirty heat exchanger of the outdoor unit them if any Outdoor fan including fan parts failure motor failure or fan con Check the fan on the outdoor unit troller malfunction Refer to the section on troubleshooting the outdoor Items 12 through 14 above reduce the condensing capability of unit fan page 211 the unit resulting in high pressure rise during cooling operation 15 Solenoid valve SV1a malfunction Refer to the section on troubleshooting the sole The by pass valve SV1a can not control rise in high pressure noid valve page 209 Thermistor failure TH3 TH7 Check the thermistor resistor page 157 Pressure sensor failure Refer to the 7 on the troubleshooting of the pressure sensor page 207 Failure of the thermistor input circuit and pressure sensor input cir Check the sensor temperature pressure on the cuit on the controller board LED monitor 19 Thermistor mounting problem TH3 TH7 Check the sensor temperature pressure on the LED monitor 20 Disconnected male connector on the pressure svvitch 63H1 or disconnected vvire HVVE1113A 136 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code High pressure fault 2 Outdoor unit 2 Error definition and error detection method If the pressure of 0 098MPa 14psi or lower is registered on the pressure sensor immediately before start up it will trigger an abnormal stop and error code 1302 will be displayed
119. 000 eooo men 0 eooo eooo mem sssr 0 sooo eooo mem men 896900 emo mem men 0 eooo men mem men 0 eooo men eooo men 0 mam mam sol oo em um en sn m em a wm e dsiq epoo yoedeo ssalppy 191 OLOLLOLLLL LOE apo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 9 O OLOLLOLLLO 99 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy S O OLOLLOLLOL S9t epoo Ajoedeo sseJppy FL OLOLLOLLOO POL opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy OI OLOLLOLOLL 696 epoo yoedeo ssalppy 21 21 OLOLLOLOLO 298 apo Ajoedeo sseJppy LOI OLOLLOLOOL LOC opoo Ajyoedeo sseJppy 019 OLOLLOLOOO 09 epoo Ajoedeo sseJppv 691 OLOLLOOLLL 6S opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 821 OLOLLOOLLO 896 epoo yoede9 sselppy 221 OLOLLOOLOL LGE opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 901 OLOLLOOLOO 996 epoo Ajoedeo sseJppv sol OLOLLOOOLL GGE epoo Ajoedeo sseJppv YOI OLOLLOOOLO PGC opoo noedes9 ssalppy CO OLOLLOOOOL 696 poo Ayoedeo ssaippy 201 0101100000 ES apoo oedeo ss ippy LOI OLOLOLLLLL MES 068 99 221 uel ON LMS ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq 266 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board spuooes Ala A euiu e pe ejdsiq syJeuway pe ejdsip si wuaj s s Jue1 BiuJ 1 v jo uonipuoo g Ajenpriaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V eooo E saoo eooo mem mmm 8969090 men 0 m
120. 02 Address setting error 7105 Disconnection or short circuit of the trans mission line for the outdoor unit on the ter minal block for centralized control line connection TB7 Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit Malfunction of electrical system for the outdoor unit Error occurrence on all IC Same causes as 1 7 described in 2 The male power supply connectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for cen tralized control Disconnection or shutdown of the power source of the power supply unit for trans mission line System controller MELANS malfunction KZ Check method and remedy Same remedy as that for grouping of units in a sys tem with multiple outdoor units Same remedy as that for system with one outdoor unit Check the LED display for troubleshooting on the outdoor unit If an error is found check the check code definition and correct the error f no error is found check 2 Check 5 7 on the left Check voltage of the transmission line for cen tralized control 20V or more Check 1 and 2 on the left Less than 20V Check 3 on the left GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is
121. 1000000001 es o iv lv yun pue sseJppe yes jo ejdsip ejeuJejlv ssempeges 1000000000 zis Rus sen D Lan ON 5 14910 LMS ejep BUIS HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 9 si jun eut pe ejdsip si wua s s jueJeBujeJ ay Jo uonipuoo v g pe ejdsip SI SO JO 90 Jeune JO uonipuoo aul Y 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 oo em m s m em zm m Ae dsiq edid inO 1221 eJnjeJeduJe edid onnc 9201 edid 1 2201 edid 1 FS edid 1 2201 eJnjeJeduJe edid 1e ino 2201 eJnjeJeduJe edid 1e ino L eJnjeJeduue edid inO 0221 oeJnjeJeduJe edid 1 nO 6121 edid 1 9 O edid 1 nO 2121 edid inO 9121 edid inO S O eJnjeJeduJe edid 1 nO F O edid inO 21 01 edid 1 nO 2101 eJnjeJeduue edid inO LLAI eJnjeJueduJe edid 1 nO OLD eJnjeJeduuJe edid onnc 601 e1njeJeduue edid jamo 801 eJnjeJeduuJe edid j
122. 3 Cause check method and remedy Fan board failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 6 page 223 Note Outdoor unit fan failure Check the outdoor unit fan operation If any problem is found with the fan operation check the fan motor gt Refer to IX 4 7 2 5 page 223 Air passage blockage Check that the heat sink cooling air passage is not blocked THHS failure 1 Check for proper installation of the INV board IGBT Check for proper instal lation of the IGBT heatsink 2 Check the THHS sensor reading on the LED monitor gt If an abnormal value appears replace the INV board Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 152 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Overload protection 2 Error definition and error detection method If the output current of lac gt 27 Arms or THHS gt 95 C 203 F is continuously detected for 10 minutes or more during inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy Air passage blockage Check that the heat sink cooling air passage is not blocked Power supply environment Power supply voltage is 342 V or above Inverter failure Refer to IX 4 7 page 220 Compressor failure Check that the compressor has not overheated during operation gt Check the refrigerant circuit oil return section Refer to IX 4 7 2 2 page 222 Note Refer
123. 3 minutes if restored the outdoor unit runs normally the outdoor unit makes an error stop Short detectable at 90 C 194 F or higher Open detectable at 40 C 40 F or lower Sensor error at gas side cannot be detected under the following conditions During heating operation During cooling operation for 3 minutes after the compressor turns on 3 Cause check method and remedy Thermistor failure Check the thermistor resistor l 0 C 32 F 15 kohm Connector contact failure 10 C 50 F 9 7 kohm 20 C 68 F 6 4 kohm 30 C 86 F 4 3 kohm 40 C 104 F 3 1 kohm Disconnected wire or partial disconnected thermistor wire Unattached thermistor or contact failure 5 Indoor board detection circuit failure Check the connector contact When no fault is found the indoor board is a failure HWE1113A 156 GB IX Troubleshooting Discharge temperature sensor TH4 fault Outdoor unit Accumulator inlet temperature sensor TH5 fault Outdoor unit Heat exchanger inlet temperature sensor TH6 fault Outdoor unit 5107 Outside temperature sensor TH7 fault Outdoor unit Error definition and error detection method When a short high temperature intake or an open low temperature intake of the thermistor is detected the first detection the outdoor unit stops turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts when the detected temperature of the thermistor eVVhen a short or an
124. 4 7 6 page 225 Rush current pro Measure the resistance between terminals R1 and R5 22 ohm 10 tection resistor R1 R5 Electromagnetic relay 72C Note Judgment method Upper This electromagnetic relay is rated at DC12V and is driven by a coil Check the resistance between terminals Check point Checking criteria W Installation direction Coil Between Terminals 5 and 6 Not to be short circuited Center value 75 ohm Contact Between Terminals 1 and 2 co Between Terminals 3 and 4 co DC reactor DCL Measure the resistance between terminals 1ohm or lower almost 0 ohm Measure the resistance between terminals and the chassis co 6 Troubleshooting for IGBT Module Measure the resistances between each pair of terminals on the IGBT with a tester and use the results for troubleshooting The terminals on the INV board are used for the measurement 1 Notes on measurement Check the polarity before measuring On the tester black normally indicates plus Check that the resistance is not open co ohm or not shorted to 0 ohm The values are for reference and the margin of errors is allowed The result that is more than double or half of the result that is measured at the same measurement point is not allowed Disconnect all the wiring connected the INV board and make the measuremen
125. 69 eJnjeJeduue edid out gd e1unjeJeduue edid out 221 MEN OLLLLOLOLL TW OLLLLOLOLO ose OLLLLOLOOL 687 OLLLLOLOOO EN OLLLLOOLLL 287 OLLLLOOLLO EN OLLLLOOLOL ogp OLLLLOOLOO ver OLLLLOOOLL cp OLLLLOOOLO 287 OLLLLOOOOL 87 OLLLLOOOOO OLLLOLLLLL 627 OLLLOLLLLO 827 OLLLOLLLOL 227 OLLLOLLLOO 927 OLLLOLLOLL 927 OLLLOLLOLO OLLLOLLOOL Z OLLLOLLOOO ZZ OLLLOLOLLL uw OLLLOLOLLO OZ OLLLOLOLOL 697 OLLLOLOLOO 897 OLLLOLOOLL 297 OLLLOLOOLO 997 OL LOLOOOL Goy 0111010000 ES 068 956722 ON LMS ui s s pun JOOpU uo ejeq 271 HVVE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 9 Si un eut syJeuway pe ejdsip si wuaj s s juesaB11Jal ay jo uonipuoo ay g Ajenpraipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V x o O ONO LL os LL ll LL Ise 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 sol em um o sm m cm zn um Kejdsiq eJnjeJeduue edid lul 0501 oeJnjeJeduJe edid out 67D eJnjeJeduue edid lul 8201 eJnjeJeduue edid lul Jpc edid out 97D oJnjeJeduue edid out cr oeJnjeJeduJe edid out rr eJnjeJeduue
126. 8 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 9 Si un eut p eids ip si wuaj s s jueJe61JeJ v Jo uonipuoo ay g Ajenpraipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO Jeune JO UONIPUOI OU V 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 91 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 0 6 66 6 666 O 6 66 sol oo s a o sm m en zn m ejdsig uonons 922l uonong 201 uonons z l uonons 201 UONONS GZ 31nje adua uonons CZ eunjeJeduue uonons 2201 ainjeJadw9 uonons L eunjeJeduue uonons 0221 31nje adua uonons 6121 uonons 9 uonons 2121 uonons 9 O uonons c O uonons GL uonons O eunjeJeduue uonons Z 3 nje adua uonong LL eunjeJeduue uonons OL uonons 621 uonons 821 uonons 221 uonons 921
127. A am mm PLAN mum vun mum o 801 107 901 901 va edi 201 Sia O68Z9SPETL Lei ON Ae dsiq LMS ejep uang 0010000101 KC L un zum o OL 255 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board oo p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 nu ay jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul V 000 01 0000 OOLOLOOLLO 991 AER 000 01 0000 OOLOLOOLOL 991 LAJI 6 666 0 6 66 0010100100 v94 LSd 6 666 O 6 66 0010100011 691 9LHS 6 666 0 6 66 0010100010 691 VLHS 6 666 01 6 66 0010100001 LOL L HS 6 666 O 6 66 0010100000 091 CLOS 6 666 01 6 66 OOLOOLLLLL 691 LL 6 666 O 6 66 OOLOOLLLLO 891 1 1 6 666 01 6 66 OOLOOLLLOL 181 9 H L 6 666 0 6 66 00 001 1100 991 SCHL 6 666 O 6 66 OOLOOLLOLL 991 YEHL 6 666 O 6 66 OOLOOLLOLO yal COHL 6 666 0 6 66 0010011001 691 1 6 666 0 6 66 001001 L000 CR L ULEHL 6 666 01 6 66 00L00L0LLL LSL LEHL 6 666 O 6 66 OOLOOLOLLO 091 JLEHL 801 101 901 901 PO CO ca LO 068 956722 HWE1113A ON Ae dsiq LMS m m m m m m m m m m m m m co co m m quM ejep uang 256 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 ay jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO OO JO uonipuoo aul hx game oz LL Lam
128. BS ue zh EE ald ARA M gris maa ies PKL b SE E 1 ltems to be strictly observed Do not conduct refrigerant piping work outdoors if raining Use non oxidized solder Use a brazing material BCuP 3 that requires no flux when brazing between copper pipes or between a copper pipe and copper coupling elf installed refrigerant pipes are not immediately connected to the equipment then braze and seal both ends 2 Reasons The new refrigerating machine oil is 10 times as hygroscopic as the conventional oil and is more likely to cause unit failure if water infiltrates into the system Flux generally contains chloride Residual flux in the refrigerant circuit will cause sludge to form 3 Notes Do not use commercially available antioxidants because they may cause the pipes to corrode or refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate HWE1113A 8 GB I Read Before Servicing 7 Air Tightness Test No changes have been made in the detection method Note that a refrigerant leak detector for R22 will not detect an R410A leak Halide torch R22 leakage detector 1 ltems to be strictly observed Pressurize the equipment with nitrogen up to the design pressure 4 15MPa 601psi and then judge the equipment s air tight ness taking temperature variations into account Refrigerant R410A must be charged in its liquid state vs gaseous state 2 Reasons Oxygen if used for an air tightness test poses a
129. Backflow of drain water from other units 2 Adhesion of water drops to the drain sensor 1 Check for proper lead wire installation Trickling of water along the lead wire Rippling of drain water caused by filter clogging Chips nt Failure of the 3 Failure of the relay circuit for the solenoid valve circuit for the solenoid valve Replace the Replace the relay 057 Indoor unit control board LLL LEM r a the above item checks out OK replace the indoor unit Drain sensor circuit failure control board HWE1113A 138 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain sensor submergence Models with a float switch 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 Ifan immersion of the float switch in the water is detected while the unit is in any mode other than the Cool Dry mode and when the drain pump goes from OFF to ON this condition is considered preliminary water leakage While this error is being detected humidifier output cannot be turned on 2 Ifthe drain pump turns on within one hour after preliminary water leakage is detected and the above mentioned condition is detected two consecutive times water leakage error water leakage is detected and 2500 appears on the monitor 3 Detection of water leakage is also performed while the unit is stopped 4 Preliminary water leakage is cancelled when the following conditions are met One hour after the preliminary water leakage was detected it is not detected that the
130. Board 1 HBC controller circuit board SW5 SW4 SW3 SW2 SVV1 O 002 CN101 1 CN512 C BATTERY gt Ge CH c LO LOJ een C524 C523 dr GS Gl 2 C515 z 2 S 1502 Hhooooooo 2 x CNS09 BU CNS11 RD CN005 BU Zoo EE E Bs B EJ Se E ideni 8 ae GC i CN503 BU CN505 E lt WM 06 9 R903 5 4 m U c e 3 C S 3 ms Zen i 1096 k EK m rab ach Ge 2 DASOS 7 e E Ga 8 n on o n o ad Hao a a ooo oo 4000000008 foo oo ooo CN302 CN 1 ET CN304 r P E CNG 8 i ATA K CUE P BAAR ARBRE AD RRRRRRRRRR f 49 et BH d 5 q xama De qare EL n rer Wi a d E WWE Bp e 3 GE 4 aa da te TE TE Cry 189107 f ER a Lete T Sae kee a 6 2o Tee EA raana 5 9 942 iyin ET eem c20 x NH LAAHAA GA O 7 leas LAA b i mmr e s 5 5 me s 8 8 Le ET 73353 nnm d 4 10 57 3 C213 m o a rm 5 gil S E l dE 3 ds ell M F aaa n 4 RAS HWE1113A 60 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 2 Power supply circuit board RD C202 C207 C214 R202 PC206 PC205 PC204 dl N9 SOZNO 09 SOEN A EH EB 10114 t0080 NOILNY
131. C 158 F and above 0 4 ko and below 40 C 40 F and below 130 k Q and above TH6 70 C 158 F land above 1 14 ko and below 40 C 40 F and below 130 k Q and above THT 110 C 230 F and above 0 4 ko and below 40 C 40 F and below 130 kQ and above 130 k Qand above HWE1113A 157 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Heatsink temperature sensor THHS fault Detail code 01 2 Error definition and error detection method When a short or an open of THHS is detected just before or during the inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 INV board failure If the problem recurs when the unit is put into operation replace the INV board Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 158 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code E Temperature sensor fault HBC controller TH11 TH16 Temperature sensor fault HBC controller TH32 TH37 Temperature sensor fault HBC controller TH31a TH31h 2 Error definition and error detection method If a shorted high temperature intake or open low temperature intake thermistor TH11 through TH16 TH32 through TH37 or TH31a through TH31h is detected during operation the unit comes to an abnormal stop and an error code 5111 through 0116 5132 through 5137 o
132. C CORPORATION cannot be held The fins are sharp and dangerous responsible for malfunctions or accidents resulting from the use of the wrong type of refrigerant In the event of a refrigerant leak thoroughly ventilate the room Ask your dealer or a qualified technician to install the If refrigerant gas leaks and comes in contact with an open unit flame poisonous gases will be produced Improper installation by the user may result in water leak age electric shock smoke and or fire Properly install the unit according to the instructions in the installation manual Properly install the unit on a surface that can with Improper installation may result in water leakage electric stand the weight of the unit shock smoke and or fire Unit installed on an unstable surface may fall and cause in jury Have all electrical work performed by an authorized electrician according to the local regulations and in structions in this manual and a dedicated circuit must be used Only use specified cables Securely connect each ca ble so that the terminals do not carry the weight of the cable Insufficient capacity of the power supply circuit or improper Improperly connected or fixed cables may produce heat installation may result in malfunctions of the unit electric and elarta fre shock smoke and or fire Take appropriate safety measures against strong winds and earthquakes to prevent the unit from falling If the unit i
133. CN31 insertion 1 2 Broken or semi broken thermistor wire 3 Thermistor failure Indoor unit control board error detection circuit failure 4 HWE1113A 1 2 3 4 0 7 Check for connector connection failure Reinsert the connector restart the operation and check for proper operation Check for a broken thermistor vvire Check the resistance of the thermistor 0 C 32 F 6 0k 2 10 C 50 F 3 9k 2 20 C 68 F 2 6kQ 30 C 86 F 1 8kQ 40 C 104 F 1 3k02 Replace the indoor unit control board if the problem recurs when the unit is operated with the No 1 and No 2 pins on the drain sensor connector CN31 being short circuited If the above item checks out OK there are no problems with the drain sensor Turn off the power and turn it back on GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code 3 way valve Water flow rate control valve fault 2 Error definition and error detection method Limit signal that is output from 3 way valve water flow rate control valve is not detected or is not reset after it is detected 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Loose connectors wiring fault When the LEDs on the control board MV1a MV1h MV2a MV2h and FCV3a FCV3h are lit check the 3 way valves water flow rate control valves whose LED is lit for loose connectors wiring fault and proper operation When the LEDs described above are not lit check all the 3 way valves water flow rate control valves
134. Circuit board failure Confirm that the voltage at the CN3 connector is 198 V or above 3 Wiring failure Confirm that the voltage at the control board connector CNAC is 198 V or above If the voltage is below 198V check the wiring connection between the noise filter board CN3 noise filter board CN2 and control board CNAC Confirm that the wiring between noise filter TB23 and INV board SC L3 is put through CT3 4 Blown fuse Check for a blown fuse F01 on the control board gt If a blown fuse is found check for a short circuiting or earth fault of the actuator 5 CT3 failure Replace the inverter if this problem is detected after the compres sor has gone into operation 6 Control board failure Replace the control board if none of the above is causing the problem HWE1113A 147 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code lt Transmission power supply fault Error detail code FF Outdoor unit gt 2 Error definition and error detection method Transmission power output failure 3 Cause 1 Wiring failure 2 Transmission power supply cannot output voltage because overcurrent was detected 3 Voltage cannot be output due to transmission power supply problem 4 Transmission voltage detection circuit failure 4 Check method and remedy Check the items in IX 4 8 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit on all outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit page 228 lt Transmission power su
135. Connect 1 1 1 1 1 Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt 0N OC Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF gt ON OS L31 System controller TB5 M M S SE EE Ka SS ON TB15 1 2 200 L o UA ur IS O O Interlock operation with L11 L12 the ventilation unit CN41 CN40 Replace SW2 1 OFF gt ON lt lt U eee seris asas arar aq EE TB5 M1M2S TB15 12 TB5 Mt 2 5 00 000 IS Q TB15 1 2 Q I bon l 1 1 I KZ OO OO AB i AB 7 12 i I I m I i MA MA L22 TB5 TB15 1 2 OQ m3 i Note1 LM adapters cannot be connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line Note2 The figures above show a system to which two outdoor units are connected but only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system 2 Cautions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be con nected to the same group of indoor units No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units with each other Replacement of male power jumper connector CN41 must be per formed only on one of the outdoor units not required if power to the transmission line for centralized control
136. HBC controller control board and water flow rate control valve FCV a na d Circuit board Microcomputer 2 TL NE R O L Limit signal ae Opening 2c d 0 signal 2 77 16 T F1 1 I JI O N 00 N Ny Ny i r d Q EX 3 Pulse signal output and valve motion Output phase number When valve opens 16000 4 53 2 1 When valve closes 021600 1523 4 HWE1113A 2937s GB IX Troubleshooting 4 Opening and closing of the valve C Closing the valve Opening the valve 100 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 1500 Number of pulses Degree of valve opening vvater flovv rate 2 VVater pump Check the connector and make sure that it is connected properly Check the driving power supply control power supply for the pumps internal board and check the control signal voltage by connecting each voltage to ground Control signal voltage will be OV when stopped and 6V when running at 100 If these are voltages are not correct then investigate the HBC pump power supply board If the supply voltages are correct and the control signal is being sent and the pump will still not operate the likely causes are Internal pump control board failure replace pump Note The internal pump control board is usually damaged when remov ing and replacing the connector with the power supply turned on Always remove the pump connector with the power supply turned off Coil failure r
137. HWE1113A 66 GB IV Remote Controller v C To return to the normal display When all the group settings and interlock settings are made take the following step to go back to the normal display 0 Press and hold buttons A FILTER and B simultaneously for 2 seconds to go back to the window as shown in step 1 2 Address search To search for the address of indoor units that have been entered into the remote controller follow steps and Bring up the Group Setting window Each pressing of button E will bring up the address of a registered indoor unit and its unittype on the display A To search group settings Entry found Unit type Indoor unit in this case No entries found When only one unit address is registered the same address will remain on the display regardless of how many times the button is pressed When the address of multiple units are registered i e 011 012 013 they will be displayed one at a time in an ascending order with each pressing of button E C2 v To delete an address go to section 3 Address Deletion To go back to the normal display follow step 0 3 Address deletion 9 Repeat steps 7 and in the previous page to interlock all the indoor units in a group with the LOSSNAY unit To go back to the normal display To search for an address follow step 0 go to section 2 Addr
138. Heating only refrigerant recovery When three minutes have passed after the LEV operates with initial opening the LEV opening is adjusted every 1 minute to keep the amount of subcool before and after the plate heat exchanger constant 3 Cooling main Heating main Thermo ON and Cooling main Heating main refrigerant recovery 1 Periodic control for LEV1 The LEV opening is adjusted the same way as described in 2 Heating only Thermo ON and Heating only refrigerant recov ery 2 Periodic control for LEV2 To be fully open 3000 HWE1113A 109 GB VII Control 7 Backup control The following backup control is started on the HBC as necessary 1 Backup mode for plate heat exchanger protection The following control is performed depending on the outlet pipe temperature of the plate heat exchanger for freeze up pro tection Cooling main Heating main operation 1 Outdoor unit Cooling main operation Continued Heating main operation Continued 2 HBC controller Control mode Cooling main Heating main Cooling only Outdoor unit Continues the current operation Cooling only Thermo OFF mode HBC controller 21S4Ma Heating side open de energized Cooling side open energized 21S4Mb Cooling side open de energized Cooling side open de energized LEV1 Maintains the opening that was used inthe Opening during Cooling only Thermo OFF previous operation mode LEV2 41 pulses fully closed Opening during Cooling only T
139. I 6 666 01 6 66 LLOLLOOLLL 1 8 v si un aul O H jua uno seud n LLOLLOOLLO 028 LLOLLOOLOL 698 LLOLLOOLOO 898 LLOLLOOOLL 198 LLOLLOOOLO 998 LLOLLOOOOL G98 LLOLLOOOOO 198 801 101 901 901 PO CO ca UG OG C L so oo syJeuay Lieu Ae dsiq O l o S ejep Jo s d 1 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board p eldsip 51 uu s s jueJeDujeJ eunue ay jo uonipuoo u g pe ejdsip si SO JO OO Jayya JO uonipuoo LLLLLLLLLL 6201 LLLLLLLLLO 201 LLLLLLLLOL LZOL LLLLLLLLOO 0201 LLLOOOLOLL 206 VLL0001010 LLLOOOLOOL S06 VLL0001000 06 LLLOOOOLLL 06 LLLOOOOL LO 06 LLLOOOOLOL LOG LL L0000L00 291 LLLOOOOOLL 668 LL L00000L0 868 1110000001 168 1110000000 968 LLOLLLLLLL 968 LLOLLLLLLO v68 LLOLLLLLOL 668 LLOLLLLLOO 69 LLOLLLLOLL L68 LLOLLLLOLO 068 LLOLLLLOOL 688 LLOLLLLOOO 888 LLOLLLOLLL 188 801 101 901 901 PO CO CU LO UG OG C L o O EN HWE1113A 90 _ Lieu Ae dsiq ejep Jo sad 19u O Service Handboc Model PURY WP200 WP250YJM A CMB WP108V G MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION New publication effective Feb 2013 HWE1113A Specifications subject to change without notice
140. IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 204 VVhen no problems are found vvith items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The follovving status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board elf LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on If LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HVVE1113A 2 482 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Total capacity error 2 Error definition and error detection method The model total of indoor units in the system with one outdoor unit exceeds limitations 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Error source Outdoor unit HWE1113A The model total of indoor units in the sys tem with one outdoor unit exceeds the fol lowing table Q Total WP200 model WP250 model The model selection switches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit are set incorrectly SW5 Model 1 2 3 The outdoor unit and the auxiliary unit OS thatis connected to the same system are not properly connected 183 Check the Qj total capacity code total of indoor units connected Check the Qj setting capacity code of the con nected indoor unit set by the switch SW2 on in door unit board When the model name set by the switch is differ ent from that of the unit connected turn off the power source ofthe outdoor and the indoor units and change the setting of the Qj capaci
141. JosseJdujo2 eumleld Jeye snjejs SojnuluJ c uoneJedo jun uoneJo BunuBn i do ul dwog L Aejdsip indino Aejay 00LLOLOOLL LLE 202 S onoo oz J AO09 1 dos EE HHS iseyeg Jejs jenu lnp u euuou arnas HE s Jelu panpay9s qy onoo o UONeannuap SO OO OOLLOOLOLO zo JOJJ9 SO OO opouu 19199 euBbis uon sojnuiul e eJedo gH Ae dsiq 259 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip 51 uaj s s Jue1 BiuJ 1 v Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO OO Jeune JO uonipuoo OU Y LL LL uo ze x j p muu ff EN LRL T ooo 9eno e x ool sen dE ff 7777777 600801 1758522709797U7U7U p r s ff ho vee ff Dugem fee ff Rp zee ff i Lee ER ejep N N Josu s aJnssaJd wo7 o S Luut s pun aul josues einsseud uGi OOLLLOOLOL a A mn 822 DJswneu v v 0006 17 ismi ono 222 LL LL uo ez ll ll ME JJ kd LL mm ez oo ooo uo ZZ _ Ha LL oe xV V AENA Les xV V wae ml Ouo ee xV V AENA E Dias au a miu Cp meme osezesvez B o 10 19 ejeq OOLLLOOLLO 062 lt lt lt lt 260 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si wuaj s s jueJe61JeJ
142. LO D ee H CO rb HET pt A ei as I I I m S Ak Emos Co 10 10 10 10 46 o R049 Z ECH ECH SW2 ET mn m CG m R143 W R54 Ce uj Cer 2 C567 C568 o co28L 815 041 M zz C121 x cal i CEI rias 3 R064 H z 00299 zx R234 3 G E enose hi R612 y R2 E p DA022 8 R055 22 079 58 3 mn R244 DA024 s l LEL C5o3TET 315078222 B eres 1 E S I 2 526 15 External signal input contact input CN102 LEV driving output LED1 Service LED SWU1 2 Address switch SW1 5 Dip switch Sensor input CNVCC2 Output 12VDC 2 0utput 5VDC GND Power supply detection input 5 Power supply ON OFF signal output o x a IN TO 3o o Lur1R309 MEA 5 CS 0 m8 NN R310 E mo EN D 20 6 N JL zb Wei C312 C311DA032 E AR Ta SE og 1C300 o 9 5 9 se P gt 3 5 5 DA028 J I LER E c SE S En R117 apt s SJ nan zn 343 ram 344 len i O omg E Den HAS 8 5 Lol Lol a5 pn P NES n K Sr R 55 un o NX E gun QU ET E 6 T STs 7 r Ge m Ki orc ET s C093 C09 C309 035 6 _ R063 60797 ro JO 1 CN40 4 ema Lal E 115 525 R094 rm d s s s o HR pu Lu R717 E Se p r o O O o nun O oo nun O aas CN3S hs CN3D 1 CNT02 CNAT
143. MA remote transmission to controller SC Check method and remedy Error display on some displays on Check 1 3 on the left ME remote controllers Faulty wiring of the transmission line for ME remote controller MA HWE1113A Disconnection or contact failure of the transmission connector for ME remote controller ME remote controller failure Error occurrence on all IC in the system with one outdoor unit An error is found by the outdoor unit Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 7102 Address setting error 7105 Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the outdoor unit on the terminal block for cen tralized control line connection TB7 Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit Malfunction of electrical system for the outdoor unit Error display on all displays on ME remote controllers Same causes as 1 4 described in 2 When the power supply unit for transmission lines is used and the male power supply connector is connected to the female power sup ply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control Disconnection or shutdown of the power source of the power supply unit for transmission line System controller MELANS mal function 176 Check the LED display for troubleshooting on the out door unit If an error is found check the check code definition and c
144. ME remote controller is connectable anywhere on the in 5 Address setting method Ad dress setting Indoor Main unit IC unit door outdoor transmission line When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Refer to the section on Switch Setting Performing a group operation including the group operation of units in different refrigerant circuits Refer to the section on Switch Setting LOSSNAY connection Same as 5 4 Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Setting method Assign sequential numbers starting with the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc Port number setting is required To perform a group op eration of indoor units that have different func tions set the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of functions as the main unit Note LOSSNAY ME remote controller remote con troller Sub remote con troller Outdoor unit OC 51to 100 OS Auxiliary HBC con outdoor unit troller 51 to 100 Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an address to all indoor units Add 100 to the main unit address in the group Add 150 to the main unit address in the group Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are automatically desig nated as OC and OS Note
145. MITSUBISHI Changes for the Better RAT 2013 AIR CONDITIONER R410A Ser andbook Model PURY V P200 VVP250YUM A CMB WP108V G Safety Precautions Before installing the unit thoroughly read the following safety precautions Observe these safety precautions for your safety N WARNING This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of important instructions that must be followed to avoid the risk of serious injury or death N CAUTION This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of important instructions that must be followed to avoid the risk of serious injury or damage to the unit After reading this manual give it to the user to retain for future reference Keep this manual for easy reference When the unit is moved or repaired give this manual to those who provide these services When the user changes make sure that the new user receives this manual Do not use refrigerant other than the type indicated in Do not make any modifications or alterations to the the manuals provided with the unit and on the name unit Consult your dealer for repair plate Improper repair may result in water leakage electric shock Doing so may cause the unit or pipes to burst or result in smoke and or fire explosion or fire during use during repair or at the time of disposal of the unit Do not touch the heat exchanger fins It may also be in violation of applicable laws MITSUBISHI ELECTRI
146. N to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Change the setting of the remote controller for all the indoor units to the heating mode 3 Check that all the indoor units are performing a heating operation 2 Stop all the indoor units and stop the compressor 1 Tostop all the indoor units and the compressors turn SW3 2 from ON to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Check that all the indoor units are stopped 3 Close the ball valves BV1 and BV2 4 Extract any residual refrigerant in the extension pipes and HBC controller Do not discharge refrigerant into air when it is collected 5 Repair the leak 6 After repairing the leak evacuate the air from the extension pipes and HBC controller 1 Then open the ball valves BV1 and BV2 and operate the unit in the refrigerant charge adjust mode 4 Leak spot In the case of outdoor unit Heating season 1 Extract the refrigerant from the entire system outdoor units extension pipes and HBC controller Do not discharge refriger ant into the atmosphere when it is collected 2 Repair the leak 3 Repair the leak and evacuate the air from the entire system T Then calculate the proper amount of refrigerant to be added outdoor unit extension pipe indoor unit and charge the system with that amount Refer to Chapter VIII 4 3 for the proper amount of refrigerant charge page 122 1 Referto Chapter 8 Vacuum Drying Evacuation for det
147. OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same HWE1113A Setting method address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc Main unit IC 01 to Assign the smallest address to the main unit 50 in the group Sub unit Assign sequential numbers starting with the LC 01 to Assign an arbitrary but unique address to 50 each of these units after assigning an address to all indoor units were made with the MA remote Sub MA Sub Settings to be made with the Sub controller remote con remote troller controller Main switch Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are automatically desig nated as OC and OS Note OC or OS if it exists 1 Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the S terminal of the terminal block TB7 on the system controller OC and OS with the shield of the shielded cable Short circuit the earth terminal 4 and the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector is mated with CN40 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 LOSSNAY connection Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the termina
148. Read Before Servicing 13 Water piping 1 Precautions for water piping Consider the following when installing a water piping system 1 Design pressure of the water piping Use a water pipe that is strong enough to withstand the design pressure 1 0 MPa 2 Water pipe type Use of plastic pipe is recommended When using copper pipes be sure to braze the pipes under a nitrogen purge Oxidation during may shorten the life of the pump 3 Expansion tank Install an expansion tank to accommodate expanded water 4 Drain piping Install the drain pipe with a downward inclination of between 1 100 and 1 200 To prevent drain water from freezing in winter install the drain pipe as steep an angle as practically possible and minimize the straight line For cold climate installation take an appropriate measure e g drain heater to prevent the drain water from freezing 5 Insulation Cover the water pipe with insulating materials with the specified thickness or more to prevent thermal loss or condensation from collecting 6 Air vent valve Install air vent valves to the highest places where air can accumulate 7 Maintenance valve It is recommended to install valves on the inlet outlet for each HBC controller branch for maintenance 8 Water pressure gauge Install a water pressure gauge to check the charged pressure HWE1113A 15 GB I Read Before Servicing 2 Notes on corrosion 1 Water quality It is important to c
149. Remove clean and then refit the water supply strainer and the strainer nearest the water supply in the HBC T i r wd wa sw A M i 7 j yu R 4 1 Y Jj EM 5 After the power to the HBC controller is turned on and the system starts up set DIPSW4 6 and DIPSWA 7 to ON Turn off the power to the HBC controller again and clean the other strainer furthest from the water supply After the cleaning set DIPSW4 6 and DIPSWA 7 to OFF 6 Make sure the strainers are re installed Flowchart for debris removal operation DIPSWA 1 is ON The operation is performed while air is Step 1 Intermittent operation of water pump 20 min discharged from the water pipe AirO to Air1 Debris in the pipe will accumulate into the LL o ll ULU nn strainer by operating all indoor units Air2 to AirE 1 Each step can be skipped by setting DIPSVV4 2 from OFF to ON 2 The operation can be forced to stop by setting DIPSVV4 4 from OFF to ON 3 If insufficient air vent is detected at each step go back to step 1 lt General cautions gt 1 To avoid malfunction do not connect or disconnect the power connector of the water pump being powered on 2 Check for water leaks from the field installed pipe joint during operation 3 Do not pull the clip on the connection of the water pipe with pliers so that undue force is applied 4 After completing the air purge set DIP SW 5 1 and 5 2 to off LE GB
150. TEL e indoor units that are connected to tion with door 50 to the main unit in the group ihe MA tremole ono lbn the I I Make the initial settings for the indoor ME re Assign sequential numbers unit group settings via the system con H L starting vvith the address of the troller main unit in the same group To perform a group operation of indoor controller 1 Main unit address 1 units that have different functions des main unit address 2 main ignate the indoor unit in the group with unit address 3 etc the greatest number of functions as the main unit Port number setting is required Addresses that are assigned to the in door units that are connected to the sub BC controller should be higher than the addresses that are assigned to the in door units that are connected to the main BC controller ME Main re elt is not necessary to set the 100s re mote digit mote 77 To set the address to 200 set it to COn troller Sub remote control ler LOSSNAY Assign an arbitrary but unique None of these addresses may over address to each of these units lap any of the indoor unit addresses after assigning an address to all indoor units Outdoor unit Assign sequential address to the To set the address to 100 set it to 50 outdoor units in the same refrig sif the address that is assigned to the erant circuit HBC controller overlaps any of the ad The outdoor units are automati dresses that ar
151. X Wiring fault Detail code 15 Loose connectors short circuit con 1 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for tact failure proper connection Detail code 14 Incompatible control board and INV Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for board replacement with a wrong cir proper connection cuit board Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection DIP SW setting error on the control Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the board control board Detail code 12 Check the connector CNTYP2 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Detail code 16 Check the connector CNTYP on the INV board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 page 133 Detail code 00 01 05 Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 page 133 Check the settings of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Check the conne
152. Z 1 CN 2 1 CNIT 1 md O RD d OUR YE RD RD CN41 Power supply for CNIT CN40 centralized control OFF CD Output 12VDC Power supply for GND centralized control ON 3 Output 5VDC 02 Power supply input for centralized control system 30VDC Indoor outdoor transmission line input output 30VDC CNS2 BECKER Transmission line input output for centralized control system 30VDC III Outdoor Unit Components 2 M NET board HWE1113A CN04 CN102 Bus OP CNS2 Transmission line input output for centralized control system Voltage Input Power supply output for centralized control system 3 Indoor outdoor transmission line input output ON Grounding BK z3 CNO4IRD OUT 3 C232 C233 C231 009 KE76B122603 PS MNET Y BOARD OO Ro12 TC Ico2 C020 lt o x i Grounding CNIT CO 12VDC input GND 5VDC input Power supply detection output Power supply ON OFF signal input YE CNITIRDIG NS2 52 2521 LED1 Power supply for indoor transmission line PC06 Cu me ES rhe TP1 2 i Ground terminal for 1B7 L ni transmission line Terminal block for 17 for TB3 transmission line for ir oor out Get Indoor outdoor centralized control ransmission line transmission block s 53 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 3 INV board SC P1 CNG Ge R
153. a La ll JL uuu Lan LL eene w ff toto R LL 9e zc x o ool Bn unes x oo otit o x o ool eee 69 NTE 8H O o s 757 swa 0010toorrl r ool sm m om sm m em zn m KO y uel ON E ejep uang syJeuway 257 HWE1113A p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 ay jo uonipuoo au 9 penpinipul paAejdsip SI SO JO OO JO uonipuoo hx s 0011001000 o 0210 1000 yo siley p 10113 J H AU SIIEJOP 40112 0011000111 EN 10418 dnyoeq EEN 6666 01 0000 ejep jse jo aun v 1 OOLLOOOLLO H H AUI JO JO SIY 104171 0Z10 1000 4 H AUI JO S IBJ9P 40413 1 H AUI JO S lE P 10113 0011000101 261 G 07 or ost eg 0011000100 e V V 0210 1000 JO sjreyep 40413 H H AUI JO S IBJ9P 10113 0011000011 oe V V 0210 1000 JO SilE P 40413 1 H AUI JO S lE P 10113 0011000001 ee V V 0Z10 1000 JO SIlE P 40413 H H AUI JO S lE P 10113 oo e E V V 0Z10 1000 1 H AUI JO s ie p 40413 1 H AUI JO SlEIap 10113 oan eer V V 0Z10 1000 JO s ie p 40413 H H AUI JO SlEIap 10113 oooun 480 0Z10 1000 JO S IeJ9p 40413 1 H AUI JO S lE P 10113 00k0LL100 ser SO ay uo sjeedde 91 eu Jo uoneuuojur d n ERA y Magu OOLOLLLOOO vei Jou OO
154. ad cooling cycle check with a Live heating cycle tester Fan FAN motor 1 Regulates the heat exchanger ca AC342V 50 5Hz 920W motor pacity by adjusting the operating frequency and operating the pro peller fan based on the operating pressure HWE1113A 84 GB VI Refrigerant Circuit 2 Indoor Unit Part Symbol Notes Usage Specification Check method Name functions Thermis tor HWE1113A TH1 Suction air temperature Pipe temper Gas pipe temperature Temperature sensor In door air tem perature Indoor unit control Thermo 1 Indoor unit control Frost prevention Hot adjust 2 LEV control during heat ing operation subcool detection LEV control during cooling op eration superheat detection Indoor unit control Thermo 85 Resistance check Ro 15kQ 3460 Rt 4 15exp 3460 2575 H 273 0 C 132 F1 15kohm 10 C 50 F 9 7kohm 20 C 68 F 6 4kohm 25 C 77 F 5 3kohm 30 C 86 F 4 3kohm 40 C 104 F 3 1kohm GB VI Refrigerant Circuit 3 HBC controller Refriger SVM1 Solenoid valve ant side and defrost cycle Refriger ant side Switches between heating and cooling 4 way 2154Ma b valve LEV LEV1 Refriger 1 Supplies refrigerant to HEX1a ant side 1 and HEX1b LEV2 Refriger 1 Supplies refrigerant to HEX2a ant side 1 and HEX2b LEV3 Refriger Subcool control ant side Refriger ant s
155. address LOSSNAY address 7 Press the TEST button to register the address of the selected indoor unit and the interlocked LOSSNAY unit Registration completed The registered indoor unit address and IC and the interlocked LOSSNAY address and LC will appear alternately Registration error If the registration fails the indoor unit address and the LOSSNAY address will be displayed alternately Registration cannot be completed The selected unit address does not have a corresponding indoor unit or a LOSSNAY unit Registration cannot be completed Another LOSSNAY has already been interlocked with the selected indoor unit HWE1113A fO GB IV Remote Controller lt 2 Search Procedures gt 8 To search for the LOSSNAY unit that is interlocked with a particular indoor unit enter the address of the indoor unit into the remote controller that is connected to it lt ndoor unit address gt 9 Press the 16 MENU button to search for the address of the LOSSNAY unit that is interlocked with the selected indoor unit Search completed With a LOSSNAY connection The indoor unit address and IC and the interlocked LOSSNAY address and LC will appear alternately lt 3 Deletion Procedures gt Take the following steps to delete the interlock setting between a LOSSNAY unit and the interlocked in
156. after the initial processing is completed Initial processing involves data processing in the microcomputer and initial setting of each of the LEV opening This process will take up to 5 minutes During the initial processing the LED monitor on the outdoor unit s control board displays S W version gt refrigerant type gt heat pump gt cooling only and capacity gt and communication address in turn every second 2 Control at Start up The upper limit of frequency during the first 3 minutes of the operation is 50 Hz When the power is turned on normal operation will start after the initial start up mode to be described later has been com pleted with a restriction on the frequency HWE1113A 96 GB VII Control 3 Bypass Control Bypass solenoid valves SV1a which bypass the high and low pressure sides perform the following functions 1 Bypass solenoid valve SV1a ON Open Operation When each indoor unit compressor startup ON for 4 minutes After the restoration of thermo or 3 minutes ON for 4 minutes after restart During cooling or heating operation with the Always ON compressor stopped Exception OFF when 63HS1 63LS is 0 2MPa 29psi or less After the operation has stopped ON for 3 minutes Exception OFF when 63 51 6315 is 0 2MPa 29psi or less While the compressor is operating at the When low pressure 63LS drops 1 When low pressure 63LS ex minimum frequency and when the low pres b
157. age 212 HBC controller SVM1 malfunction gt Cooling only or defrost Port address setting error Confirm the port address of the indoor unit Closed ball valve Confirm that the ball valve is fully open Outdoor fan including fan parts failure mo Check the fan on the outdoor unit tor failure or fan controller malfunction Refer to the section on troubleshooting the outdoor unit Rise in discharge temp by low pressure fan page 211 drawing for 3 8 Gas leak between low and high pressures Perform a cooling or heating operation and check the opera 4 way valve failure Compressor failure So tion lenoid valve SV 1a failure 10 Thermistor failure Check the thermistor resistor page 157 TH4 11 Input circuit failure on the controller board Check the inlet air temperature on the LED monitor thermistor HWE1113A 434 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Low pressure fault 2 Error definition and error detection method When starting the compressor from Stop Mode for the first time if low pressure reads 0 098MPa 14psi immediately before start up the operation immediately stops 3 Cause check method and remedy Inner pressure drop due to a leakage Refer to the section on troubleshooting the low pressure sensor page 208 Low pressure sensor failure Short circuited pressure sensor cable due to torn outer rubber A pin on the male connector is missing Disconnected wire Failure of th
158. ailed procedure page 10 HWE1113A 230 GB IX Troubleshooting 6 Compressor Replacement Instructions 1 Compressor Replacement Instructions Compressor replacement procedures Follow the procedures below Steps 1 through 5 to remove the compressor components and replace the compressor Reassemble them in the reverse order after replacing the compressor 1 Remove both the top and bottom service panels 2 Remove the control box and the compressor front panels cover front um 5550 i d p Frame Electric 3 Remove the wires that are secured to the frame and remove the frame HWE1113A 231 IX Troubleshooting Compressor cover E u p y Belt heater AA I 7 d 7 E Compressor covers right and left E The inside of the compressor E cover is lined with sound insulation material zr 9 pi S 4 Remove compressor cover top 5 Remove the compressor wires compressor covers HWE1113A right and left and belt heater kuwa na da gt T H F Am Gd A AD AR A al d A Z A ili v D ni Protection for the ye dilli compressor cover ed e x xk 1 L 6 Place protective materials on the insulation lining of the compressor cover and on the sealing material on the compressor suction pi
159. al on the terminal block TB7 on the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector is mated with CN40 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the system Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 LOSSNAY connection Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block TB5 on the in door units IC to the appropriate terminals on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB5 on LOSSNAY LC Non po larized two wire Indoor units must be interlocked with the LOSSNAY unit using the system controller Refer to the operation manual for the system controller for the setting method Interlock setting from the remote controller is required if the ON OFF remote controller alone is con nected Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Setting method Assign sequential numbers starting with the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc 01 to Assign the smallest address to the main unit 50 in the group Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an address to all indoor units Settings to be made with the Sub Main switch Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are automatically desig nated as OC and OS Note or OS if it exists 1 Port number setting
160. ame address as that of the error Outdoor units HBC controllers indoor units LOSS source NAY units controllers such as ME remote controllers Once the unit is found correct the address Then turn lt Example gt off the outdoor units indoor units and LOSSNAY 6600 01 appears on the remote controller units keep them all turned off for at least five minutes Unit 01 detected the error and turn them back on Two or more units in the system have 01 as their ad eVVhen air conditioning units are operating normaliy despite the address overlap error Signals are distorted by the noise on the transmission Check the transmission wave shape and noise on the line transmission line See the section Investigation of Transmission VVave Shape Noise 1 Error Code Polarity setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error detected when transmission processor cannot distinguish the polarities of the M NET transmission line 3 Cause check method and remedy No voltage is applied to the M NET transmission line Check if power is supplied to the M NET transmission that AG 150A GB 50ADA PAC Y G50ECA BAC line of the AG 150A GB 50ADA PAC Y G50ECA BAC HD150 are connected to HD150 and correct any problem found M NET transmission line to which AG 150A GB 5OADA PAC Y G50ECA BAC HD150 are connected is short circuited HWE1113A 166 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Transmission pro
161. an abnormal stop 6 Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit Detection timing The error is detected whether the unit is in operation or stopped This error is detected whether the unit is in operation or stopped 7 Ending criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit Power reset the indoor unit that was identified as the error source and the outdoor unit that is connected to the same refrig erant circuit Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit cannot be cancelled by stopping the unit via the remote controller Note Items 1 3 and 4 7 are detected independently from each other Note The address and attribute that appear on the remote controller are those of the indoor unit or OA processing unit that caused the error 3 Cause check method and remedy Drain pump failure Check for proper functioning of the drain pump mechanism Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping 3 Stuck float switch Check for normal operation of the float switch Check for slime in the moving parts of the float switch 4 Float switch failure Check the resistance with the float switch turned on and turned off 5 Indoor unit HBC controller control board fault Replace indoor unit control board Drain pump drive circuit failure Float switch input circuit failure 6 Items 1 through 5 above and an indoor unit electronic Check the solenoid valves on the indoor unit for valve closur
162. and water leaks HWE1113A 110 GB VII Control 4 Operation Flow Chart 1 Mode determination flowchart 1 Indoor unit cooling heating dry fan mode Normal operation I Error Breaker NO j C C C C 0 2 o 222224 St turned on SE YES Operation SW YES urned o NO Note 1 1 Protection function self holding cancelled 2 Indoor unit LEV fully closed Note 2 Remote controller NO display lit off Error mode YES YES Alar heate Emorstop Operation mode ON Error stop NO 1 Auxiliary heater OFF FAN stop 2 Low fan speed for I Self holding of minute protection un Cooling display Note 3 o outaoor uni YES b Prohibition Prohibition mp 3 minute drain NO LEV cased pump ON 1 Auto cooling heating mode an operations Refer to 2 1 for cooling operation Refer to 2 2 for heating operation Refer to 2 3 for dry operation Prohibition Blinking display on the remote controller Note 1 Indoor unit LEV fully closed Opening 41 Note 2 The system may go into the error mode on either the indoor unit side or the HBC controller or outdoor unit side If some of the indoor units are experiencing a problem only those indoor units that are experiencing the problem will stop If the HBC controller or the outdoor unit is experiencing a problem all the connected units will stop Note 3 If multiple indoor units are connec
163. ano 221 e1njeJeduue edid jamo 921 edid jamo G l edid jajmo rl e1njeJeduue edid je ino O eJnjeJeduJe edid 3 nno 221 e1njeJeduue edid nO LO HE V000100101 6rS 1000100100 ENS 100010001 LVS 1000100010 ovs 1000100001 SVS 1000100000 ws LOOOOLLLLL evs LOOOOLLLLO rS L0000L L LOL LVS LOO00LLLOO Obs L0000LL0LL 689 L0000 L LOLO LOOOOLLOOL ZES L0000 L 1000 ES LOOOOLOLLL Ses LOOOOLOLLO pes LOOOOLOLOL 269 LOOOOLOLOO zeg L00001001 1 MS LOOOOLOOLO 089 L0000LO00L 629 100000000 829 L00000LLLL ZZS L00000LLL0 929 100000 LOL GCS 1000001100 ES L00000 LOL L ee UG OG C L ON LMS ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq ett HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 9 S yun au l syJeuway pe ejdsip si wa s s jueJeBujeJ ay jo uonipuoo g Ajj enpiaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO 90 JO uonlpuo OU V 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 sol oo em m emn s wm em zm im Ae dsiq edid 1 1 OSD edid 1 671 edid 1 gor oeJnjeJeduJe edid 1 Jr edid 1 op eJnjeJueduJe edid 1 Gr eunjeJeduue edid 1 eJnjeJeduJe edid CO eJnjeJeduJe edid 1 2701 eJnjeJeduue edid je
164. ard 278 HWE1113A p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 nu ay Jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip si SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul r O IRR ss ll JL 000 w9 OI men Lem x 686989 ES SITE espns NE IEEE Eengel Zem ooo is NEE EECHER x 8089800 egel 1000000 eso Do 6889600 OSso wi 299 x 6889600 1000000 x Go seg wi rr SON mum rss OIE oono ceo esses o oso ooon zea Eengel o ooo ts Lo stan eut OO wi os ON ui s s pun Joopuli uo ejeq syJeuway X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 279 HVVE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip s ujejs s jueJe6ujaJ v jo uonipuoo au g Aj enpiaipur p e dsip SI SO JO OO Jeue JO uonipuoo aul Y w menu 289 toto 99 toon E LL p meom a a a a x j JL am Le LL p 0 89 000 089 x V v CGO HERR pisoqusa mamen meme M o O a x V V RR HEN aR 99 syJew y g v ON Ls Ue Ae dsiq LMS ejep Bunos O 00 N I HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board pe ejdsip si wuaj s s jueJe61JeJ ay jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V ejdsip leui e l ep pue ujuouu pue Je A LE 01 1 21 66 01 00700 2 9 uonoojop 10419 JO oui LOLOLLLLOL LOZ
165. ard Ground fault of the sensor and the LEV Within specification N Check for the change of LED Check self diagnosis function display by operating dip gt of outdoor unit switch SW1 for 5575560 HVVE1113A Changed Check self diagnosis function of outdoor unit after the power on Changed Indoor unit control Accidental board failure error Outdoor unit board failure 1 Refer to the parts catalog transformer check 196 Turn on the power again A Correct the error GB IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 3 Phenomena HO display on the remote controller does not disappear and no operation is performed even if the button is pressed 1 Cause Without using MELANS 1 Outdoor unit address is set to 00 2 A wrong address is set The address of the indoor unit that is connected to the remote controller is incorrect It should equal the ME remote controller address plus 100 A wrong address is set to the ME remote controller 100 must be added to the address of the indoor unit Faulty wiring of the terminal block for transmission line TB5 of the indoor unit in the same group with the remote controller The centralized control switch SW2 1 on the outdoor unit is set to ON Disconnection or faulty wiring of indoor unit transmission line Disconnection between the terminal block for M NET line connection TB5 of the indoor unit and the male
166. ate the blockage of pipe during cooling operation gt Remove the blockage in the pipe Check the inlet air temperature and for short cy cling Change the environment where the indoor unit is used Refer to 2 1 Compressor frequency does not rise sufficiently page 201 Refer to the page on refrigerant amount adjustment page 121 Check the discharge temperature Refer to the page on troubleshooting the LEV 4 5 page 212 Refer to the section on 3 way valve Water flow rate control valve fault under Troubleshooting page 237 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Phenomena Outdoor unit stops at times during operation 1 Cause check method and remedy The first stop is not considered as an error as the Check the mode operated in the past by displaying unit turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes as a pre preliminary error history on LED display with SW1 liminary error Error mode Reoperate the unit to find the mode that stops the unit by displaying preliminary error history on LED Abnormal high pressure display with SW1 Abnormal discharge air temperature Refer to the reference page for each error mode Heatsink thermistor failure Display the indoor piping temperature table with SVV1 to check whether the freeze proof operation Thermistor failure runs properly and check the temperature Pressure sensor failure Over current break Refrigerant overcharge Frost prevention tripping only under cooling m
167. ates fan inverter board problem or fan motor problem is suspected Refer to IX 4 7 2 5 Check the fan motor ground fault or the winding page 223 and IX 4 7 2 6 Check the FAN board failure page 223 HWE1113A 2044 GB IX Troubleshooting 5 LEV LEV operation HBC controller LEVI 2 and 3 linear expansion valves are driven by the pulse signal from the control board and are controlled by a stepping motor 1 HBC controller LEV The valve opening changes according to the number of pulses 1 Control boards and the LEV HBC controller LEV1 2 3 Control board DC12V Orange 2 Pulse signal output and valve operation Output pulses change in the following orders when the Output Output state Valve is closed 1 gt 2 534 1 h mme 1 2 3 4 yvayeisopen 4322 51 24 ON or OF ON 2 ON ON OFF OFF 1 When the LEV opening angle does not change all the output phases will be off 2 When the output is open phase or remains ON the motor cannot run smoothly and rattles and vibrates 3 LEV valve closing and opening operation Valve opening refrigerant flow rate Upon power on the HBC controller circuit board sends 3200 Hz pulse signals to the LEVs HBC controller LEV 1 2 and 3 to determine the valve position and bring the valve to the position as indicated by A in the diagram When the valve operates smoothly no sound from LEV or no vibration occ
168. ating only or Heating main oper ation AND after 5 minutes have passed after compressor startup OR when 63HS1 is above 3 5 MPa 507psi with the SV9 turned on and SV5b turned off AND the frequency drops to the minimum To check whether the valve is open or closed check the change of the SV1a downstream piping temperature while the valve is being powered Even when the valve is closed high temperature refrigerant flows inside the capillary next to the valve 4 SV4a 4d Controls heat exchanger capacity 1 Depending on the conditions during Cooling only operation at least one of the solenoid valves among SV4a through 4d turns on Check for proper operation on the LED and by listening for the operation sound of the solenoid valve 2 During Heating only operation SV4a through 4d all turn on Check for proper operation on the LED and by listening for the operation sound of the solenoid valves 3 Depending on the conditions during Cooling main or Heating main operation at least one of the solenoid valves among SV4a through 4d turns on Check for proper operation on the LED and by listening for the operation sound of the solenoid valve 4 The diagram on the next page shows the refrigerant flow This diagram shows the flow of the high temperature high pressure gas refrigerant in the Cooling only and Cooling main modes and the flow of the low temperature gas liquid refrigerant in the Heating only and Heating main modes Refer to the refrigerant circuit
169. auge manifold because it cannot register a vacuum degree of 5Torr 650Pa 4 Evacuation time After the degree of vacuum has reached 5Torr 650Pa evacuate for an additional 1 hour A thorough vacuum drying re moves moisture in the pipes Verify that the vacuum degree has not risen by more than 1Torr 130Pa 1hour after evacuation A rise by less than 1Torr 130Pa is acceptable elf the vacuum is lost by more than 1Torr 130Pa conduct evacuation following the instructions in section 6 Special vacuum drying 5 Procedures for stopping vacuum pump To prevent the reverse flow of vacuum pump oil open the relief valve on the vacuum pump side or draw in air by loosening the charge hose and then stop the operation The same procedures should be followed when stopping a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve 6 Special vacuum drying When 5Torr 650Pa or lower degree of vacuum cannot be attained after 3 hours of evacuation it is likely that water has pen etrated the system or that there is a leak If water infiltrates the system break the vacuum with nitrogen Pressurize the system with nitrogen gas to 0 5kgf cm G 0 05MPa and evacuate again Repeat this cycle of pressurizing and evacuation either until the degree of vac uum below 5 Torr 650Pa is attained or until the pressure stops rising Only use nitrogen gas for vacuum breaking The use of oxygen may result in an explosion HWE1113A a 10 GB I fe HWE1113A Rea
170. ause check method and remedy Perform a heating operation and check the opera tion Cooling LEV on the indoor unit HBC controller LEV1 2 3 SVM1 1 HBC controller LEV malfunction Cooling only Cooling main LEV1 2 Heating only or heating main Indoor LEV 1 2 3 Defrost LEV1 2 3 2 HBC controller SVM1 malfunction Heating LEV on the indoor unit gt Cooling only or defrost HBC controller LEV1 2 3 Refer to the page on troubleshooting for LEV and solenoid valve page 212 3 Water pump fault Refer to the section on water pump fault under Troubleshooting page 238 4 3 way valve Water flow rate control valve fault MV1 MV2 and Refer to the section on 3 way valve Water flow rate FCV3 control valve fault under Troubleshooting page 237 5 Port address setting error Confirm the port address of the indoor unit 6 Refrigerant service valve actuation failure Confirm that the refrigerant service valve is fully Short cycle on the indoor unit side Check the indoor units for problems and correct them if any Reduced air flow due to dirty fan on the indoor unit fan Dirty heat exchanger of the indoor unit Clogged filter on the indoor unit 0 1 Indoor fan including fan parts failure or motor failure Items 6 through 11 above reduce the condensing capability of the unit resulting in high pressure rise during heating operation 12 Short cycle on the outdoor unit Check the outdoor
171. blems are found with items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The following status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board If LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on If LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HWE1113A 179 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code MA remote controller signal transmission error Synchronization error Error definition and error detection method MA remote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly Failure to detect opening in the transmission path and unable to send signals Indoor unit 3 minutes Remote controller 6 seconds Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit 2 or more remote controllers are set to MAIN Overlapped indoor unit address Noise interference on the remote controller lines Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote controllers Number of indoor units Problems with the circuit on the remote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main set
172. ce noise interference 1 M NET transmission line Facility e All facility types Shielded cable CVVS CPEVS MVVS Cable type 2 core cable COres Larger than 1 25mm AWG16 Maximum transmission line distance between the outdoor unit and the far thest indoor unit 200 m 656ft max Maximum transmission line distance for central ized control and Indoor outdoor transmission line Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 500 m 1640ft max The maximum overall line length from the power supply unit on the transmission lines for centralized control to each outdoor unit or to the system controller is 200m 656ft max HWE1113A Ds GB II Restrictions 2 Remote controller wiring LI MA remote controller ME remote controller VCTF VCTFK CVV CVS VVR VVF VCT Shielded cable MVVS cores Cable type 0 3 to 1 25mm 2 0 3 to 1 25mm 2 AWG22 to 16 AWG22 to 16 0 75 to 1 25mm 4 0 75 to 1 25mm AWG18 to 16 AWG18 to 16 Cable size The section of the cable that exceeds 10m 200 m 656ft max 32ft must be included in the maximum in door outdoor transmission line distance Maximum overall line length 1 MA remote controller refers to MA remote controller PAR 20MAA PAR 21MAA MA simple remote controller and wireless remote controller 2 ME remote controller refers to ME remote controller and ME simple remote controller 3 The use of cables that are smaller than 0 75mm
173. ce the INV board In the case of 4220 INV board In the case of 4225 Fan board Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 1 Error Code Logic error Detail code 111 2 Error definition and error detection method H W error If only the H W error logic circuit operates and no identifiable error is detected 3 Cause Check method and remedy In the case of 4220 Check method and remedy 2 INV board failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 1 page 222 In the case of 4225 2 Fan board failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 6 page 223 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 151 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Low bus voltage at startup Detail code 131 2 Error definition and error detection method When Vdc lt 160 V is detected just before the inverter operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter main circuit failure Same as detail code 108 of 4220 error Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 1 Error Code Heatsink overheat protection 2 Error definition and error detection method When the heat sink temperature THHS remains at or above 100 C 212 F is detected
174. cessor hardware error 2 Error definition and error detection method Although 0 was surely transmitted by the transmission processor 1 is displayed on the transmission line Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller where an error oc curred 3 Cause 1 When the wiring work of or the polarity of either the indoor or outdoor transmission line is performed or is changed while the power is on the transmitted data will collide the wave shape will be changed and an error will be detected 2 Grounding fault of the transmission line 3 When grouping the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units the male power supply connectors on the multiple outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 4 When the power supply unit for transmission lines is used in the system connected with MELANS the male power supply connector is connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 on the outdoor unit 5 Controller failure of the source of the error 6 When the transmission data is changed due to the noise on the transmission line 7 Voltage is not applied on the transmission line for centralized control in case of grouped indoor units connected to different outdoor units or in case of the system connected with MELANS 4 Check method and remedy Is the transmission line work YES Turn off the power source of outdoor indoor perfo
175. check the pressure sensor Refer to the page on Trouble shooting of Pressure Sensor page 207 Lower inlet pressure by the low pressure sensor than the actual pressure causes insufficient capac ity SW setting High pressure sensor yyy 123 4567 8 910 Low pressure sensor SW1 1231456 7 8 9 10 Check temperature difference between the evapo rating temperature Te and the target evaporating temperature Tem with self diagnosis LED Higher Te than Tem causes insufficient capacity SVV1 setting Evaporating temperature Te SW1 12 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 ON Target evaporating temperature Tem SW1 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 ON Protection works and compressor frequency does notrise even at higher Te than Tem due to high dis charge temperature and high pressure At high discharge temperature Refer to 1102 page 134 At high pressure Refer to 1302 page 136 Refer to the page of LEV troubleshooting 4 5 page 212 Refer to the page on troubleshooting of the outdoor unit fan Refer to 5106 page 157 Refer to 1302 page 136 IX Troubleshooting 5 HWE1113A Long piping length The cooling capacity varies greatly depending on the pressure loss When the pressure loss is large the cooling capacity drops Piping size is not proper thin Insufficient refrigerant amount Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high discharge temperature C
176. ck the difference between the condensing tem perature Tc and the target condensing tempera ture Tcm with self diagnosis LED Higher Tc than Tcm causes insufficient capacity SW1 setting Condensing temperature Tc SW1 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ON Target condensing temperature Tcm SW1 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ON Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise even at lower Tc than Tcm due to high dis charge temperature and high pressure At high discharge temperature Refer to 1102 page 134 At high pressure Refer to 1302 page 136 GB IX Troubleshooting Refer to the page of LEV troubleshooting 4 5 page 212 HBC controller LEV1 and 2 actuation failure Sufficient hot water is not supplied on the HBC con troller due to HBC controller LEVI 2 and 3 actuation failure Temperature reading error on the indoor unit piping temperature sensor If the temperature reading on the sensor is higher than the actual temperature it makes the subcool seem smaller than it is and the LEV opening de creases too much RPM error of the outdoor unit FAN Motor failure or board failure or airflow rate de crease pressure drop due to clogging of the heat exchanger leading to high discharge temperature The fan is not properly controlled as the tempera ture cannot be precisely detected with the piping sensor Check the thermistor Refer to the page on outdoor unit fan 4 4 page 211
177. connection Same as 5 2 Transmission line for centralized control Same as 5 4 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 4 MA remote controller wiring When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 ME remote controller wiring When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Group operation of indoor units Same as 6 LOSSNAY connection Same as 5 4 Switch setting Address setting is required as follows GB II Restrictions 5 Address setting method Pro ce dure S Unit or controller Opera i Assign an address smaller than that of tion with i the indoor unit that is connected to the the ME remote controller I Enter the same indoor unit group set MA re Assign sequential numbers start tings on the system controller as the ing with the address of the main _ mote unit in the same group 1 Main ones that were entered on the MA re controller unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc mote controller To perform a group operation of indoor units that have different functions des ignate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of Port number setting is required MA deg control tings re mote ler qulred con e troller Settings to be made according to the remote controller func tion selection 2 Opera i Assign the smallest address 177 5 b than 7 of
178. connector CN2M The male power supply connectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control 8 Outdoor unit control board failure 9 Indoor unit control board failure 10 Remote controller failure Interlocking control with MELANS 11 No group registration is made using MELANS The indoor unit and the ME remote controller are not grouped 12 Disconnected transmission line for centralized control TB7 of the outdoor unit 13 The male power supply connector is connected to CN40 on more than one outdoor unit or the connector is connected to CN40 on the outdoor unit in the system to which a power supply unit for transmission line is connected Using MELANS 14 When MELANS is used HO display on the remote controller will disappear when the indoor unit and the local remote con troller ME remote controller are grouped If HO does not disappear after the registration check the causes 2 1 3 NO O Y gt 2 Check method and remedy VVithout using MELANS NO Are all the units in the system experiencing the same problem Check the address of the ME remote controller on which HO is displayed Check the address of the outdoor unit Awrong address is set to the ME remote controller Indoor unit 100 A wrong address is set to the outdoor unit YES Check the ad
179. control is determined depending on the opening of 2 way valve FCV3 that adjusts the water flow rate HWE1113A 107 GB VII Control 3 Water flow rate valve control Depending on the capacity required periodic control is performed every two minutes to keep the temperature difference be tween the heat exchanger outlet pipe temperature and indoor unit port pipe temperature within 1 C for cooling and 2 C for heating and the opening is controlled in the range between 85 and 950 pulses For the degree of valve opening 0 indicates fully open and 1600 indicates fully closed 4 3 way valve control The following table shows the control pattern of the 3 way valve in different operation modes to switch the water flow 1 Cooling only Thermo ON Cooling only Thermo OFF Cooling only refrigerant recovery and Cooling only test run Outdoor unit operation mode Connected indoor unit MV1 command value MV2 command value operation mode for opening for opening Thermo ON Thermo OFF Cooling only refrigerant recovery Stop Thermo OFF 2 Heating only Thermo ON Heating only Thermo OFF and Heating only refrigerant recovery Outdoor unit operation mode Connected indoorunit MV1 command value MV2 command value operation mode for opening for opening Heating only Thermo OFF Heating only refrigerant recovery Fan Thermo ON Thermo OFF 3 Heating main Thermo ON Heating main Thermo OFF Heating main refrigerant recovery
180. controller PS 2 Error definition and error detection method When a pressure sensor reading of 4 06 MPa 589 psi or above is detected error codes 5201 and 5203 will appear The unit will continue its operation by using other sensors as a backup 3 Cause check method and remedy High pressure sensor failure Refer to the page on the troubleshooting of the high 7 sensor IX 4 1 page 207 Torn vvire 8 Tom wire coating 0000000 A pin on the male connector is 4 A pin on the male connector is missing or contact failure or contact CD ayn s 5 Disconnected wire 00000 wire 6 High pressure sensor input circuit failure on the control board pressure sensor input circuit LEE A on the control board HWE1113A 161 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code ACCT sensor fault Detail code 115 2 Error definition and error detection method When the formula output current lt 1 5 Arms remains satisfied for 10 seconds while the inverter is in operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter open output phase Check the output wiring connections 2 Compressor failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 2 page 222 3 INV board failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 1 3 4 page 222 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 1 Error Code ACCT sensor circuit fault Detail code 117 2 Error def
181. ct operation via the ON MA remote controller GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Port setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method The port with wrong number is connected to the indoor unit The model total connected to the port is greater than the specifi cation 3 Cause check method and remedy HBC control 1 Model total of indoor units per each port or per ler each port merge is greater than the specification Total port number Model total Single branching 6 4 or more indoor units are connected to the same port When two ports are used the port with the smaller number is not connected to the indoor unit The address of the HBC controller is not set to an address that equals the address of the lowest ad dress of the connected indoor unit plus 50 HWE1113A 187 Before resetting the port number using the port number setting svvitch or the model using the model capacity code setting svvitch turn off the povver ofthe outdoor unit the HBC controller and the indoor unit GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Connection information signal transmission reception error 2 Error definition and error detection method The given indoor unit is inoperable because it is not properly connected to the outdoor unit in the same system 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit Power to the transmission booster is cut off Confirm that the power to
182. ctor CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Detail code Miscellaneous If a set model name identification error occurs check the detail code on the unit on which the error occurred The detail code that appears on other units will be dif ferent from the ones shown above HWE1113A 189 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Model setting error 2 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit 1 Wiring fault Detail code 15 2 Loose connectors short circuit con 1 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for tact failure proper connection Detail code 14 1 Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Detail code 12 1 Check the connector CNTYP2 on the control board for proper connection 2 Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Detail code 16 Check the connector CNTYP on the INV board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 page 133 Detail code 00 01 05 Check the wiring between the control board and INV board Refer to the section on Error code 0403 page 133 Check the setting
183. ctricity between the oil separator outlet and heat exchanger AND the gas ball valve BV1 and the accumulator to complete the circuit for the cooling cycle When powered The electricity runs between the oil separator and the gas ball valve and between the heat exchanger and the accumulator This circulation is for heating Check the LED display and the intake and the discharge temperature for the 4 way valve to check whether the valve has no faults and the electricity runs between where and where Do not touch the pipe when checking the temperature as the pipe on the oil separator side will be hot Note Do not give an impact from outside as the outer hull will be deformed leading to the malfunction of the inner valve 2 In case of SV1a Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when powered Relay ON 1 At compressor start up the SV1a turns on for 4 minutes and the operation can be checked by the self diagnosis LED display and the closing sound 2 To check whether the valve is open or closed check the change of the SV1a downstream piping temperature while the valve is being powered Even when the valve is closed high temperature refrigerant flows inside the capillary next to the valve Therefore temperature of the downstream piping will not be low with the valve closed In case of SV2 Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when powered Relay ON This valve turns on when low pressure LPS drops to 0 25 MPa 36 psi or below during He
184. cuit Ada 7 control board 7 SCH A control board 0430 CN3D x Lo 2 E E Y 3 I 3 I T I L_Preparations L_Preparations J in the field in the field Maximum cable Maximum cable length is 10m length is 10m X Low noise mode X Low noise mode X Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V Y Compressor ON OFF Contact rating current gt 0 1A X Y Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V Minimum applicable load lt 1mA at DC Contact rating current gt 0 1A 2 Optional part PAC SC36NA E or field supply Minimum appicable load lt 1mA at DC I Low noise mode The noise level is reduced by controlling the maximum 2 Optional part PAC SC36NA E or field supply fan frequency and maximum compressor frequency HWE1113A 27 II Restrictions 3 Demand control 1 General outline of control Demand control is performed by using the external signal input to the 1 2 and 1 3 pins of CN3D on the outdoor units OC and OS Between 2 and 8 steps of demand control is possible by setting Dip SW4 4 on the outdoor units OC and OS DipSVV4 4 No Demand control svvitch oe Input to CN3D 2 OS OFF 8 steps 0 25 38 50 63 75 88 100 OC and OS 1 Available demand functions Single outdoor unit system 2 and 4 steps shown in the rows 1 and 2 in the table above only Two outdoor unit system OC OS 2 8 steps shown in the rows 1 2
185. cuit for TE i the power supply to i rege the transmission Ine Relay drive circuit pc DC transmission line CN40 i i i nl j for centralized control i F DC 24 30V i i O 30 V Power supply i Indoor outdoor Relay transmission block I z DC 24 30 V ee _ I M NET RuN AA mi transmission line Non polar 2 wi AA A Non polar 2 wire TB2 I AC Power source 4 AC 220 7240V Terminal block for I power source u 15 plis j pd Terminal block Indoor unit bi for MA remote To next unit L en TBS controller Indoor unit s rees Terminal block I for transmission line connection DOT 30V Lol cns ooo l e 0007073 A B 1 2a 551 DC17 30V MEremote controller Lo 22 1 5 Ll lt l 2 l EN G G G ww G w KO w G w NEN ws G R G Y Kette An H x DC9 12V MA remote controller MA remote controllers and ME remote controllers cannot be used together Both the ME and MA remote controller can be connected to a system with a system controller HWE1113A 227 IX Troubleshooting 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit HWE1113A Check the voltage at the indoor outdoor transmission terminal block TB3 of outd
186. cumulator outlet 14 157 8 146 side Compressor inlet 25 77 19 66 Compressor shell bot C 46 1115 40 104 tom T h control LEVA LEV2 inlet 25 77 25 77 Temp on the HBC control Water heat exchanger 15 59 12 5 55 water side ler outlet TH32 TH33 Indoor unit 15 59 12 5 55 Outlet 19 66 17 5 64 HWE1113A 242A x GB HBC control LEV opening Gs 2 55 0 95 2 63 0 87 Pressure on the refrigerant side VIII Test Run Mode 2 Heating only operation Outdoor unit model PURY WP200YJM A PURY WP250YJM A Model name of HBC controller CMB WP108V G Operation 20 C 20 C DESS 68 F 68 F Ambient tem DB WB perature 7 6 C 7 C amp C Outdoor 45 F 43 F 45 F 43 F No No of connected units connected units 15 units in opera Unit p 5 Operating Indoor unit ton conditions s on Total water Total water pipe length Total water pipe length Amount of refrigerant 14 1 192 15 2 34 io 5 5 4m Electric current current EE E kk ler unit HBC control LEV opening iot High pressure 63HS1 2 40 0 69 3 2 50 0 67 ressure on Low pressure 63LS 348 100 the refrigerant 363 97 side HBC controller 2 37 344 2 47 3958 Discharge TH4 70 158 73 163 Heat exchanger inlet 1 34 1 34 TH6 Sm Accumulator inlet TH5 O 32 1 30 utdoor unit 77 Accumulator outlet
187. d Before Servicing Notes To evacuate air from the entire system Applying a vacuum through the check joints at the refrigerant service valve on the high and low pressure sides BV1 and 2 is not enough to attain the desired vacuum pressure Be sure to apply a vacuum through the check joints at the refrigerant service valve on the high and low pressure sides BV1 and 2 and also through the check joints on the high and low pressure sides CJ1 and 2 To evacuate air only from the outdoor units Apply a vacuum through the check joints on the high and low pressure sides CJ1 and 2 To evacuate air from the indoor units and extension pipes Apply a vacuum through the check joints at the refrigerant service valve on the high and low pressure sides BV1 and 2 11 GB I Read Before Servicing 9 Refrigerant Charging Cylinder with a siphon Cylinder without a siphon Cylinder color R410A is pink Refrigerant charging in the liquid state Valve Valve liquid 7 1 Reasons R410A is a pseudo azeotropic HFC blend boiling point R32 52 C 62 F R125 49 C 52 F and can almost be handled the same way as a single refrigerant such as R22 To be safe however draw out the refrigerant from the cylinder in the liquid phase If the refrigerant in the gaseous phase is drawn out the composition of the remaining refrigerant will change and be come unsuitable for use 2 Notes When using a cylinder with a siphon
188. d supplied All the indoor units that are connected to the same port must be in the same group and Thermo ON OFF opera tion simultaneously For all the indoor units in the group the room temperature needs to be monitored via the connected remote controller HWE1113A 46 GB 1 2 3 4 9 6 HWE1113A III Outdoor Unit Components Outdoor Unit Components and Refrigerant Crcunt 49 Control Box of the Outdoor BT TEE 51 Outdoor Unit Circul lt e surtidor crece id 52 EEGENEN 57 Control Box of the HBC Controller EE 59 HBC Controller Circuit Board EE 60 BAT GB HWE1113A 48 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 1 Outdoor Unit Components and Refrigerant Circuit 1 Front view of a outdoor unit 1 PURY WP200 WP250YJM A Heat exchanger l Front panel Fin guard HWE1113A 49 Fan guard GB III Outdoor Unit Components 2 Refrigerant circuit 1 PURY WP200 WP250YJM A Solenoid valve Low pressure sensor SV2 63LS High pressure switch 63H1 Check valve assembly CV7a 4 way valve High pressure sensor 21S4a 63HS1 Solenoid valve Accumulator SV9 ACC Check valve CV5a Compressor cover Solenoid valve block SV4a SV4b SV4c SV4d Solenoid valve SV5b Solenoid valve SV1a Refrigerant service valve on the high pressure side Compressor COMP
189. d the male power supply connector is connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for central ized control Disconnection or shutdown of the power source of the power supply unit for transmission line System controller MELANS mal function 175 Check method and remedy Same remedy as that for grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units Same remedy as that for system with one outdoor unit Check the LED display for troubleshooting on the out door unit If an error is found check the check code definition and correct the error If no error is found check the cause 2 Check 2 4 on the left Check 1 4 on the left GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 3 System connected to the system controllers MEL ANS Error source Error display address Detection method No acknowl edgement System ME remote controller controller SC RC ACK at IC
190. d the address of the LOSSNAY unit is 30 Operation Procedures D Press the D ON OFF button on the remote controller to bring the unit to a stop The display window on the remote controller must look like the figure below to proceed to step 2 2 Press and hold the FILTER and buttons simultaneously for two seconds to perform a search for the LOSSNAY that is interlocked with the indoor unit to which the remote controller is connected 3 Search result The indoor unit address and the interlocked LOSSNAY address will appear alternately Indoor unit address and indoor unit lt LOSSNAY address and LOSSNAY gt Without interlocked LOSSNAY settings 4 If no settings are necessary exit the window by pressing and holding the FILTER and buttons simultaneously for 2 seconds Go to step 1 Registration Procedures to make the interlock settings with LOSSNAY units or go to step 2 Search Procedures to search for a particular LOSSNAY unit Go to step 3 Deletion Procedures to delete any LOSSNAY settings lt 1 Registration Procedures gt 5 To interlock an indoor unit with a LOSSNAY unit press the V or A button on the remote controller that is connected to the indoor unit and select its address 01 to 50 6 Press the OCLOCK V or A button to select the address of the LOSSNAY to be interlocked 01 to 50 Indoor unit
191. door unit from the remote controller that is connected to the indoor unit 0 Find the address of the LOSSNAY to be deleted See section 2 Search Procedures and bring up the result of the search for both the indoor unit and LOSSNAY on the display DPress the ON OFF button twice to delete the address of the LOSSNAY unit that is interlocked with the selected indoor unit Registration completed The indoor unit address and and the interlocked LOSSNAY address and will appear altemately Deletion error If the deletion fails 4 Using the built in Temperature Sensor on the Remote Controller 1 Selecting the position of temperature detection Factory setting SW1 1 on the controller board on the indoor unit is set to OFF To use the built in sensor on the remote controller set the SW1 1 on the controller board on the indoor unit to ON Some models of remote controllers are not equipped with a built in temperature sensor Use the built in temperature sensor on the indoor unit instead When using the built in sensor on the remote controller install the remote controller where room temperature can be detected HWE1113A 74 GB IV Remote Controller HWE1113A 72 us GB V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the Outdoor Unit 2 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the HBC Controller 3 El
192. drain pump goes from OFF to ON The operation mode is changed to Cool Dry The liquid pipe temperature minus the inlet temperature is 10 C 18 F or less 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping Backflow of drain water from other units 2 Stuck float switch Check for normal operation of the float switch Check for slime in the moving parts of the float switch 3 Float switch failure Check the resistance with the float switch turned on and turned off lt Reference gt Drain pump operation triggered by a submergence of the liquid level sensor except during the Cooing Dry mode 6 minutes 6 minutes ON Drain pump output OFF ON Float switch t OFF 157 15 4 15 45 iseconds seconds um 4 xu due of sensor in the air Submergence of Sensor in the air Para of MB water leakage Water leakage lt vj T O Within 1 hour period Within 1 hour period HWE1113A 139 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Water pump fault 2 Error definition and error detection method When clogged water circuit or water leaks from the water circuit is detected the water pump is stopped for protection eVVhen the following statuses are detected the pump will be stopped s The revolutions of the wa
193. dress of the indoor unit to be coupled ME remote controller 100 YES Measure voltages of the terminal block for M NET transmission line on the indoor unit Wrong wiring of the M NET transmission A TT line of the indoor unit YES Check connection between indoor M NET transmission terminal block TB5 and the male connector CN2M NO Indoor unit board or remote controller failure i Check the centralized centralized switch SW2 1 on the outdoor unit 00 Wrong switch setting Change it from ON to OFF Indoor unit control board failure Awrong address is set to the indoor unit Disconnected connector CN2M Correct the error 1 When the indoor unit address is set to 1 50 the address will be forcibly set to 100 HWE1113A 497 GB IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 4 Phenomena 88 appears on the remote controller when the address is registered or confirmed 1 Cause check method and remedy An error occurs when the address is registered or con firmed common 1 A wrong address is set to the unit to be coupled 1 2 The transmission line of the unit to be coupled is dis 2 connected or is not connected Circuit board failure of the unit to be coupled Improper transmission line work Generates at interlocking registration between LOSS NAY and the indoor unit 5 The power of LOSSNAY is OFF Generates at confirmation of cont
194. e 1 8 261 1 6 232 63LS 123 Pressure 0 1 7 MPa 247psi 1 4 203 Vout 0 5 3 5 V 1 2 174 Pressure MPa psi 0 173 V 0 098 MPa 14 psi 1 0 145 0 8 116 Connector 0 6 87 1 GND Black 0 4 58 Vout White WEE 0 0 0 5 1 1 5 2 2 5 K 3 5 Vcc DC 5 V Red Output voltage V HWE1113A 208 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Solenoid Valve Check whether the output signal from the control board and the operation of the solenoid valve match Setting the self diagnosis switch SW1 as shown in the figure below causes the ON signal of each relay to be output to the LED s Each LED shows whether the relays for the following parts are ON or OFF LEDs light up when relays are on Note The circuits on some parts are closed when the relays are ON Refer to the following instructions Display 21S4a SV1a SVV1 123456728910 SV4a SV4b SV4c SV5c SV9 SW1 12345 6 7 8 910 ON When a valve malfunctions check if the wrong solenoid valve coil is not attached the lead wire of the coil is not disconnected the connector on the board is not inserted wrongly or the wire for the connector is not disconnected 1 21S4a 4 way valves About this 4 way valve When not powered Conducts ele
195. e same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units in the same re frigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS Auxiliary out HBC controller door unit Assign an address that equals the address of the outdoor unit in the same refrigerant system plus 1 If a given address overlaps any of the addresses that are assigned to the outdoor units use a different unused address within the setting range System con Group remote control GR 201 to 250 Assign an address that equals the sum of the smallest group 20 troller ler SC number of the group to be controlled and 200 1 1 System remote con SR Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the range listed troller on the left to each unit ON OFF remotecon AN Assign an address that equals the sum of the smallest group troller number of the group to be controlled and 200 Schedule timer com Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the range listed 2 patible with M NET on the left to each unit Central controller AG 150A 0 201 to Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the range listed 250 on the left to each unit The address must be set to 0 to con GB 50ADA trol the K control unit G B 50A LM adapter 201 to 250 Assign an arbitrary but unique address within the range listed 247 on the left to each unit 1 If a given address overlaps any of the addresses that are assigned to other units use a different unused address within the
196. e CV4a CV6a CV8a CV9a CV10a replacement procedures Q Remove the solenoid valve block ASSY following 1 Solenoid valve block ASSY SV4a SV4b SV4d replacement procedures on the front page 2 Debraze I O parts total 7 places and remove the Check valve ASSY 3 Replace the Check valve CV4a CV6a CV8a CV9a CV10a to be serviced while it is removed from the unit Braze the pipes as they were according to the angle of the pipes on the figure below Figure as viewed from point Q 4 Mount the solenoid valve block ASSY coil cover and peripheral cables back in place according to 1 Solenoid valve block ASSY SV4a SV4b SV4d replacement procedures on the front page Ol 019 05 3 4 93 J 015 88 5 8 K 15 88 5 8 Heat exchanger DOL 06 35 1 4 OOM 012 7 1 2 After removing Solenoid valve block ASSY Precautions for replacing Check valve Be sure to perform no oxidation brazing when brazing Part A Refer to the next page Place a wet towel on the check valve when heating pipes to keep the temperature of the valve from exceeding 120 C 248 F After brazing check the condition around the brazing After confirming no leakage evacuate the air inside Perform carefully with the flame direction so that it does not burn cables and plates etc in the unit Remove the brazing part protecting heat exchanger fins not to be burn and replace the service parts
197. e 3 By setting SW3 1 SW1 7 and SW1 8 to a certain configuration the fan can be set to remain stopped during cooling Thermo OFF See the table below for details Switch setting Fan speed during Thermo OFF SW3 1 SVV1 8 Cooling Cooling only heat pump OFF OFF Low Preset speed Heat pump ON Preset speed Stop OFF ON Stop 2 SW2 Game 3 4 5 6 8 10 13 14 116 20 20 SW2 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 123456 setting SS OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Note The setting timing for SW2 is before power is turned on HWE1113A 92 GB VII Control 2 Address switch Actual indoor unit address setting varies in different systems Refer to the installation manual for the outdoor unit for details on how to make the address setting Each address is set with a combination of the settings for the 10 s digit and 1 s digit Example When setting the address to 3 set the 1 s digit to 3 and the 10 s digit to 0 When setting the address to 25 set the 1 s digit to 5 and the 10 s digit to 2 3 Function of the switch lt Remote controller gt 1 MA remote controller PAR 20MAA The SW is located at the bottom of the remote controller under the cover Operate the switches to perform the remote con troller main sub setting or other function settings Normally do not change the settin
198. e 63LS and 10 C 50 F 9 7kohm TH5 values 20 C 68 F 6 4kohm 25 C 77 F 5 3kohm Controls defrosting during heating 30 C 86 F 4 3kohm operation 40 C 104 F 3 1kohm THHS Controls inverter cooling fan Degrees Celsius Inverter based on THHS temperature R Tem 50 heat sink tem R25 120 4016 erature nii 325 0 C 32 F 161kohm 10 C 50 F 97kohm 20 C 68 F 60kohm 25 C 77 F 48kohm 30 C 86 F 39kohm 40 C 104 F 25kohm High low pressure bypass at AC220 240V Continuity Discharge suc start up and stopping and Open while being powered check with a tion capacity control during low closed while not being pow tester load operation ered High pressure rise preven tion SV4a SV4d Controls outdoor unit heat ex Heat changer capacity exchanger capacity control Prevents high pressure rise AC220 240V Heat Controls defrost cycle Closed while being powered exchanger open while not being pow capacity control ered Allows the refrigerant to pass AC220 240V through the bypass pipe to pre Open while being powered vent an accumulation of liquid re closed while not being pow frigerant ered High pressure rise prevention AC220 240V Open vvhile being povvered closed vvhile not being povv ered Heater CH11 Heats the refrigerant in the com 1 Cord heater Resistance pressor 1280 ohm 45VV check 4 vvay 2154a Changeover betvveen heating and 1 AC220 240V Continuity valve cooling De
199. e Er EEN 111 VIII Test Run Mode 1 Items to be checked before a Test Hun 119 2 Test R n Method EE 120 3 Operating Characteristic and Refrigerant Amount 121 4 Adjusting the Refrigerant Amount a 121 5 Refrigerant Amount Adjust Mode 123 6 The following symptoms are normal eee eee ee ee nth eee 123 7 Standard Operation Data Reference Data 124 HWE1113A IX Troubleshooting 1 Eror code 129 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Controller 133 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise 204 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts 88 88 888 8 38 3 207 Elx AAA uo R 229 6 Compressor Replacement Instruchons nennen 231 7 Servicing the HBC e te E E 237 8 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display 239 9 Instructions for debris removal operaton nn 240 10 Instructions for the air vent operation a 241 11 Instructions for the water pump replacement nnn 242 X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board HWE1113A 1 How to Read the LED
200. e HBC controller Outdoor unit total index at 4 kg Round up the calculation result to the nearest 0 1kg Example 18 04kg to 18 1kg 2 Example WP200 WP250YJM x Outdoor unit HBC controller Indoor unit 20 50 Indoor unit 20 50 Indoor unit 20 50 3 Sample calculation Indoor unit 20 50 The total length of each liquid line is as follows Indoor 1 50 A 19 05 42m 219 05 A 42m 2 50 Therefore 3 50 215 Calculation example below Additional refrigerant charge 42 x 0 16 Outdoor WP250 6 72 kg All pipe work except A is water pipe work HWE1113A 422 GB VIII Test Run Mode 5 Refrigerant Amount Adjust Mode On the model of unit described in this document the refrigerant charge cannot be adjusted 6 The following symptoms are normal Symptoms Remote controller display The indoor unit does not start 1 Cooling heating The unit cannot perform a heating cooling operation when other indoor after starting cooling heating icon blinks on the units are performing a cooling heating operation operation display The auto vane adjusts its posi After an hour of cooling operation with the auto vane in the vertical posi tion by itself tion the vane may automatically move into the horizontal position Normal display Louver blades will automatically move into the horizontal position while the unit is in the defrost mode pre heating stand b
201. e assigned to the out cally designated as OC and door units use a different unused OS Note address vvithin the setting range Auxiliary 1 HBC controller OC or OS if it exists 1 outdoor unit Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same HWE1113A 44 GB II Restrictions 8 Restrictions on Pipe Length Outdoor unit HBC controller Branch joint d h2 Indoor Indoor WP20 WP50 models Maximum of 3 units per port Total capacity of WP80 or below Unit m ft Outdoor unit above H 50 164 or less difference Between indoor indoor unit and outdoor units Outdoor unit below H 40 131 or less indoor unit Between indoor unit and HBC controller 151491 101321 or less Between indoor units 15 49 10 32 or less Note 1 Allthe indoor units that are connected to the same port must be in the same group and Thermo ON OFF operation simulta neously For all the indoor units in the group the room temperature needs to be monitored via the connected remote controller HWE1113A 45 GB II Restrictions 1 Refrigerant pipe size 1 Between outdoor unit and HBC controller Part A Unit mm inch Outdoor units High pressure pipe Low pressure pipe WP200 215 88 5 8 219 05 3 4 WP250 219 05 3 4 022 2
202. e bypass defrost may be performed during the heat recovery defrost depending on the operation status HWE1113A Heating only or Heating main Receiving Defrost signal from OC HBC Dip switch SW3 10 High pressure heat recovery defrost LEV1 2 1500 LEV3 3000 Pump Always in operation Indoor unit FCV during Thermo ON Fully open Water temp lt 20 C No of freezing lt 3 times Freezing is suspected Yes Lovver the frequency count the No of freezing Receiving Defrost signal from OC Yes Recovering from Defrost 101 Bypass defrost GB VII Control 6 Refrigerant Recovery Control Refrigerant recovery is performed for each BC port during heating operation to prevent the refrigerant from accumulating in side the units that are stopped in the fan mode in the cooling mode or in the heating Thermo OFF mode It is also performed during cooling operation to prevent an excessive amount of refrigerant from accumulating in the outdoor heat exchanger Starting criteria for the refrigerant recovery cycle during Cooling only Cooling main Heating only or Heating main mode The refrigerant recovery mode starts when all of the following conditions are met When 5 minutes have passed in the Heating only or Heating main mode or 30 seconds have passed in the Cooling only or Cooling main mode since the completion of the previous re
203. e failure leaky valve occurred simultane leaks ously 7 Untightened manual air vent valve Visual Manual inspection If a sudden water leak occurs replace the water pressure protection valves because they may be the cause During water supply or air vent operation set the Dip SW 5 2 from OFF to ON This error is ignored for nine hours HWE1113A 2440 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain sensor Thd fault 2 Error definition and error detection method If the open or short circuit of the thermistor has been detected for 30 seconds this condition is considered to be a preliminary error and the unit goes into the 3 minute restart delay mode If another episode of the above condition is detected during the preliminary error this is considered a drain sensor error If the short or open circuit of the thermistor is no longer detected normal operation will be restored in 3 minutes This error is detected when one of the following conditions are met During Cool Dry operation Liquid pipe temperature minus inlet temperature is equal to or smaller than 10 C 18 F except during the defrost cycle When the liquid temperature thermistor or suction temperature thermistor or short or open circuited Drain pump is in operation One hour has elapsed since the drain sensor went off Short 90 C 194 F or above Open 20 C 4 F or below 3 Cause check method and remedy Faulty connector
204. e indoor unit Check 4 x gt YES Check 5 NO Indoor unit board or MA remote controller failure Check the self diagnosis LED s the error code 710 displayed NO Check 1 Check for 2 and 3 Correct the error Correct the error Refer to IX 4 8 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit for how to check item 1 in the flow chart above page 228 HWE1113A 192 GB IX Troubleshooting In the case of MA remote controller 3 Phenomena HO or PLEASE WAIT display on the remote controller does not disappear and no operation is performed even if the button is pressed HO or PLEASE WAIT display will normally turn off 5 minutes later after the power on 1 Cause 1 The power for the M NET transmission line is not supplied from the outdoor unit 2 Short circuited transmission line 3 Incorrect wiring of the M NET transmission line on the outdoor unit Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block The indoor transmission line is connected incorrectly to the transmission terminal block for centralized controller TB7 The male power supply connectors on the multiple outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 In the system to which the power supply unit for transmission lines is connected the male power supply connector is connect ed to the female power supply swi
205. e low pressure input circuit on the controller board HWE1113A 135 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code High pressure fault 1 Outdoor unit 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 Ifthe pressure of 3 78MPa 548psi or higher is detected by the pressure sensor during operation the first detection the out door stops once turns to antirestart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes automatically 2 Ifthe pressure of 3 78MPa 548psi or higher is detected by the pressure sensor again the second detection within 30 min utes after the first stop of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit stops once turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes automatically 3 Ifthe pressure of 3 87MPa 561psi or higher is detected by the pressure sensor the third detection within 30 minutes of the second stop of the outdoor unit the outdoor unit will make an error stop and the error code 1302 will be displayed 4 Ifthe pressure of 3 78MPa 548psi or higher is detected more than 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit the detection is regarded as the first detection and the operation described in step 1 above will start 5 For 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit preliminary errors will be displayed on the LED display 6 The outdoor unit makes an error stop immediately when not only the pressure sensor but also the pressure switch detects 4 15 0 0 15 MPa 60170 22 psi 3 C
206. e of the indoor units that are con nected to the ME remote controller No more than 2 ME remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units Do not connect the terminal blocks TB5 on the indoor units that are connected to different outdoor units with each other Replace the power jumper connector of the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units not required if power to the transmission line for centralized control is supplied from a controller with a power supply function such as GB 50ADA Provide an electrical path to ground for the S terminal on the terminal block for centralized control on only one of the outdoor units When the number of the connected indoor units is as shown in the table below one or more transmission boosters sold separately are required To connect two transmission boosters connect them in parallel Observe the maximum number of connectable indoor units that are listed in the specifications for each outdoor unit HWE1113A L21 L22 Leave no male CNA1 as tls Group Group HB ZA L12 Move the male connector from CNA to CN40 Grou p SW2 1 OFF ON Q 000 OO 290 NN 5 VI OO A1 B2 Q 999 INTA OO A1 B2 TB5 TB15 TB5 15 60 1 A1 B2 106
207. e pressure 9 9 setting outdoor Model setting High static pressure High static pressure C High static pressure Bue 1 Before being energized MU setting outdoor Enable disenable high Normal operation High sensible heat A sensible operation mode Before being energized Anytime after being ener A Refrigerant amount 1 Normal operation Refrigerant amount 9ized except during initial ds ment imde adus moda startup mode Automatically adjus J cancelled 90 minutes after O compressor startup Low noise mode step demand switch Low noise mode Note 3 Cumulative com Cumulative com Cumulative com Anytime after power on pressor operation pressor operation pressor operation when the unit is turned time data deletion time data is retained time data is deleted Note 1 2 Unless otherwise specified leave the switch to OFF where indicated by which may be set to OFF for a reason A Only the switch on either the OC or OS needs to be set for the setting to be effective on both units B The switches on both the OC and OS need to be set to the same setting for the setting to be effective C The setting is effective for the unit on which the setting is made The noise level is reduced by controlling the compressor frequency and outdoor fan rotation speed A setting of CN3D is required page 28 Refer to VII 2 Controlling the Outdoor Unit 5 Defrost Operation Control page 99 OS is described
208. eJedo 81 21 uoneJedo 1101 uoneJedo 9191 uoneJedo SL Ol uoneJedo y LO uoneJedo 61 21 uoneJedo 2121 uoneJedo LL uone4edo 0L2I apou uoneJedo 621 uoneJedo 821 apou uoneJedo 221 uoneJedo 921 LLOOOLLLOO 962 L LOOO L LOL L 864 LLOOOLLOLO vel LLOOOLLOOL 661 L LOOOL LOOO CDI LLOOOLOLLL L6Z LLOOOLOLLO 062 LLOOOLOLOL 681 VL00010100 992 LLOOOLOOLL 182 LLOOOLOOLO 981 1100010001 98 1100010000 8 LLOOOOL L L L 84 LL0000LLLO 691 LLOOOOLLOL 182 1100001 LOO 082 LLOOOOLOLL 622 VL00001010 9822 VL00001001 277 1100001000 9 4 LLOOOOOL LL G22 VL00000110 ZZ VL00000101 Z 1100000100 CLL 110000001 LLL 00000010 W 100000001 en EH 068 956722 ON LMS ui s s pun uo ejeq 286 HWE1113A pe ejdsip si wuaj s s Jue1 BiuJ 1 v Jo uonipuoo ay g jjenpiAipui p e dsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 u eoueu JSe eouis SINOH 6666 9 0000 Aid v000 Bune H 6000 BullooO 2000 uonejnueA 1000 dois 0000 spuooes AIJ AH A l 1euu l le pa edsig SS9Jp pe uod Aejdsip 807 GOU 1uBu eu uo 8071 JNO oU pue epouu uoi esado eldsip 1 11 H l ayy uo 501 noi ay so ool sem um om sm m em m m syJeuway g v
209. earched unit Prelimi nary Error Cade Notes Error code definition error code 6603 Transmission line bus busy error Communication error between device and trans mission processors No ACK error 6606 6607 6608 No response error MA controller signal reception error No signal re 6831 l ception MA remote controller signal transmission error 6832 Synchronization error MA remote controller signal transmission error H 6833 W error MA controller signal reception error Start bit de tection error 6834 7100 7101 7102 7105 7106 7107 Total capacity error Capacity code setting error Wrong number of connected units Address setting error Attribute setting error 11 efe lil 1 olo el lo jeje Port setting error Connection information signal transmission recep tion error 1 po ememr E To Eme egener Il mei mo CI Note The last digit in the check error codes in the 4000 s and 5000 s and two digit detail codes indicate if the codes apply to inverter on fan inverter Example Code 4225 detail code 108 Bus voltage drop in the fan inverter system Code 4230 Heatsink overheat protection in the inverter system 7110 The last digit Inverter system HWE1113A el G UJ IX Troubleshooting 2 Re
210. eck that the electricity runs with a tester The wiring side of CN05 and 07 Among 1 3 and 5 and among 2 4 and 6 YES Repair the fault Check the resistance between each coil with a tester between red and white red and orange brown and yellow and brown and blue and check that the resistance is 1500 within 10 E Replace LEV HWE1113A 219 When LEV is fully closed tick sound When LEV is fully open no sound Check the above Replace LEV Check that no refrigerant leaks from LEV Connect the LED for check which is as shown in the right figure to the board connector and check that the LED keeps lighting for 10 seconds Replace LEV 10kQ LED YES Completed NO Replace the board in trouble IX Troubleshooting Inverter Replace only the compressor if only the compressor is found to be defective Replace only the fan motor if only the fan motor is found to be defective Replace the defective components if the inverter is found to be defective If both the compressor and the inverter are found to be defective replace the defective component s of both devices 1 Inverter related problems Troubleshooting and remedies 1 The INV board has a large capacity electrolytic capacitor in which residual voltage remains even after the main power is turned off posing a risk of electric shock Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the u
211. ectifier diode output P Open No load operation setting cN5V RSH1 LS Olla input 01 Short circuited Normal setting CND Overcurrent detection Lit Inverter in normal operation 5VDC output resistor Blink Inverter error CN4 i Q GNDI Fan Board O CAUTION FOR O 2 CNG CNSV d O Serial communication 1 1 d _ c22 signal output 1 HIGH VOLTAGE a H D i L1 ive x BR m LIT I JE p20 021 O N Ki N MN R50 LED c 3 m N N D 2 CN4 s s s sc s Bus voltage check 1 P terminal P pese Note y oz ER 1H CN2 IGBT Serial communication Rear 7 output 7 76 input ped voltage output D SB CNTYP Inverter pP z Si board type Bus voltage check o terminal N x 9 Note 1 SC V da 2 Inverter output V 2358 s ZS We Ex xs SC L1 SC W HBS 2 Inverter output W 2 S 3 SC U SC L2 5 5 Inverter output U Input L2 is SC L3 is Input L3 R35 R33 C35 C33 CT12 CT22 Current sensor U Current sensor W A N C30 C37 CT3 Smoothing capacitor Current sensor L3 R31 O O Note 1 Before inspecting the inside of the control box turn off the power keep the unit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less I
212. ectrical Wiring Diagram of Transmission Booster HWE1113A 3 GB HWE1113A Th GB iagram of the Outdoor Uni D WP250YJM A ing IT I W ica 1 PURY WP200 V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 Electr 40 0 UuO2 Dumes uonouny GZ vecZ Ndl SHHL eunjesedwa yo ZHL 2 njesadula edid lul 198BUByoxa JeaH 9 1 enjejeduay edid lul DIV GHI edid eDueuosiq HL edid jojsueuj HL e qeo UOISSIUISUEJ OJJUO9 enUu9O a ajqeo UOISSILUSUEJ JOOPINO JOOPU yoolq i Aiddns feudal JIE ssed q y Burso o Duiuedo 4104 ssed q eJnsseJd mo JeBueuoxe eaH IGAS namn ssed q y Sulsoyo ulu do 404 AGAS lqeo o qeo IOU 02 yoedeo Jabueyoxa p o qd epAS UOISSIUSUEJ UOISSIUWSUEJ ZAS 101 U09 6 4 Joopino 4oopu ssed q uonons eDJeuosiq ZAS o y Jepun ITU ssed q y Duisop Buiu do 104 BLAS PPG oa I EEN 1oss 1duuo2 ay Buneay 70091991 oseoxue1o LLHO pJeog LINA ZH09 0S Ow osuas juano 2222112 NE UEL JeyeAur e o oneuDe DZL eoinog s nod ainssaid mon iosues 5169 d Su uolssiuusuen nouo iddns N 1 ZI 1 ainssaid I JOopino 4oopu 19MO 3N IN I I I I o Ajddns Jamog 1G37 1 I 1 I I hun JOop no U9JIAS n Seet e y JO uonoejoJd eunsseud DI oJnsseJgd 9 M
213. eed setting for Fan speed setting for According to the Heating Thermo OFF SW1 7 setting Preset speed Self recovery after power failure Disabled Enabled Power source start stop Disabled Enabled While the unit is stopped l l Remote controller OFF Unit model selection Heat pump Cooling only Not available Available Not available Available Vane swing function Not available Available Vane angle limit setting Downblow B C Horizontal for cooling operation Raises supply air temperature in heating mode OFF Disabled E ON 00 05 wm o D 5 Ee c 3 o e O U cO D e cO KS D Set to OFF on floor standing PFFY type units Heating 4 C 7 2 F up Enabled Water inlet temp 2 35 C Water inlet temp 2 35 C s or 5 minutes have elapsed or 10 minutes have elapsed conditions after starting operation after starting operation Note 1 Settings in the shaded areas are factory settings Refer to the table below for the factory setting of the switches whose factory settings are not indicated by the shaded cells Note 2 If both SW1 7 and SW1 8 are set to ON the fan remains stopped during heating Thermo OFF To prevent incorrect temperature detection due to a build up of warm air around the indoor unit use the built in temperature sensor on the remote controller SW1 1 instead of the one on the indoor unit inlet thermistor Not
214. een received for 3 minutes Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit All the remote controllers are set to SUB Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote controllers Number of indoor units The remote controller is removed after the installation without turning the power source off Noise interference on the remote controller transmission lines Faulty circuit that is on the indoor board and performs transmission reception of the signal from the remote controller Problems with the circuit on the remote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main setting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote controller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference Go to 6 Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 204 When no pro
215. elow 0 23MPa 33psi ceeds 0 38MPa 55psi sure 63LS drops 3 or more minutes after compressor startup When high pressure 63HS1 rises When 63HS1 exceeds When 63HS1 is or below 3 62MPa 525psi 3 43MPa 497psi and 30 seconds have passed 2 Bypass solenoid valve SV9 ON Open Operation When high pressure 63HS1 rises during When 63HS1 exceeds 3 50MPa When SV b is ON and the pressure the heating operation 507psi is 2 70MPa 391psi or below 3 Bypass solenoid valve SV2 ON Open Operation When high pressure 63HS1 rises during When SV5b is OFF and the pres When 63HS1 exceeds 2 70MPa the heating operation sure is 3 50MPa 507psi or below 391psi When startup or resuming operation after a OFF defrost cycle Others Always OFF 4 Bypass solenoid valve SV5b ON Open SV5b Operation When high pressure 63HS1 rises during When SV2 is OFF and the pressure When SV9 is ON and the pressure the heating operation is 2 70MPa 391psi or below is 3 50MPa 507psi or below During defrost cycle ON open When returning to normal operation after ON for 5 minutes and goes OFF completion of the defrost cycle Others Always OFF HWE1113A 97 GB VII Control 5 Bypass solenoid valve SV5c ON Open While the unit is stopped Always E Cooling mode When one or more of the following When the condition on the left is not valves is turned OFF SV4a through SV4c Defrost mode Always OFF
216. em men mem sor 0 eooo men mem mmm eooo eooo 836900 nn mem sor 0 eooo sor 0 mem oo eooo sooo men eooo men 0 836900 nn mem sor 0 mem mmm eooo men o mem o eooo mam men eooo sssi 0 mem sor 0 856900 men 66060000 eooo so sm um em sm m en zn m Ae dsiq 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 6666 01 0000 apo Ajoedeo sseJppyv SVOI po Ajoedeo sseJppy trol opoo Ajoedeo sseJppv 601 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv zt opoo Ajboedeo sseJppy Lt apo Ajoedeo sseJppyv Op po Ajoedeo sseJppy 6 2l opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 8221 po Ajoedeo sseJppy 62 po Ajoedeo sseJppy 9 2l opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv CC po Ajoedeo sseJppy PECH opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 6621 po Ajoedeo sseJppy 2621 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy Le opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 0621 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 622l opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 8221 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 22 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 9201 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppyv 2201 opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy Fe opoo Ajoedeo sseJppv 2221 po Ajoedeo sseJppy ZZOI opoo Ajoedeo sseJppvy 221 po Ajoedeo sseJppy DH opoo Ajoedeo sseJppy 6 LO opoo Ajyoedeo ssaJppyv 8121 HEH ui s s pun JOOpU uo ejeq OLLOOOLOLL G6 OLLO001010 vec OLLOOOLOOL 666 0110001000 COE 0LL0000LLL L6 0110000110 066 0110000101 686 0110000100 esc 0110000011 186 0110000010 ES
217. emote controller 2 Phenomena When the remote controller operation SW is turned on the operation status briefly appears on the display then it goes off and the display lights out immediately and the unit stops 1 Cause 1 The power for the M NET transmission line is not supplied from the outdoor unit 2 Short circuit of the transmission line 3 Incorrect wiring of the M NE Ttransmission line on the outdoorunit Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block The indoor transmission line is connected incorrectly to the transmission terminal block for centralized controller 7 The male power supply connectors on the multiple outdoor units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 In the system to which the power supply unit for transmission lines is connected the male power supply connector is connect ed to the female power supply switch connector CN40 on the outdoor unit 4 Disconnected M NE T transmission line on the indoor unit side 5 Disconnected wire between the terminal block for M NET line TB5 of the indoor unit and the indoor unit board CN2M or disconnected connector 2 Check method and remedy 1 When 2 and 3 above apply check code 7102 will be displayed on the self diagnosis LED NO Same symptom for all units in system with one outdoor unit Measure voltages of the terminal block for transmission line TB5 on th
218. en from Air3 to Air4 then from Air4 to AirE Refer to the flowchart for air vent operation for details 3 Close the all air vent valves 4 Stop the water supply 5 Set DIP SW 5 1 and 5 2 to off 3 Checking for the presence of residual air 1 Set DIPSWA 5 from OFF to ON and operate the water pump 2 f there is residual air in the circuit it will be noisy Check for water leaks from the pipe and then perform the air vent operation again Flowchart for air vent operation DIPSW4 3 is ON The operation is performed while air is Step 11 Intermittent operation of water pump 20 min Gar fe water pipe AirO to Air1 Step 2 Operation of all indoor units 20 min 5 Step 3 Operation of individual indoor unit 10 min per one branch p Operalng The saturated air in the circulating water will be Step 4 Heating operation of all indoor units 20 min removed by performing heating for all indoor units and raising the temperature of the circulating water Air4 to AirE 1 Each step can be skipped by setting DIPSW4 2 from OFF to ON 2 The operation can be forced to stop by setting DIPSW4 4 from OFF to ON 3 If insufficient air vent is detected at each step go back to step 1 HWE1113A 241 GB IX Troubleshooting 11 Instructions for the water pump replacement 1 After turning off the power to the HBC controller replace the water pump To stop the water flow from the indoor unit perform
219. en no grounding is provided Ground the shield of the transmission cable by connecting to the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector was moved from CN41 to CN40 or to the power supply unit When an error occurs even though one point grounding is provided Ground the shield on all outdoor units 2 Check the followings when the error 6607 occurs or HO appears on the display on the remote controller 7 The farthest distance of transmission line is Check that the farthest distance from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit and to the remote controller is within 200m 656ft 200m 656ft or longer Use the specified transmission line Type Shielded wire CVVS CPEVS MVVS For ME remote control ler Diameter 1 25mm AWG16 or more Remote controller wire 0 3 1 25mm AWG22 16 8 The types of transmission lines are different 9 Outdoor unit circuit board failure Replace the outdoor unit control board or the power supply board for the transmission line 10 Indoor unit circuit board failure or remote con Replace the indoor unit circuit board or the remote controller troller failure 11 The MA remote controller is connected to the M Connect the MA remote controller to the terminal block for MA re NET transmission line mote controller TB 15 HWE1113A 205 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 MA remote controller transmission The communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is performed w
220. ensor 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter output wiring problem Check output wiring connections Confirm that the U and W phase output cables are put through CT 12 and CT22 on the INV board respectively 2 Inverter failure Refer to IX 4 7 page 220 3 Compressor failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 2 page 222 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 163 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Temperature sensor fault 2 Error definition and error detection method A short circuit or an open circuit of the humidity sensor is detected during operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Connector contact failure CN30 Loose con 1 Check the connector for proper contact nector Reconnect the connector and operate the unit to check for proper operation 2 Broken or partially broken humidity sensor wire 2 Check for broken humidity sensor wire 3 Humidity sensor fault 3 Check the output voltage across No 1 and No 3 pins of connector CN30 with the connector being connected to the indoor unit control board 30 1 25V 40 1 52V 50 1 88V 60 2 19V 70 2 48V 80 2 79V 4 Indoor unit control board detection circuit fault 4 If the above items check out okay replace the indoor unit control board HWE1113A 164 GB IX Troubleshooting 1
221. ent sub control systems instead of a single centralized control system each of which performs the control function independently to maintain the control of the entire system HWE1113A GB VII Control 10 Operation Mode 1 Indoor unit operation mode The operation mode can be selected from the following 6 modes using the remote controller Cooling mode Heating mode 3 Drymode Automatic cooling heating mode KE Stopping mode 2 Outdoor unit operation mode Cooling only mode All indoor units in operation are in cooling mode Heating only mode All indoor units in operation are in heating mode Cooling main mode Coexistence of units in cooling and heating modes Heating main mode Coexistence of units in cooling and heating modes Stopping mode All indoor units are in fan mode or stopping mode Note When units in cooing and heating coexist the operation mode cooling main mode or heating main mode will be determined based on the refrigerant pressure in the R2 refrigerant circuit and speed variation data 3 Operation pattern for automatic cooling heating mode When the automatic cooling heating mode is selected from remote controller functions the indoor temperature will be detect ed in pattern as shown in the figure below and the operation mode cooling or heating will automatically be selected Switches to cooling mode G e 1 C 2 F Cooling Gei Fan A Cooling operation
222. eplace pump If the windings have been damaged the pump will require replacing Internal mechanical failure such as bearing failure turbine failure magnet degradation This will require pump replacement Before replacement the causes must be investigated and resolved The pump shaft bearings and magnets can be easily dam aged by overheating due to dry running or water system blockage Check the strainer for blockage investigate the water circuit for blockage and or foreign material and that there is no air in the system or an uncontrolled leak VDD White Driving power supply DC268V 10 GND Black VCC Red VSP Brown Control power internal pump board FG Blue RPM pulse signal 4 pulses per revolution Ouput duty about 67 Open collector type omA current Max voltage 50V HWE1113A 238 GB IX Troubleshooting 8 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display If the LED error display appear as follows while all the SW1 switches are set to OFF check the items under the applicable item numbers below 1 Error code appears on the LED display Refer to IX 2 Responding to Error Display on the Remote Controller page 133 2 LED is blank Take the follovving troubleshooting steps 1 If the voltage betvveen pins 1 and 3 of CNDC on the control board is outside the range betvveen 220 VDC and 380 VDC refer to IX 4 8 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of
223. er MA HWE1113A Same cause as that for system with one outdoor unit Same cause as that for system with one outdoor unit 173 Check method and remedy Same remedy as that for system with one outdoor unit Same remedy as that for system with one outdoor unit GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 3 System connected to the system controllers MELANS Error source Error display address Detection method Indoor ME remote No acknowl unit controller RC edgement IC MA remote ACK at RC controller MA transmis sion to IC System control No acknowl ler SC edgement ACK at SC transmis sion to IC HWE1113A Same as grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units Error occurrence on some IC Same cause as that for system with one outdoor unit Error occurrence on all IC in the system with one outdoor unit Total capacity error 7100 Capacity code error 7101 Error in the number of connected units 71
224. er dipswitches is OFF 5 OS is described in this manual however OS does not exist because only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system WP200 model 2 INV board Functions are switched with the following connector Function according to connec Connector Function tor Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled CN6 short Enabling disabling the following error Error detec Error detec Anytime after power on circuit con detection functions tion enabled tion disable nector ACCT sensor failure No load op Setting timing 5301 Detail No 115 eration is pos ACCT sensor circuit failure sible 5301 Detail No 117 IPM open ACCT erroneous wiring 5301 Detail No 119 Detection of ACCT erroneous wiring 5301 Detail No 120 Note CN6 short circuit connector is mated with the mating connector Leave the short circuit connector on the mating connector during normal operation to enable error detection and protect the equipment from damage HWE1113A 91 GB VII Control 2 Function of the switch Indoor unit 1 Dipswitches 1 SW1 3 Switch Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing OF ON Room temperature ee Built in sensor on detection position Indoor unit inlet the remote controller Clogged filter detection Not available Available Outside air intake Disabled Enabled Remote display option Fan output Thermo ON signal Humidifier control i i i Fan sp
225. eration number Ventilation button A Operation button A To next operation number Operation procedures Turn on the main povver PLEASE VVATT appears on the LCD for up to five minutes Leave the povver on for 12 hours Energize the belt heater Press the tica Operation mode display TEST RUN and OPERATION MODE are displayed alternately Press the Operation Mode button Lieb tt ses Make sure that the air is blowing out Switch to cooling or heating operation by pressing the Operation Mode button 070705 Make sure that cold or warm air blows out Press the Fan Speed button Seu Make sure that the fan speed changes with each pressing of the button Change the air flow direction by pressing the Vertical Air Direction button AF or the Louver button x N Make sure that the air flovv direction changes vvith each pressing of the button Confirm the operation of outdoor unit fan Confirm the operation of all interlocked equipment such as ventilation equipment Cancel the test run by pressing the ON OFF button Stop Note 1 Refer to the following pages if an error code appears on the remote controller or when the unit malfunctions 2 The OFF timer vvill automatically stop the test run after 2 hours 3 The remaining time for the test run vvill be displayed in the time display during test run 4 The temperature of the liquid pipe
226. ermistor and the temperature measured by a commercially avallable thermometer and check whether there is no difference between them YES Replace the thermistor l NO Note 3 Insert the connector of the thermistor in trouble into the board check the sensor inlet temperature on the LED monitor and check the temperature difference YES Check for contact failure NO Replace the control board Normal Note 1 Connectors on the circuit board are connected to the sensors as follows Unplug the corresponding connectors before check ing each sensor 2 Pull out the sensor connector from the UO board Do not pull the sensor by holding the lead wire Measure the resistance with such as a tester Compare the measured value with that of shown in the figure below When the result is 10 it is normal HWE1113A s916 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Check the self diagnosis switch Outdoor control board SW1 HWE1113A Measurement data Symbol Liquid side refrigerant temp of Heating main heat exchanger Liquid side refrigerant temp of Cooling main heat exchanger Gas side refrigerant temp of Heating main heat exchanger Gas side refrigerant temp of Cooling main heat exchanger Bypass inlet temperature Bypass outlet temperature 1st port returned water temp 2nd port returned water temp 3rd port returned water temp 4th port returned water temp 5th port returned wate
227. erroneous operation of the controller of the error units When the power source is turned off separately the source microcomputer will not be reset and the error will not be corrected gt f the same error occurs the error source controller is a failure 2 Error source controller failure HWE1113A 168 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknovvledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 1 System with one outdoor unit Error source address Outdoor unit OC HBC control ler HB Indoor unit IC ME re mote control ler RC HWE1113A Error dis play ME re mote con troller RC MA re mote con troller MA ME re mote con troller RC MA re mote con troller MA ME re mote con troller RC MA re mote con troller MA ME re mote con troller RC MA re mote con troller MA ME re mote con troller RC MA re mote con troller MA Detection method No ac knowl edgement ACK at IC trans mission to OC No
228. es and damage to the unit or the furnishings HWE1113A V GB CONTENTS I Read Before Servicing RSR ee 977 0000000000 00 3 2 Necessary Tools and Materials e eee 4 3l Piping Materials NN REEL 5 4 Storage of Piping EE T P 70 e EE 7 AP M H 8 1 r LUNU uuu u uuu 9 8 Vacuum Drying E Sa e TE ten EEN 10 9 Refrigerant ient RR ETT 12 10 Remedies to be taken in case of a Refrigerant Leak 12 11 Characteristics of the Conventional and the New Refrigerant 13 12 Notes on Refrigerating Machine Oil 14 7 ri i EE 15 II Restrictions 1 System configuration A 21 2 Types and Maximum allowable Length of Cables 22 3 Switch Settings and Address Settings 8 88 8 88 23 4 Sample System Connection QR Rn 29 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 30 6 An Example of a System to which an ME Remote Controller is connected 40 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected LI cities 42 8 Restrictions on Pipe Length EE 45 III Outdoor Unit Components 1 Outdoor Unit Components and Refrigerant Circu
229. ess Search B Interlock setting search After performing step 6 proceed as follows 2 Bring up the address of the indoor unit to be searched on the display Select the address of the indoor unit to be searched by pressing button TIMER SET y or A to advance or go back through the interlocked addresses LOSSNAY can be searched in the same manner by bringing up the LOSSNAY address in the Interlocked unit address display window 3 Bring up on the display the address of the LOSSNAY unit that was interlocked with the indoor unit in step 2 With each pressing of button the address of the LOSSNAY and indoor unit that is interlocked with it will be displayed alternately Address of an interlocked LOSSNAY unit Bring up the address of another registered unit on the display After completing step 3 a subsequent pressing of button T will bring up the address of another registered unit The display method is the same as the one in step 3 Address of another interlocked unit To delete an address go to section 3 Address Deletion The addresses of the indoor units that have been entered into the remote controller can be deleted by deleting the group settings The interlock settings betvveen units can be deleted by deleting the interlock settings Follovv the steps in section 2 Address Search to find the address to be deleted and perform deletion vvith the address be
230. ettable range for the lower limit temperature 19 C 28 C Settable up to the upper limit temperature that is shown on the display Settable range for the upper limit temperature 28 C lt gt 19 Settable up to the lower limit temperature that is shown on the display Room temperature display selection mode Switching between the display or non display of room temperature on the controller 88 C blinks and either ON or OFF lights up on the controller Pressing the 4 TIMER SET A or Vv button switches between ON and OFF e When set to ON room temperature always appears on the display during operation VVhen set to OFF room temperature does not appear on the display during operation HVVE1113A 69 GB IV Remote Controller 3 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller 1 LOSSNAY interlock setting Make this setting only when necessary 1 MA Remote Controller PAR 21MAA When the upper controller is connected make the setting using the upper controller NOTE When using LOSSNAY units in conjunction interlock the addresses of all indoor units within the group and address of LOSSNAY units Perform this operation to enter the interlock setting between the LOSSNAY and the indoor units to which the remote controller is connected or to search and delete registered information In the following example the address of the indoor unit is 05 an
231. f the power to all the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit HWE1113A A GB II Restrictions 1 2 M NET Address settings 1 Address settings table The need for address settings and the range of address setting depend on the configuration of the system Factory address Unit or controller Sym Address Setting method bol setting range CITY MULTI Main sub unit IC 0 01to_ _ Assign the smallest address to the main indoor unit in the indoor unit 5g 4 67 group and assign sequential address numbers to the rest of M NET the indoor units in the same group adapter M NET con trol interface Free Plan adapter LOSSNAY OA processing unit Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units m setting after assigning an address to all indoor units ATVV Booster Unit VVater Hex Unit RC 101 to 150 1 Add 100 to the smallest address of all the indoor units in the 10 same group 151 to Add 150 to the smallest address of all the indoor units in the 200 same group No address settings required The main sub setting must be made if 2 re Main remote controller Sub remote R controller MA remote controller CITY MULTI outdoor unit ME remote controller 00 00 SS OO C MA mote controllers are connected to the system Assign an address that equals the lowest address of the in door units in the same refrigerant circuit plus 50 Assign sequential addresses to the outdoor units in th
232. frigerant recovery cycle AND the when following conditions are met TH4 gt 105 C 221 F When the port is not in the 4 minute restart delay mode Starting criteria for the refrigerant recovery cycle during Cooling only Cooling main Heating only or Heating main mode The opening of LEV1 and LEV2 on the HBC is increased 7 Capacity Control of Outdoor Fan 1 Control method Depending on the capacity required the rotation speed of the outdoor unit fan is controlled by the inverter to keep a constant condensing temperature of outside temperature 10 C 18 F during cooling operation and a constant evaporation temper ature of 0 C 32 F 20 71 MPa 103psi during heating operation 2 Control r Outdoor unit fan stops while the compressor is stopped except in the presence of input from snow sensor fan operates at full speed for 5 seconds after start up Only when TH7 lt 0 C 32 F The outdoor unit fan stops during defrost operation 3 Outdoor unit heat exchanger capacity control patterns Operation Operation Solenoid valve VVP200 and Cooling OFF OFF OFF WP250 models only Cooling OFF OFF OFF OFF Heating only Heating main HWE1113A 10 GB VII Control 8 Control at Initial Start up When started up for the first time before 12 hours have elapsed after power on the unit goes into the initial startup mode At the completion of the initial operation mode the outdoor unit will go
233. g only model Factory setting SW3 1 OFF When using indoor unit as a cooling only unit set SW3 1 to ON 7 Various types of control using input output signal connector on the outdoor unit various connection options Terminal Type Usage Function Input Prohibiting cooling heating operation thermo OFF by an external DEMAND level CN3D Adapter for input to the outdoor unit external input PAC Performs a low level noise operation of the outdoor unit by an ex Lovv mo mode SC36NA E ternal input to the outdoor unit level It can be used as the silent operation device for each refrigerant system nals from the snovv sensor input level Cooling heating operation can be changed by an external input to 1 Auto changeover CN N the outdoor unit OC Out How to extract signals from the outdoor unit Operation status of CN51 Adapter for put It can be used as an operation status display device the compressor external out It can be used for an interlock operation vvith external devices put Forces the outdoor unit to perform a fan operation by receiving sig Snow sensor signal CN3S Error status PAC SC37SA E 1 For detailed drawing refer to Example of wiring connection 2 For details refer to the next section Demand control 3 Low noise mode is valid when Dip SW4 4 on the outdoor unit is set to OFF When DIP SW4 4 is set to ON 4 levels of on DEMAND are possible using
234. gs of switches other than the SW1 main sub switching switch All the switches are set to ON at factory setting de T Switching switch T Remote controller main sub setting 2 At power on of the remote controller Cooling heating display set by automatic setting Suction temperature display discharge temperature display Note Normal startup Displayed Displayed OFF Sub Timer mode startup Not displayed Not displayed Remote controller Operation by switch settings Switch setting timing When two remote controllers are connected to one group set either of the remote Before power on controllers to Sub When the program timer only few stock products are available is connected set to Timer mode startup to resume the operation with timer mode after power is restored Before power on When the automatic mode is set and the Cooling Heating display is not necessary Before power on set to Not displayed When the suction temperature discharge temperature display is not necessary Before power on set to Not displayed The MA remote controller PAR 21MAA does not have the switches listed above Refer to the installation manual for the func tion setting HWE1113A 93 GB VII Control 2 ME remote controller PAR F27MEA Set the address of the remote controller with the rotary switch Note Rotary switch 10 s digit 1 s digit left righ
235. he remote controller 4 Narrowed preset temperature range mode The default temperature ranges are 19 C to 30 C in the cooling dry mode and 17 C to 28 C in the heating mode and 19 C to 28 C in the auto mode By changing these ranges raising the lower limit for the cooling dry mode and lowering the upper limit for the heating mode energy can be saved When making the temperature range setting on the simultaneous cooling heating type units that supports the automatic operation mode to save on energy consumption enable the Skip Auto Mode setting to make the automatic operation mode unselectable Ifthe automatic operation mode is selected the energy saving function may not work properly When connected to the air conditioning units that do not support the automatic operation mode the setting for the Skip Auto Mode restricted preset temperature range mode AUTO and operation mode display selection mode are invalid If an attemptis made to change the preset temperature range LIMIT TEME appears on the display Normal displa Function selection mode sequence on the remote controller OT Lo Remote controller function selection mode Skip Auto Mode setting 20 1 L Temperature range setting mode AUTO Normal display 01 10 5 D Press and hold the CHECK and G 2 6 Operation mode display selection mode Display or non display of the automatic mode okaro buttons s
236. he outdoor unit and check 1 Operates normally without a The wiring may have been short circuit that it operates normally tripping the main breaker ed Search for the wire that short circuit ed and repair it 2 Main power breaker trip b If item a above is not the cause of the problem refer to 2 1 6 4 Trouble treatment when the main power earth leakage breaker is tripped Check the earth leakage breaker Use of a non specified earth Replace with a regulation earth leakage capacity and the sensitivity cur leakage breaker breaker rent Check the resistance at the power Failure resistance value Check each part and wiring supply terminal block with a meg Refer to 5 Simple checking procedures ger for individual components of main inverter circuit page 225 IGBT module Rush current protection resistor Electromagnetic relay DC reactor Disconnect the compressor wir Failure compressor if the insu Check that there is no liquid refrigerant in ings and check the resistance of lating resistance value is notin the compressor If there is none replace the compressor with a megger specified range the compressor Failure when the insulating re sistance value is 1 Mohm or less Disconnect the fan motor wirings Failure fan motor if the insulat Replace the fan motor and check the resistance of the fan ing resistance value is not in motor with a megger specified range Failure when the insulating re
237. he same refrigerant circuit Note b If a power supply unit is not connected to the transmission line for centralized control replace the power jumper con nector on the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units Note a The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automat ically designated as OC and OS in the order of capacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large b If TB7 s on the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are not daisy chained connect the transmission line for the central control system to TB7 of the OC Note a To main tain the central control even during an OC failure or a power failure connect TB7 on OC and OS together If there is a 5 Address setting method Address setting range Unit or controller Indoor unit the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc Main unit IC 01 to 50 Assign the smallest address to the main unit in the group Sub unit Assign sequential numbers starting with Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an ad dress to all indoor units 2 LOSSNAY 01 to 50 MA No set tings re quired Sub remote controller 51 to 100 Main remote controller Sub remote controller remote controller OC OS 51 to 100 OC Outdoor unit
238. heck the water quality beforehand See table below Circulating Due Water Quality Standards 6 el mid range 6 el vvater system Tendency Recirculating water Make up Scale 20 lt T lt 60 C Corrosive t fo F water orming 25 C 77 F 708 0 LER qp xXx TU conductivity mS m 25 C 77 F e a TG 25 A F 5 or less 1300 or less 50 or less 50 orless O Standard items Sulfateion lmg SOs 50orless 50orless O _ Acid consumption pH4 TH 50 or 50 or less m L HEE Total hardn ss CaCO 70oriess TOoriess O Calcium hardness mg CaCO1 SOorless Sdorless O ane sia m9SiO0 30ortess S0orless O in ofat T0orless O3orless O O Gps ma Cu 10orless 0 Torles O not to be not to be 2 Reference items mn 77 detected detected o Ammonium ion mgNHeT OSorless 0 Torless O Residual chlorine mg CH 0 25 or less O3orless O Free carbon dioxide mg CO f Ryzner stability index 1 1 Reference Guideline of Water Quality Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Equipment JRA GL02E 1994 2 Debris in the water Sand pebbles suspended solids and corrosion products in water can damage the metal pipe and heat exchanger on the HBC controller and may cause corrosion When installing prevent debris from entering the water If there is debris in the wa ter perform debris removal opera
239. hermo OFF MV1a h Opening during Cooling main Heating main Opening during Cooling only MV2a h FCV3a h The opening depending on the indoor unit The opening depending on the indoor unit operation mode operation mode 2 Heating vvater temperature backup mode eVVhen the heating operation can be continued without receiving heat from the refrigerant due to water temperature rise during heating operation the outlet pipe temperature of the plate heat exchanger is 50 C or above the outdoor unit goes into the Thermo OFF mode and the heating operation is performed only by circulating the hot vvater by the vvater pump VVhen the water temperature decreases to a certain level the outlet temperature of the plate heat exchanger is 45 C or below the out door unit starts up 8 Water pump protection control When the circuit is clogged or air enters the water circuit the protection control starts on the HBC controller to protect the water pump and the system is stopped depending on the situation 1 When the internal temperature of the water pump increases When the detection temperature of the water pump outlet pipe is above a certain level the water pump is stopped to protect it from the heat 2 When the revolutions of the water pump increases When the revolutions of the water pump is above a certain level The value changes depending on the specified voltage the water pump is stopped to reduce the risk of air infiltration
240. ide 1 Compressor frequency con trol 2 LEV opening adjustment Bypass superheat amount ad justment Indoor unit circulating water con trol Indoor unit circulating water con trol Water side Water pump error detection Water pump suction water tem perature detection 1 Detects high pressure 2 LEV controll Thermistor TH11 12 Pressure sensor PS1 Refriger ant side 3 way MV1a h Water Switches the water flow path de valve MV2a h 1 side pending on the operation mode Water flow FCV3a h Water Temperature difference control rate con side Controls the water flow to each trol valve indoor unit Pump PUMP1 2 Water Temperature difference control side Controls the water flow to each indoor unit Water CPV1 7 VVater Trips when the internal pressure pressure side in the water circuit rises protection valve T Opens during the cooling mode AC220 240V AC220 240V Continuity check Open when energized with a tester closed when de energized Continuity check Open when energized with a tester closed when de energized DC12V Opening of a valve driven by a stepping motor 0 3000 pulses Refer to the sec tion Continuity Test with aTest tween white red and orange Continuity be tween yellow brown and blue SE Yellow Brown Blue Ro 15kQ Roso 3460 1 Rt 15exp13460 373117 273 0 C 32 F 15kohm 10 C 50 F 9 7kohm 20 C 68 F
241. imultaneously c lt ame dam d Orio for two seconds SS C99 Restricted preset temperature range mode Cooling 2 SET TEMP V button 4 3 SET TEMP A button D Restricted preset temperature range mode Heating 21468 Room temperature display selection mode 1 Skip Auto Mode is enabled 2 Skip Auto Mode is disabled HVVE1113A 68 GB IV Remote Controller Operation Procedures 1 Press the ON OFF button on the remote controller to bring the unit to a stop The display will appear as shown in the previous page Normal display 2 Press buttons 1 CHECK and Od oon simultaneously for 2 seconds to go into the Skip Auto Mode setting under the remote controller function selection mode Press button 2 SET TEMP 7 or 3 SET TEMP A to go into the other four modes under the remote controller function selection mode Skip Auto Mode setting Making the automatic operation mode unselectable This setting is valid only when the controller is connected to the simultaneous cooling heating type air conditioning units that support the automatic operation mode e 11 blinks and either ON or OFF lights up on the controller Pressing the TIMER SET A or V button switches between ON and OFF TIMER SET A 7 button e When set to ON the automatic operation mode is available for selection in the function selection mode e When set to
242. in this manual however OS does not exist because only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system HWE1113A 90 GB VII Control Units that re Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing li Switch Function setting Note 2 kk LA LARA 3 ES Model selection See the table below Note 4 Before being energized T Low noise mode Capacity priority mode Note 3 Low noise mode Before being energized h n Model selection the table below 4 Before being energized rra TT Backup heating Disabled Enabled Anytime after power on A Note 1 Unless otherwise specified leave the switch to OFF where indicated by which may be set to OFF for a reason 2 A Only the switch on either the OC or OS needs to be set for the setting to be effective on both units B The switches on both the OC and OS need to be set to the same setting for the setting to be effective C The setting is effective for the unit on which the setting is made 3 When set to the capacity priority mode and if the following conditions are met the quiet mode will terminate and the unit will go back into the normal operation mode Cooling only Cooling main Outside temperature is high or high pressure is high Heating only Heating main Outside temperature is low or low pressure is low page 26 4 The table below summarizes the factory settings for dipswitches SW5 1 through SW5 4 and SW5 7 The factory setting for all oth
243. ing displayed in the display vvindovv To delete an address the address must first be bought up on the display Delete the registered indoor unit address or the interlock setting betvveen units Press button CLOCK ON OFF twice while either the indoor unit address or the address of the interlocked unit is displayed on the display to delete the interlock setting HVVE1113A GB IV Remote Controller A To delete group settings d L B To delete interlock settings JL lt Successful completion of deletion gt If deletion is successfully completed will appear in the unit type display window will be displayed in the room temperature display window Displayed alternately 5 Sg ig If a transmission error occurs the selected setting will not be EE 77 window In this case repeatthe deleted and the display vvill appear as shovvn belovv steps above In this case repeat the steps above lt Deletion error mu HH will be displayed in the room temperature display window To go back to the normal display follow step 0 4 Making A Group settings and B Interlock settings of a group from any arbitrary remote controller A Group settings and B Interlock settings of a group can be made from any arbitrary remote controller Refer to B Interlock Settings under section 1 Group Settings Interlock Settings for operation procedures Set the addre
244. ing the Outdoor Unit page 99 HWE1113A 115 GB VII Control 3 Dry operation Dry operation Normal operation Thermostat ON 4 way valve OFF iti AS Unit in the stopped state Test run mode YES Thermostat ON Suction temperature gt 18 C 64 F YES Indoor unit fan stop 1 Outdoor unit compressor intermittent operation Inverter output OHz Indoor unit LEV fully closed 2 Indoor unit fan intermittent operations Synchronized with the compressor low speed OFF operations Solenoid valve OFF Outdoor unit fan stop HBC controller Solenoid valve OFF HBC controller LEV fully closed 213 Note 1 VVhen the return air temperature reaches 189 64 F or above the outdoor unit compressor and the indoor unit fan vvill start a simultaneous intermittent operation The operations of the outdoor unit HBC controller outdoor unit LEVs and solenoid valves that are performed when the compressor turns on are the same vvith the cooling operation Note 2 Thermostat is alvvays kept on during test run mode and indoor and outdoor unit intermittent operation ON time is a little longer than that of normal operation HVVE1113A 116 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 HWE1113A VIII Test Run Mode Items to be checked before a Test un 119 Test Run Method WE 120 Operating Characteristic and Refrigerant Amount 121 Adjust
245. ing the Refrigerant Amount a 121 Refrigerant Amount Adjust Mode 123 The following symptoms are normal a 123 Standard Operation Data Reference Data 124 117 GB HWE1113A 118 GB VIII Test Run Mode 1 Items to be checked before a Test Run 1 Check for refrigerant leak and loose cables and connectors 2 Measure the insulation resistance between the power supply terminal block and the ground with a 500V megger and make sure it reads at least 1 0Mohm Note Do not operate the unit if the insulation resistance is below 1 0Mohm Do not apply megger voltage to the terminal block for transmission line Doing so will damage the controller board The insulation resistance between the power supply terminal block and the ground could go down to close to 1Mohm imme diately after installation or when the power is kept off for an extended period of time because ofthe accumulation of refrigerant in the compressor e f insulation resistance reads at least 1Mohm by turning on the main power and powering the belt heater for at least 12 hours the refrigerant in the compressor will evaporate and the insulation resistance will go up Do not measure the insulation resistance of the terminal block for transmission line for the unit remote controller
246. inition and error detection method When an error value is detected with the ACCT detection circuit just before the inverter starts 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 board failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 1 3 4 page 222 2 i Compressor failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 2 page 222 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 16 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Open circuited IPM Loose ACCT connector Detail code 119 2 Error definition and error detection method Presence of enough current cannot be detected during the self diagnostic operation immediately before inverter startup 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Inverter output wiring problem Check output wiring connections Confirm that the U and W phase output cables are put through CT 12 and CT22 on the INV board respectively 2 Inverter failure Refer to IX 4 7 page 220 3 Compressor failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 2 page 222 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 1 Error Code Faulty ACCT wiring Detail code 120 2 Error definition and error detection method Presence of target current cannot be detected during the self diagnostic operation immediately before startup Detection of improperly mounted ACCT s
247. it 49 2 Control Box of the Outdoor ii el Pas 51 9 Outdoor Unit Circuit eorom DOTT 52 4 HBC Controller Components secas 57 5 Control Box of the HBC CONTO naaa 59 6 HBC Controller Circuit Board Emm 60 IV Remote Controller 1 Functions and Specifications of MA and ME Remote Controllers 65 2 Group Settings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 66 3 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller 70 4 Using the built in Temperature Sensor on the Remote Controller 71 V Electrical Wiring Diagram 1 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the Outdoor Unit 15 2 Electrical Wiring Diagram of the HBC Controller 76 3 Electrical Wiring Diagram of Transmission Booster eee eee 78 VI Refrigerant Circuit 1 Refrigerant Circuit Diagram WEE 81 2 Principal Parts and ai egen 83 VII Control 1 Functions and Factory Settings of the Dipswitches 89 2 zontrolling the Qutdoor Unit Lu u u uu uuu a 96 3 Controlling HBC Controller EE 106 4 Operation
248. it Remove the brazing part protecting heat exchanger fins from burning and replace the service parts 1 Refer to Chapter 8 Vacuum Drying Evacuation for detailed procedure page 10 HWE1113A 233 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Remove the upper and lower service panels Panel FU and FB w x h A OE Wi DB DCoil cover Solenoid valve coil Brazing or debrazing pipes 019 05 3 4 SV4a SV4b SV4c SVAd Pos i m DDC 015 88 5 8 G 015 88 2 Remove the control box and the partition plate 3 Remove the cable that is fixed to the Frame ASSY MU upper and MB lower and remove the Frame ASSY MU and MB 5 Removing Solenoid F valve block ASSY 09 52 f 8 8 09 52 G 3 8 Removed Solenoid valve block ASSY This figure does not show heat exchanger Screw M5 solenoid valve block Brazing connectin b a L Brazing heat exchanger header side ODA 012 7 1 2 Heat exchanger Cutting pipes positions Cut the pipe at 60mm ahead from the Bending R end with a pipe cutter After cutting pipe remove the pipe 912 7 from the brazed A 1 2 Brazing Solenoid valve block side Service parts set supplied connecting pipe e9 52 3 8 Refer to the next page for Check valve CV4a CV6a CV8a CV9a CV10a replacement procedures HWE1113A 205 x IX Troubleshooting 2 Check valv
249. it Group operation Power supply switch connector connection tion the system con for transmission of units in a sys troller lines tem with multiple outdoor units System with one Leave CN41 as it is outdoor unit Factory setting System with multi Not connected Not grouped ple outdoor units Disconnect the male connector from the fe male power supply switch connector CN41 With connection Not required Grouped not and connect it to the female power supply to the indoor grouped switch connector CN40 on only one of the unit system outdoor units With connection Not required Grouped not Connect the S shielded terminal on the to the central Powered from grouped terminal block TB7 on the outdoor unit ized control sys the outdoor unit whose CN41 was replaced with CN40 to tem the ground terminal 75 on the electric box Required 1 Grouped not Leave CN41 as it is grouped Factory setting 1 The need for a power supply unit for transmission lines depends on the system configuration Some controllers such as GB 50ADA have a function to supply power to the transmission lines 2 The replacement of the power jumper connector from CN41 to CN40 must be performed on only one outdoor unit in the system 3 Settings for the centralized control switch for the outdoor unit Factory setting SW2 1 are set to OFF System configuration Centralized control switch settings Connection to the system controller N
250. it IC No settings Port number setting is re l required quired Sub unit IC To perform a group opera tion of indoor units that fea ture different functions the automatic IC OC address setup function is not avail C LOSSNAY L No settings required MA No settings remote con remote con required troller troller remote con remote con troller troller 2 3 Outdoor unit 5 Settings to be made with the Sub Main switch Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same HWE1113A 31 ES GB II Restrictions 2 An example of a system with one outdoor unit to which 2 or more LOSSNAY units are connected manual address setup for both indoor and outdoor units 1 Sample control wiring mam Interlock operation with the ventilation unit L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 Leave the male Leave the male Group Group connector on A EE SARA A CN41 as it is CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF SW2 1 OFF os OC HB 51 TB5 TB15 TB5 TB15 TB3 TB7 TB3 TB7 M1M2 M1M2 ww MiM2S M1M2 77 MM S 7 000 1 2 S 12 OOO OOO 100 QO zo PAN 7 9 C7 OO d OO A1 B2 A1 B2 1 The figures above show a system to which two NE i outdoor units are connected but only a single MA L MA i outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF i s
251. ith current tone burst 1 Symptoms caused by noise interference on the transmission line If noise is generated on the transmission line and the communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is interrupted for 3 minutes in a row MA transmission error 6831 will occur 2 Confirmation of transmission specifications and wave pattern A B No polarity Across terminal No 1 2 MA remote controller Indoor unit Power supply 9V to 12VDC Transmission waveform Across terminal No 1 2 Q Satisfies the formula WIN A A A A A DC9 12V 12 msec bit 5 2 Voltage among terminals must Logic 1 Logic 0 Logic 1 Logic 1 be between DC9 and 12 V 12msec 12msec 12msec 12msec HWE1113A 206 GB IX Troubleshooting 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts de 1 High Pressure Sensor 63HS1 PS1 Compare the pressure that is detected by the high pressure sensor and the high pressure gauge pressure to check for failure By configuring the digital display setting switch SVV1 as shown in the figure below the pressure as measured by the high pressure sensor appears on the LED1 on the control board SVV1 12345678910 ON 1 While the sensor is stopped compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 When the gauge pressure is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi internal pressure is caused due to gas leak When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is betwee
252. k whether the unit makes an instantaneous stop when the detection result is abnormal or a power failure occurs Check whether the power voltage Between L1 and L2 L2 and L3 and L1 and L3 is 342V or less across all phases 2 Voltage drop detected 4220 Check the voltage between the FT P and FT N terminals on the INV board while the inverter is stopped and if it is 420 V or above check the following items 1 Confirm on the LED monitor that the bus voltage is above 289V Replace the INV board if it is below 289 V 2 Check the voltage at CN72 on the control board gt Go to 3 3 Check the noise filter coil connections and for coil burnout 4 Check the wiring connections between the following sections Between the noise filter board and INV board Between the INV board and DCL Replace 72C if no problems are found 5 Check the IGBT module resistance on the INV board Refer to the Trouble shooting for IGBT module page 225 Check the voltage between the FT P and FT N terminals on the INV board while the inverter is stopped and if it is less than 420 V check the following items 1 Check the coil connections and for coil burnout on the noise filter 2 Check the wiring between the noise filter board and INV board 3 Check the connection to SCP1 and SC P2 on the INV board 4 Check the in rush current resistor value 5 Check the 72C resistance value 6 Check the DCL resistance value Replace the INV board if no problems are found
253. kitems 1 through 3 ation cur immediately after compressor for problems the inverter is 1 Check the inverter output volt startup damaged age after the inverter output Error code 4250 Check that high and low During com frequency has stabilized Detail code 101 106 107 pressures are balanced pressor opera tion Check that no liquid refrig erant is present in the compressor Go to d when the problem persists after compressor startup was repeated several times If normal operation is re stored check the crank case heater for problems Check that there is a pres sure difference between high and low pressures af ter compressor startup Check the high pressure with LED monitor for changes Replace the compressor if there is no pressure differ ence the compressor may be locked There is a voltage imbalance be Replace the INV board if there tween the wires after the inverter is a voltage imbalance output voltage is stabilized Check the crankcase heater Greater than the larger of the fol for problems if there is no volt lowing values imbalance of 5 or age imbalance 5V When the error occurred liq uid refrigerant may have been present in the compressor 5 Remove the wire for the out Fan motor megger failure Replace the fan motor Check the fan door fan motor and check the Failure when the megger is 1Mohm motor ground 1 fan motor megger and the or less fault
254. l DV ol i rE 4 E Ge m in normal operation U ay zt S o p U M X 0 der E LED gt m 7 b N 5 203 Inverter error E 3 Dim dde T 2075 m 0694 2 He ER il D S012 Ne h Q E e m D el I Q ICH al in b 2 S e e 25299 2299 7290 o 2 4 S IC LI m 4 Hoc ooo oo H l Q4 X3NO 4 O O R630 R631 Overcurrent detection resistor DIP IPM Rear HWE1113A 95 GB III Outdoor Unit Components 5 Noise Filter G el E ew CH Bei CN4 m Y N 1 d N uu Output di RS d VOW IX we X 57 Rectified L2 N current mm 7 SN N Rectified L2 N current DP 3 N DP N X GN SN N ni 41 CN2 R N Surge absorber circuit 3 4 Surge absorber circuit E 4 n d E qa N 5 Short circuit Ya a 7 d j Em Short circuit CN2 WHITE b si rl 5 5 6 ct lum i KS Grounding ie jae I P C10 9 l CN6 YELLOV N lL F1 F2 F3 F4 aa NE OOY BUM T eh esca erer PEN Fuse Er HOT UE am je Vu A Ki 250VAC 6 3A NZ Bibel JL W gt VC8a 9 V C7a CN3 GREEN V C Ne ANN 1 3 I C E X XXL VA Tele CN i i E Output orav EY cas ta b OL1 d ON CA al Z J O lt i
255. l JO 10 H eua OO uo Jesdde J H AU JO sileyop 4043 OOLOLLOLLL EN you s op SO au Jo uon BWJOJU 0210 1000 4 H AUI JO s ie p 10114 JO 9 J0JJ3 OOLOLLOLOL MN SID ay uo sie ddEe a 6666 01 0000 c JO SIY 10113 00L0LLOLOO om pejoejep ae sioe ou y 0710 1000 4 H AUI jo s iejap 10413 JO S lES P 10113 OOLOLLOOLL ET pajyBluBly so oo em um em sm vm em zm m i w ON V ejep uang 0ZL0 L000 4 H AUI JO S rejep 10113 syJeuway X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board syJeuway nm pe ejdsip s ujejs s jueJe6uJoeJ ay Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpriaipur pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V 0o S OOO wl Eoo o LLL LLL sema dns Bulag si bunubri1 0011010101 ELZ Sun Joopul 6AS PYAS IGAS YAS qrAS eyAs y o Aeyds p nd HUA 17 dol no Aejay J9 029J jueJoBuloy 00LLOLOOOL 602 330 04 dois 9pouJ 00LL0L0000 802 Jo 3u09 JUN JOOPMO urew dois l 1881 yun Joopino 0011001101 502 5 Jamod sno u S 1d MO amp juejsul 10113 77 001 1001001 LOZ Kjeuiui aoJd
256. l block TB5 on the indoor unit IC to the appropriate terminals on the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB5 on LOSSNAY LC Non polarized two wire Indoor units must be interlocked with the LOSSNAY unit using the system controller Refer to the operation man ual for the system controller for the setting method In terlock setting from the remote controller is required if the ON OFF remote controller alone or the LM adapter alone is connected Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Port number setting is required To perform a group op eration of indoor units that feature different functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of functions as the main unit None of these addresses may overlap any of the indoor unit addresses Make the same indoor unit group settings with the system controller as the ones that To set the address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 If the address that is as signed to the HBC controller overlaps any of the address es that are assigned to the outdoor units use a differ ent unused address within the setting range GB II Restrictions 5 An example of a system in which a system controller is connected to the indoor outdoor transmission line except LM adapter 1 Sample control wiring Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF ON OS E se I 1 i 1
257. le 77 l ing energized er processing Skipping the test Not available Available Any time after be run air vent mode ing energized Test run air vent mode after strainer 1 Not available Available E 7 SE processing 9 9 Forced termination Any time after be Available Two water pumps ON output Any time after be 30 one minute after setting ing energized only MV1 MV2 and FCV on all when the control ports to 800 800 and O re mode is stopped spectively Operation functions MV1 All ports 0 ofthe Sway valve Not available MV2 All ports 600 277 control valve 1 FCV All ports 1600 Operation functions MV1 All ports 1600 of the Sway valve Not available MV2 All ports 0 77 control valve 2 FCV All ports 1600 25 5 Not avallable Available 7 SES 28 Not available Available Any time after be ing energized brine 1 Refer to the Databook Compatible with 1 3 4 5 SW3 amp 7 10 1 Not available When the switch is set from ON to OFF set the MV1 MV2 and FCV to the speci fied opening for stoppage Water tightness check 10 1 2 3 sw5 4 5 7 02 IN HWE1113A 95 GB VII Control 2 Controlling the Outdoor Unit 1 Initial Control When the power is turned on the initial processing of the microcomputer is given top priority During the initial processing control processing of the operation signal is suspended The control processing is resumed
258. ler overlaps any of the address es that are assigned to the outdoor units use a differ ent unused address within the setting range The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same HWE1113A M GB II Restrictions 4 Asystem in which a system controller is connected to the transmission line for centralized control and which is pow ered from an outdoor unit 1 Sample control wiring mm nterlock operation with the ventilation unit L11 L12 Move the male connector from CNA to CN40 SW2 1 OFF Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF r r TB5 15 TB5 15 M1M2S 12 QQQ 9 QQ x L 1 Sie de 4 I 1 1 1 1 _ JEN NET o ed 66 To be connected mu r 1 I I A B I I I I I 1 2 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I M 2 I er gm M 121 122 Leave the male Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 ortos connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 Foc L31 TB5 TB5 1 25 QO TB15 12 oo TB15 12 Note1 280 QQ QQQ 99 5 ES TIS i LATAS Sey To be left I 1 900 unconnected e Oo L A 5 I MA AA m
259. let temperature TH4 Indoor unit pipe tempera ture TH22 Temperature sensor OA processing unit pipe fault temperature TH2 Reverse connected pipe field supplied Indoor unit gas side pipe temperature TH23 OA processing unit gas side pipe temperature Temperature sensor fault TH3 Pipe temperature at heat exchanger outlet TH3 OA processing unit intake air temperature TH1 Outside temperature TH24 Temperature sensor fault Outdoor unit discharge temperature TH4 Temperature sensor Accumulator inlet tempera fault ture TH5 Temperature sensor Heat exchanger inlet tem fault perature TH6 777 Sensor Outside temperature TH7 Temperature sensor Heatsink temperature fault THHS Liquid side refrigerant temp of Heating main heat exchanger TH11 Liquid side refrigerant temp of Cooling main heat exchanger TH12 Gas side refrigerant temp of Heating main heat ex changer TH13 Temperature sensor fault HBC controller Gas side refrigerant temp of Cooling main heat ex changer TH14 Bypass inlet temperature TH15 Bypass outlet temperature TH16 130 Searched unit Notes Detectable only by the All Fresh type in door units G UJ IX Troubleshooting Searched unit Error prelim inary Prelimi nary Error Notes Error code definition error coda detail code o
260. lized control address setup 3 An example of a system to which both MA remote controller and ME remote controller are connected System Address start up for in l Connection to the system controller configuration door and outdoor units 1 System with one out With connection to transmission Manual door unit line for centralized control address setup MA remote controller and ME remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group HWE1113A 29 GB II Restrictions 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 1 System with one outdoor unit automatic address setup for both indoor and outdoor units 1 Sample control wiring mam nterlock operation with the ventilation unit n Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF OS Leave the male connector on CN41 as it is SW2 1 OFF OC TB3 TB7 TB3 TB7 Mi M2 7 M M2S OOO OOO M M2 7 M M2S 000 OOO 1 The figures above show a system to which two outdoor units are connected but only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system 2 Cautions 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units 2 No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units 3 When the number of the connected indoor units is as shovvn in the table belovv one or more transmission boosters sold separately are
261. lock operation setting with all the indoor units in the units OC and OS the S terminal of the terminal block same system will automatically be made It is required 02 on the HBC controller HB and the S terminal of that the Lossnay unit be turned on before the outdoo the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC with the runit shield of the shielded cable When performing an interlocked operation of part of the 2 Transmission line for centralized control indoor units in the system with a LOSSNAY unit using a No connection is required LOSSNAY unit alone without interlocking it with any 3 MA remote controller wiring units performing an interlock operation of more than 16 Connect terminals 1 and 2 on the terminal block for MA indoor units with a LOSSNAY unit or connecting two or remote controller line TB15 on the indoor unit IC to the more LOSSNAY units to the same refrigerant system terminal block on the MA remote controller MA the automatic IC OC address setup function is not avail Non polarized two wire 7 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys 2 l l tem No address settings required When 2 remote controllers are connected to the system connect terminals 1 and 2 of the terminal block TB15 on the indoor unit IC to the terminal block on the two MA remote controllers 5 Address setting method Unit or controller EE Sg Setting method Notes Factory dures ting range setting 1 Indoor un
262. logging by foreign object The indoor unit inlet temperature is excessively Less than 15 C 59 F WB Compressor failure The amount of circulating refrigerant decreases due to refrigerant leak in the compressor HBC controller LEV3 actuation failure Sufficient cold water is not supplied as sufficient sub cool cannot be secured on the HBC controller due to LEVI 2 and 3 actuation failure TH12 TH15 and 63HS1 sensor failure or faulty wir ing LEV3 is not controlled normally HBC controller 3 way valve water flow rate control valve actuation failure Sufficient cold water is not supplied because of the insufficient water flow rate and coexistence of cold and hot water on the HBC controller due to 3 way valve water flow rate control valve actuation failure 200 Check the piping length to determine if it is contrib uting to performance loss Piping pressure loss can be estimated from the temperature difference between the indoor unit heat exchanger outlet temperature and the satura tion temperature Te of 63LS gt Correct the piping Refer to 1 1 Compressor frequency does not rise sufficiently page 199 Refer to the page on refrigerant amount adjustment page 121 Check the temperature difference between in front of and behind the place where the foreign object is clogging the pipe upstream side and downstream side When the temperature drops significantly the foreign object may clog the pipe gt Rem
263. m other than the inverter 5 Attach a ferrite core to the inverter output wiring Contact the fac tory for details of the service part settings 6 Provide separate power supply to the air conditioner and other electric appliances lt gt f the error occurred suddenly a ground fault of the inverter output can be considered See 2 4 page 223 Contact the factory for cases other than those listed above Sudden malfunction as a result of external noise 1 Check that the grounding work is performed properly 2 Check that the shielded wire is used as the transmission line when itis required and check that the grounding work is performed prop erly on the shielded wire 3 Check that neither the transmission line nor the external connec tion wiring does not run close to another power supply system or does not run through the same conduit pipe Contact the factory for cases other than those listed above HWE1113A 2994 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 Inverter output related troubles 1 Check the INV board er ror detection circuit 2 Check for compressor ground fault or coil error 3 Check wheth erthe inverter is damaged No load HWE1113A Disconnect the invert er output wire from the terminals of the INV board SC U SC V SC W Put the outdoor unit into operation Disconnect the compressor wiring and check the com pressor Meg and coil resis
264. m pejeJedo s pun y ueuM Even if the operation button on the remote controller eedde IIIM ejdsip OH 9jouJ8J V N He s UO Jamod ujew eui 19v sejnuiu AjeyeuurxoJdde utu H sun Sdee LVM 357314 SJA juejuawou uo sun J9 O qUOO un payloads ayy 0 paj9auuoo SI y ueuM H dold yom gt VI eu seoq suede Jaye suoll9 uuo5 Dun stuer ejoueJ VN Eug au as0 sey Uoueulouaug l OL J9 101JuO9 ejouJaJ V N Uoueujoueug L OL JejoJjuoo ejouu8J V N uo J9MOd ON ON T ln eJ amod Ir JOOPUI OU Uu pieoq jo3juoo jun Joopu ay eoejde q pue y sjeulwia ddns Jamod did tdi Ja 01 uO9 gou V N Su y yo uo u ml q eDejo ay 4092 on do s snoeuejuejsul ue lt S3A ee Wun Joopul ayy Bu HI pieoq onuoo un S4A Joopur ayy uo 1 Q31 SI 6018 VIN 24 e ejdes p Keldsip IIIS pJeoq Ionuoo Joopur ay JO QN SOO JOU SI SIM au uo S3A 49949 2021 s Uo Jamod ayy Burun BU JeujeuM eouis spuooes QZ UEL 19 JV ON urepe paureyo siep SI 3U JO 9JIM ay Auadosd up jun ay 5900 Bea Ea YO Doum si 2037 U9IuM UO JUN Joopui Ue 3194 S ON 6 ay Y98YUD MI SHUN Joopu p dnol5 SUL uo ZQ31 24 JO euo 1569 SJA ye SI pajoauuoosIp ae Dudnop JO pesn seJIM UE
265. mode Operation Solenoid valves OFF mode peration LEV Fully closed d cong Ony Heating Only Cooling Main Error command to indoor unit Note 1 The system may go into the error mode on either the indoor unit side or the HBC controller or outdoor unit side If some of the indoor units are experiencing a problem only those indoor units that are experiencing the problem will stop If the HBC controller or the outdoor unit is experiencing a problem all the connected units will stop HWE1113A 113 VII Control 2 Operations in each mode 1 Cooling operation HWE1113A 1 Inverter output OHz 2 Indoor unit LEV Oil return LEV fully closed 3 Solenoid valves OFF 4 Outdoor unit fan stop 5 HBC controller solenoid valves OFF 6 HBC controller LEV fully closed Cooling operation Normal operation During test run mode 4 way valve OFF Unit in the stopped state Indoor unit fan operation Test run mode ON Thermostat ON minute resta prevention 1 Inverter frequency control 2 Indoor unit LEV Oil returnLEV control 3 Solenoid valve control 4 Outdoor unit fan control 5 HBC controller solenoid valve control 6 HBC controller control Note 1 00 Note 1 The indoor fan operates at the set notch under cooling mode regardless of the ON OFF state of the thermostat sitis GB VII Control
266. n 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi the connector may be defective or be disconnected Check the connector and go to 4 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 4 15MPa 601psi go to 3 If other than 1 2 or 3 compare the pressures while the sensor is running Go to 2 Compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 while the sensor is running Com pare them by MPa psi unit When the difference between both pressures is within 0 098MPa 14psi both the high pressure sensor and the control board are normal When the difference between both pressures exceeds 0 098MPa 14psi the high pressure sensor has a problem perfor mance deterioration When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 does not change the high pressure sensor has a problem Remove the high pressure sensor from the control board to check the pressure on the self diagnosis LED1 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi the high pressure sensor has a roblem the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is approximately 4 15MPa 601psi the control board has a problem Remove the high pressure sensor from the control board and short circuit betvveen the No 2 and 3 connectors 63HS1 PS1 to check the pressure vvith self diagnosis LED1 When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 4 15MPa 601psi the high pressure sensor has a problem If other than 1
267. n the radial thickness column are based on the Japanese standards and provided only as a reference Use pipes that meet the local standards HWE1113A 6 GB I Read Before Servicing 4 Storage of Piping 1 Storage location Store the pipes to be used indoors Warehouse at site or owner s warehouse If they are left outdoors dust dirt or moisture may infiltrate and contaminate the pipe 2 Sealing the pipe ends Both ends of the pipes should be sealed until just before brazing Keep elbow pipes and T joints in plastic bags The new refrigerator oil is 10 times as hygroscopic as the conventional refrigerating machine oil such as Suniso and if not handled with care could easily introduce moisture into the system Keep moisture out of the pipes for it will cause the oil to deteriorate and cause a compressor failure 5 Pipe Processing Use a small amount of ester oil ether oil or alkylbenzene to coat flares and flanges Note Use a minimum amount of oll Use only ester oil ether oil and alkylbenzene HWE1113A ei GB I Read Before Servicing 6 Brazing No changes have been made in the brazing procedures Perform brazing with special care to keep foreign objects such as oxide scale water and dust out of the refrigerant system Example Inside the brazed connection Use of oxidized solder for brazing Use of non oxidized solder for brazing a Te d E E GK wt CR LE s P b
268. nd M2 of the terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB3 on the outdoor units OC and OS of the terminal block for indoor out door transmission line TB02 on the HBC controller HB and of the terminal block for indoor outdoor trans mission line TB5 on each indoor unit IC Non polar ized two wire Only use shielded cables Note The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are au tomatically designated as OC and OS in the order of ca pacity from large to small if two or more units have the same capacity in the order of address from small to large Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the ground terminal 4 on the outdoor units OC and OS the S terminal of the terminal block TB02 on HB and the S terminal of the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC with the shield of the shield ed cable 5 Address setting method Address setting range Unit or controller Indoor unit the address of the main unit in the same group 1 Main unit address 1 main unit address 2 main unit address 3 etc Main unit IC 01 to 50 Assign the smallest address to the main unit in the group Sub unit Assign sequential numbers starting with Assign an arbitrary but unique address to each of these units after assigning an ad dress to all indoor units 01 to 50 MA OC OS 51 to 100 OC No set tings re quired Sub remote controller 51 to 100 HBC con troller A
269. ndoor units is 0 or exceeds the allowable value 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit 1 1 Number of indoor units connected to the outdoor Check whether the number of units con terminal block TB3 for indoor outdoor transmis nected to the outdoor terminal block sion lines exceeds limitations described below TB3 for indoor outdoor transmission lines does not exceed the limitation See 1 and 2 on the left Check 2 3 on the left Number of units Check whether the transmission line for Total number of indoor units 1 1 15 WP200 model the terminal block for centralized control 1 18 VVP250 model TB7 is not connected to the terminal block for the indoor outdoor transmission Total number of outdoor units Check the setting for the model selection svvitch on the outdoor unit Dipsvvitches SVV5 7 on the outdoor unit control board Disconnected transmission line from the outdoor unit or BC controller Short circuited transmission line VVhen 2 and 3 appiy the follovving display vvill appear ME remote controller Nothing appears on the remote controller be cause it is not powered MA remote controller HO or PLEASE WAIT blinks The model selection switch SW5 7 on the out door unit is set to OFF Normally set to ON Outdoor unit address setting error The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit do not have sequential address numbers The units other than
270. nit off for at least 10 minutes and confirm that the voltage between FT P and FT N on INV Board has dropped to DC20V or less It takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turn off 2 The IPM on the inverter becomes damaged if there are loose screws are connectors If a problem occurs after replacing some of the parts mixed up wiring is often the cause of the problem Check for proper connection of the wiring screws connectors and Faston terminals 3 To avoid damage to the circuit board do not connect or disconnect the inverter related connectors with the main power turned on 4 Faston terminals have a locking function Make sure the terminals are securely locked in place after insertion Press the tab on the terminals to remove them 5 When the IPM or IGBT is replaced apply a thin layer of heat radiation grease that is supplied evenly to these parts Wipe off any grease that may get on the wiring terminal to avoid terminal contact failure 6 Faulty wiring to the compressor damages the compressor Connect the wiring in the correct phase sequence HWE1113A 220 GB IX Troubleshooting Error display failure condition Measure inspection item 1 Inverter related errors 4250 4255 4220 4225 4230 4240 4260 5301 0403 Check the details of the inverter error in the error log at X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board Take appropriate measures to the error code and the error details
271. ntrollers Number of indoor units Problems with the circuit on the remote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main setting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote controller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference lt Go to 6 gt Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 204 VVhen no problems are found vvith items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The follovving status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board If LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on If LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HVVE1113A 181 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code MA controller signal reception error Start bit detection error Error definition and error detection method Communication between the MA rem
272. o IX 4 8 2 Troubleshooting transmission power curcuit of outdoor unit page 228 2 When 2 and 3 above apply check code 7102 will be displayed on the self diagnosis LED HWE1113A 195 GB IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 2 Phenomena When the remote controller operation SW is turned on a temporary operation display is indicated and the display lights out immediately 1 Cause 1 The power is not supplied to the indoor unit The main power of the indoor unit AC220V is not on The connector on the indoor unit board has come off The fuse on the indoor unit board has melted Transformer failure and disconnected wire of the indoor unit The indoor unit board failure 2 The outdoor control board failure As the indoor unit does not interact with the outdoor unit the outdoor unit model cannot be recognized 2 Check method and remedy Check voltage of the power supply terminal on the indoor unit gt YES Check the fuse on the circuit board Check LED1 on the indoor unit control board sit i When it is off When it is lit or cannot be checked YES Check the connection of the connector Check the resistance value of the transformer Check 200V circuit for short circuit and ground fault Connector contact failure Check the main power of the power supply wire Check the cause of the disconnected transformer Ground fault on the circuit bo
273. ock TB1 Noise filter problem Check the coil connections Coil problem Check for coil burnout Circuit board failure Confirm that the voltage at the CN3 connector is 198 V or above Faulty wiring Check fuse F01 on the control board Wiring failure Confirm that the voltage at the control board con Between noise filter CN3 and noise filter CN2 and con nector CNAC is 198 V or above trol board CNAC Control board failure If none of the items described above is applicable and if the trouble reappears even after the power is switched on again replace the control board 1 Error Code RPM error Motor error 2 Error definition and error detection method LOSSNAY s The motor keep running even if the power is OFF s The thermal overload relay is ON Only for the three phase model Indoor unit If detected less than 180rpm or more than 2000rpm the indoor unit will restart and keep running for 3 minutes If detected again the display will appear 3 Cause check method and remedy Board failure Replace the board Motor malfunction Check for the motor and the solenoid switch Solenoid switch malfunction HWE1113A 149 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Abnormal bus voltage drop Detail code 108 2 Error definition and error detection method If Vdc 289V or less is detected during Inverter operation S W detection 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Power supply environment Chec
274. ode 2 If another episode of the above condition is detected during the preliminary error this is considered a drain pump error and 2502 appears on the monitor 3 This error is always detected while the drain pump is in operation 4 The following criteria are met when the criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit system stoppage are met Liquid pipe temperature inlet temperature lt 10 C 18 F has been detected for 30 minutes s The immersion of drain sensor is detected 10 consecutive times s The conditions that are listed under items 1 through 3 above are alvvays met before the criteria for the forced stoppage of the outdoor unit 5 The indoor unit that detected the conditions that are listed in item 4 above brings the outdoor unit in the same refrigerant circuit to an error stop compressor operation prohibited and the outdoor unit brings all the indoor units in the same refrigerant circuit that are in any mode other than Fan or Stop to an error stop 2502 appears on the monitor of the units that came to an error stop 6 Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit Detection timing The error is detected vvhether the unit is in operation or stopped 7 Ending criteria for the forced stoppage of outdoor unit Povver reset the indoor unit that vvas identified as the error source and the outdoor unit that is connected to the same refrig erant circuit Forced stoppage of the outdoor unit cannot be cancelled by stopping
275. ode may be considered in addition to the above Freeze protection is detected by one or all indoor units Even the second stop is not considered as an error when some specified errors occur eg The third stop is considered as an error when the thermistor error occurs HWE1113A 203 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise 1 M NET transmission Control is performed by exchanging signals between the outdoor unit and the indoor unit ME remote controller through M NET transmission Noise interference on the transmission line will interrupt the normal transmission leading to erroneous op eration 1 Symptoms caused by noise interference on the transmission line Erroneous Emoneousoperaio Error code definition is transformed and will be misiudged as the 6600 Address overlap signal of another address Transmission vvave pattern is transformed due to Transmission pro the noise creating a nevv signal cessor hardvvare er ore EE Transmission wave pattern is transformed due to 6607 No ACK error the noise and will not be received normally leading the transmission line to no acknowledgement ACK Transmission cannot be performed due to the fine 6603 Transmission line noise bus busy error Transmission is successful however the acknowl No ACK error edgement ACK or the response cannot be re No response error ceived normally due to the noise 2 Wave sha
276. ol 7 5 TB7 on the outdoor unit whose power jumper connector is mated tor on CN41 as it is factory setting with CN40 3 Maximum allowable length 6 When the number of the connected indoor units is as shown in the 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line table below one or more transmission boosters sold separately are required Same as 5 3 To connect two transmission boosters connect them in parallel 2 Transmission line for centralized control Observe the maximum number of connectable indoor units that are L31 L32 L21 lt 200m 656ft listed in the specifications for each outdoor unit 3 MA remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 4 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25mm AWG 16 or larger L32 L31 L12 L11 lt 500m 1640ft L32 L22 L21 lt 500m 1640ft L12 L11 L31 L22 L21 lt 500m 1640ft HWE1113A 36 GB II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 2 Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Same as 5 2 Transmission line for centralized control Daisy chain terminals A and B on the system controller termi nals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for transmission line for centralized control TB7 on the outdoor units OC in different refrigerant circuits and on the outdoor units OC and OS Note a in the same refrigerant circuit Note b When both of the following conditions are met move the power jumper connector on the control board
277. ol cable for each refrigerant system Do not use a single multiple core cable to connect indoor units that belong to different refrigerant systems The use of a multiple core cable may result in signal transmission errors and malfunctions Outdoor unit Outdoor unit LITT OTTO LITT MTITITTIN 01 HBC Controller Indoor unit E m HBG Controller Indoor unit TBTB TBTB 3 7 3 7 Q Q multiple core cable YA 2 core shielded cable 1 Remote Controller TTM TITITTTIVMIN 2 core shielded cable TB3 Terminal block for indoor outdoor transmission line TB7 Terminal block for centralized control The figures above show a system to which two outdoor units are connected but only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system 2 Control vviring Different types of control vviring are used for different systems Refer to section 5 An Example of a System to which an MA Remote Controller is connected 7 An Example of a System to which both MA Remote Controller and ME Remote Controller are connected before performing vviring work Types and maximum allovvable length of cables Control lines are categorized into 2 types transmission line and remote controller line Use the appropriate type of cables and observe the maximum allovvable length specified for a given system f a given system has a long transmission line or if a noise source is located near the unit place the unit away from the noise source to redu
278. ollers i Outdoor unit Outdoor unit M NET transmission line M NET transmission line indoor outdoor transmission line indoor outdoor transmission line s group y 1 group gepe 4 group BC controller BC controller ME remote controller Indoor unit HWE1113A 65 GB IV Remote Controller 2 Group Settings and Interlock Settings via the ME Remote Controller 1 Group settings interlock settings Make the following settings to perform a group operation of units that are connected to different outdoor units or to manually set up the indoor outdoor unit address A Group settings Registration of the indoor units to be controlled with the remote controller and search and deletion of registered information B Interlock settings Registration of LOSSNAY units to be interlocked with the indoor units Operation Procedures and search and deletion of registered information 1 Address settings a MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC Register the indoor unit to be controlled with the remote controller EUR DE E mz il CC OC DUD OO D Bring up either the blinking display of HO by turning on the unit or the pus SU normal display by pressing the ON OFF button CHECK MOD UN VAILABLE MIT TEM The display window must look like one of the two figures below to proceed to the next step OT Ss PAR F27MEA 7 L Blinking display of HO JL Normal display
279. on line work is performed while the power is on the transmitted data will collide and the wave shape will be changed 2 The transmission is sent and received repeatedly due to noise 3 Decrease of transmission line voltage signal by exceeding acceptable range of transmission wiring Farthest 200m 656ft or less Remote controller wiring 12m 39ft or less 4 The transmission line voltage signal is decreased due to erroneous sizing of transmission line Wire diameter 1 25mm AWG16 or more 4 Check method and remedy 1 When an error occurs during commissioning turn off the power sources for the outdoor unit indoor unit BC controller and LOSSNAY for 5 or more minutes and then turn them on again When they return to normal operation the cause of the error is the transmission line work performed with the power on e f an error occurs again check the cause 2 2 Check 3 and 4 above lf the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check 3 3 Check transmission wave shape noise on trans mission line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 204 Noise is the most possible cause of the error 6608 HWE1113A 178 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code MA controller signal reception error No signal reception Error definition and error detection method Communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly No proper data has b
280. on the Service Monitor 245 GB I Read Before Servicing 1 Read Before Servicing a a rae r ananas ana 3 2 Necessary Tools and Materals nennen nnne nnn nnns 4 3 Piping Matellal Suero ici baqa d ar Raya 5 Storage P D H si aci 7 ER lu mmm 7 Le 8 MI A 9 8 Vacuum Drying Evacuation Eeer 10 9 Refrigerant GAN QUO DE 12 10 Remedies to be taken in case of a Refrigerant Leak 12 11 Characteristics of the Conventional and the New Refrigerants 13 12 Notes on Refrigerating Machine OU 14 KREE P Hl a 15 HVVE1113A 1 GB HWE1113A GB I Read Before Servicing 1 Read Before Servicing 1 Check the type of refrigerant used in the system to be serviced Refrigerant Type Multi air conditioner for building application CITY MULTI R2 YJM A series for exclusive use with HBC controller R410A Check the symptoms exhibited by the unit to be serviced Refer to this service handbook for symptoms relating to the refrigerant cycle Thoroughly read the safety precautions at the beginning of this manual Preparing necessary tools Prepare a set of tools to be used exclusively with each type
281. on the control board SW1 1234 56 7 8 9 10 ON 1 While the sensor is stopped compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 3 3 1 2 4 When the gauge pressure is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi internal pressure is caused due to gas leak When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 is between 0 and 0 098MPa 14psi the connector may be defective or be disconnected Check the connector and go to 4 When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 exceeds 1 7MPa 247psi go to 3 If other than 1 2 or 3 compare the pressures while the sensor is running Go to 2 Compare the gauge pressure and the pressure displayed on self diagnosis LED1 while the sensor is running Com pare them by MPa psi unit When the difference between both pressures is within 0 03MPa 4psi both the low pressure sensor and the control board are normal When the difference between both pressures exceeds 0 03MPa 4psi the low pressure sensor has a problem performance deterioration When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 does not change the low pressure sensor has a problem Remove the low pressure sensor from the control board to check the pressure with the self diagnosis LED1 display When the pressure displayed on the self diagnosis LED1 is between and 0 098MPa 14psi the low pressure sensor has a problem When the pressure displayed on self diagnosis
282. on the indoor unit vvill be displayed in the room temperature display vvindovv on the remote controller during test run On some models NOT AVAILABLE may appear on the display when the Vane Control button is pressed This is normal If an external input is connected perform a test run using the external input signal Test run all systems for at least 15 minutes to detect possible system errors HVVE1113A 120 GB VIII Test Run Mode 3 Operating Characteristic and Refrigerant Amount It is important to have a clear understanding of the characteristics of refrigerant and the operating characteristics of air conditioners before attempting to adjust the refrigerant amount in a given system 1 Operating characteristic and refrigerant amount The following table shows items of particular importance During cooling operation the amount of refrigerant in the accumulator is the smallest when all indoor units are in operation During heating operation the amount of refrigerant in the accumulator is the largest when all indoor units are in operation General tendency of discharge temperature Discharge temperature tends to rise when the system is short on refrigerant Changing the amount of refrigerant in the system while there is refrigerant in the accumulator has little effect on the discharge temperature The higher the pressure the more likely it is for the discharge temperature to rise The lower the pressure the mo
283. onditions only during Cooling only or Cooling main operation the solenoid valves turn on Check for prop er operation on the LED and by listening for the operation sound of the solenoid valves 7 In the case of SV9 Bypass valve This solenoid valve opens when energized when the relay is on This valve turns on when the value of 63HS1 is greater than 3 5 MPa 507psi during Heating only or Heating main operation at the minimum frequency The valve position can be determined by measuring and monitoring the changes in the pipe tem perature on the downstream of SV9 while the unit is energized When the valve is open high temperature gas refrigerant passes through the pipe Do not attempt to check the pipe temperature by touching the pipe 4 Outdoor Unit Fan 1 Fan motor To check the revolution of the fan check the inverter output state on the self diagnosis LED as the inverter on the outdoor fan controls the revolutions of the fan The maximum revolution of the fan is approximately 790 rpm eVVhen starting the fan the fan runs at full speed for 5 seconds When setting the DIP SW1 as shown in the figure below the inverter output will appear 100 indicates the full speed and 0 indicates the stopping SVV1 1234567 89410 ON the revolution of the fan changes under control at the interphase or when the indoor unit operation capacity is low the revolution of the fan may change If the fan does not move or it vibr
284. one 1 Preparation for debris removal operation 1 Open the air vent valves on the HBC controller and indoor units Refer the Installation Manual for the location of air vent valves If there are air vent valves on the field installed pipes open the valves as well i Be HBC controller Indoor unit Example PEFY WP VMA E 2 Set DIP SW 5 1 valve opening when stopped DIP SW 5 2 nullification of drain over flow error for 9 hours from off to on 3 Supply water from the suction pipe on the HBC controller Install a non return valve to prevent water in the water circuit flowing back to the water supply pipe or remove the water supply hose after the air vent operation 4 Check that water comes from each air vent valve and perform the debris removal operation 2 Debris removal operation 1 If there are a large amount of debris in the water in the field installed pipes set DIPSW4 1 from OFF to ON Refer to the flowchart for debris removal operation for details Perform the debris removal operation Each air vent valve should stay open eg 8 LED and DIPSW positions 2 When 30 minutes have passed after the operation startup water pump will stop and the LED display on the HBC controller changes from AirO to Air1 then from Air1 to Air2 3 Stop the water supply and check that no water comes from the air vent valves 4 Set DIP SW 4 6 to ON and 4 7 to OFF Turn the power to the HBC off
285. onipuoo u g Ajenpraipur p e dsip SI SO JO 90 JO uonipuoo OU V 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 6 666 01 6 66 S wun ay 1 6 666 01 6 66 oo em um emn sm m en zn m Kejdsiq syJeuway X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board eJnjeJeduue edid out ye ol 3 njeJadua edid oul CC edid out 2201 eJnjeJeduue edid lul LEO 3 njeJadua edid oul OSD 3 n e adua edid out 6Z21 3 njeJadua edid oul 8201 eJnjeJeduue edid 1911 ZO oJnjeJeduJe edid oul 9Z9 3 njeJadua edid oul GZ 0 edid lul y zo oJnjeJeduJe edid oul CZ eJnjeJeduue edid lul 2221 oJnjeJeduJe edid oul Le eJnjeJeduue edid 1911 0221 edid out 6121 3 njeJadua edid oul 810 eJnjeJeduue edid lul 101 3 njeJadua edid out 910 eJnjeJeduue edid lul S O eJnjeJeduue edid lul pL 3 njeJadua edid lul 9 edid out 2101 3 njeJadua edid oul LL eJnjeJeduue edid lul OL OI edid out
286. oor unit YES Check whether the transmission line is disconnected NO check for contact failure and repair the problem Check the voltage at TB3 after removing transmission line from TB3 j Check if the indoor outdoor transmission line is not NO short circuited and repair the problem Check whether the male connector is connected to the female power supply connector CN40 No I YES Check voltage of terminal block for centralized control TB7 Check the wiring between the control board and power supply board for the transmission line CN102 and CNIT and check for proper connection of connectors NO YES E TET Fix the wiring and connector Check voltage of TB7 by removing transmission line from TB7 YES Check for shorted transmission s line or power feed collision for NO centralized control YES Replace the control board Is there a wiring error or a connector disconnection Check the wiring between the control board and power supply board for the transmission line CN102 and CNIT and check for proper connection of connectors YES Ir I Fix the connector disconnection s there a connector disconnection Check the voltage between No 1 and No 3 pins of the noise filter CN4 s the voltage measurement between 4 5 and 5 2 VDC2 YES Replace the M NET board the M NE T board y NO
287. oor units with L31 L21 lt 200m 656ft each other 3 MA remote controller wiring 4 Replacement of male power jumper connector CN41 Same as 5 1 must be performed only on one of the outdoor units 4 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 9 Provide grounding to S terminal on the terminal block for 1 25mm AWG16 or larger transmission line for centralized control TB7 on only L12 L11 L31 L22 L21 lt 500m 1640ft one of the outdoor units 6 When the number of the connected indoor units is as shown in the table below one or more transmission boosters sold separately are required To connect two transmission boosters connect them in parallel Observe the maximum number of connectable indoor units that are listed in the specifications for each outdoor unit Number of transmission boost er sold separately required When the P200 and P250 models are not included in the 27 50 units connected indoor units When the P200 and P250 models are included in the 21 39 units 40 50 units connected indoor units HWE1113A 34 GB II Restrictions 1 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 2 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 2 Transmission line for centralized control Daisy chain terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block for transmission line for centralized control TB7 on the out door units OC in different refrigerant circuits and on the OC and OS Note a in t
288. or Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 2 Grouping of units in a system with multiple outdoor units Error source Error display address Detection method ME re ME remote No acknowl mote con controller RC edgement troller MA remote ACK at IC RC controller MA transmissionto RC HWE1113A Same causes as 1 4 for system with one outdoor unit Disconnection or short circuit of the transmission line for the outdoor unit on the termi nal block for centralized con trol line connection TB7 When multiple outdoor units are connected and the power source of one of the outdoor units has been shut off The male power supply con nector of the outdoor unit is not connected to the female power supply switch connec tor CN40 The male power supply con nectors on 2 or more outdoor units are connected to the fe male power supply switch connector CN40 for central ized control If the problem recurs after normal operation is restored the problem is caused by one of the
289. or the winding resistance l winding Fan motor disconnection Standard The winding resistance is approximately several ohm It varies depending on the temper ature or while the inner thermo is operating it will be ohm 6 1 Check the fan output wir Connector contact failure Connect the connector Check the fan ing Board side CNINV inverter board c Ean motor side 2 Check the connector CN Cnnector contact failure Connect the connector VDC connection 3 Check the FAN board failure failure 1 The voltage imbalance among each motor wiring during operation The voltage imbalance is greater Replace the FAN board than the larger of the values repre sented by 5 or 5V 2 The same error occurs even after the operation is restarted HWE1113A 223 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Trouble treatment when the main power breaker is tripped Check the breaker capacity Use of a non specified break Replace it with a specified breaker er Perform Meg check between the Zero to several ohm or Meg Check each part and wiring terminals on the power terminal failure Refer to 5 Simple checking procedures block TB1 for individual components of main inverter circuit page 225 Turn on the power again and 1 Main power breaker trip GBT module check again 2 No remote control display Rush current protection resistor Electromagnetic relay DC reactor Turn on t
290. orrect the error elf no error is found check the cause 2 Check 2 4 on the left Check 1 4 on the left GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknowledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK 3 System configuration 4 Errors that are not limited to a particular system Error source ad dress enor dls 25 Check method and remedy play method Delete unnecessary informa tion of non existing address which some indoor units have Use either of the following two methods for deletion Address which should not be existed Although the address of ME remote controller has been changed after the group is set using ME remote controller the indoor unit is keeping the memory of the previous ad dress The same symptom will appear for the registration with SC Although the address of Address deletion by ME remote LOSSNAY has been changed controller HWE1113A after the interlock registration of LOSSNAY is made using ME remote controller the in door unit is keeping the mem ory of the previous address 177
291. ot connected Leave it to OFF Factory setting Connection to the system controller Connected 1 Set SW2 1 on all outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit to the same setting 2 When only the LM adapter is connected leave SW2 1 to OFF as it is 4 Selecting the position of temperature detection for the indoor unit Factory setting SW1 1 set to OFF To stop the fan during heating Thermo OFF SW1 7 and 1 8 on the indoor units to be set to ON use the built in thermistor on the remote controller or an optional thermistor 1 Touse the built in sensor on the remote controller set the SW1 1 to ON Some models of remote controllers are not equipped with a built in temperature sensor Use the built in temperature sensor on the indoor unit instead When using the built in sensor on the remote controller install the remote controller where room temperature can be detected Note Factory setting for SW1 1 on the indoor unit of the All Fresh Models is ON 2 When an optional temperature sensor is used set SW1 1 to OFF and set SW3 8 to ON When using an optional temperature sensor install it where room temperature can be detected 5 Various start stop controls Indoor unit settings Each indoor unit or group of indoor units can be controlled individually by setting SW 1 9 and 1 10 Operation of the indoor unit when the operation is resumed after the unit Setting SW1 mes stoppe HUMUS Power ON OFF by the Indoor uni
292. ote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly No proper data has been received for 2 minutes Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit All the remote controllers are set to SUB Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote controllers Number of indoor units The remote controller is removed after the installation without turning the power source off Noise interference on the remote controller transmission lines Faulty circuit that is on the indoor board and performs transmission reception of the signal from the remote controller Problems with the circuit on the remote controller that sends or receives the signals from the remote controller Check method and remedy Check for disconnected or loose transmission lines for the indoor units or MA remote controllers Confirm that the power is supplied to the main power source and the remote controller line Confirm that MA remote controller s capacity limit is not exceeded Check the sub main setting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote controller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference lt Go to 6 gt Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following
293. ove the foreign object inside the pipe Check the inlet air temperature and for short cy cling Change the environment where the indoor unit is used Check the discharge temperature to determine if the refrigerant leaks as it rises if there is a leak Refer to the page of LEV troubleshooting 4 5 page 212 Check the thermistor Check wiring Refer to the section on 3 way valve Water flow rate control valve fault under Troubleshooting page 237 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 Phenomena Although heating operation starts with the normal remote controller display the capacity is not enough 1 Cause check method and remedy Compressor frequency does nat rise sufficiently Faulty detection of pressure sensor Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high discharge temperature Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high pressure HWE1113A 201 Check pressure difference between the detected pressure by the pressure sensor and the actual pressure with self diagnosis LED gt f the accurate pressure is not detected check the pressure sensor Refer to the page on Trouble shooting of Pressure Sensor page 207 Higher inlet pressure by the high pressure sensor than the actual pressure causes insufficient capac ity SW1 setting High pressure sensor yyy 123456780910 ON Low pressure sensor SW1 12345678910 ON Che
294. pe check With transmission No fine noise allowed Without transmission Wave shape check Check the wave pattern of the transmission line with an oscilloscope The following conditions must be met 1 Smallwave pattern noise must not exist on the transmission signal Minute noise approximately 1V can be generated by DC DC converter or the inverter operation however such noise is not a problem when the shield of the transmission line is grounded 2 The sectional voltage level of transmission signal should be as follows Voltage level of the transmission line Vu 2 5V or higher Ven 1 3V or below HWE1113A 204 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Check method and remedy 1 Measures against noise Check the followings when noise exists on the wave or the errors described in 1 occur Check that the wiring work is performed ac cording to wiring specifications Check that the grounding work is performed according to grounding specifi cations The transmission line and the power line are not wired too closely The transmission line is not bundled with that for another systems The specified wire is used for the transmission line When the transmission line is daisy chained on the indoor unit terminals are the shields daisy chained on the terminals too Is the shield of the indoor outdoor transmission ca ble grounded to the earth terminal on the outdoor unit Check the
295. pe to protect them from the torch flame debraze the pipe and replace the compressor 232 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Solenoid valve block ASSY SV4a SV4b SV4c SV4d Check valve CV4a CV6a CV8a CV9a CV10a replacement instructions Following instructions show procedures for replacing service parts for Solenoid valve block ASSY SV4a SV4b SVac SV4d Check valve CV4a CV6a CV8a CV9a CV10a Replace them properly according to the procedures 1 Applicable models PURY WP200 250YJM A BS 2 Parts to be serviced Set content Following instructions are applicable to 1 4 service parts on the table below Parts to be serviced Things required for replacing Item Numbers Solenoid valve block service parts set Set content Solenoid valve block ASSY Replacement instructions SV4a SV4b SV4c SV4d Solenoid valve block ASSY Connecting pipe 29 52 3 8 Check valve CV4a CV8a Service parts replacement instructions set Set content Replacement instructions Connecting pipe 29 52 3 8 Check valve CV6a CV10a 3 Procedures Precautions for starting replacement Check that the main power supply is OFF Check that no refrigerant is in the outdoor unit Remove each part according to the 1 3 procedures on the next page before replacing service parts Mount the removed parts back in place in a reversed procedures of 1 3 on the next page after replacing service parts
296. pen the ball valves BV1 and BV2 inside the outdoor unit and turn off SVV2 4 2 Leak spot In the case of outdoor unit Cooling season 1 Run all the indoor units in the cooling test run mode 1 To run the indoor unit in test run mode turn SW3 2 from ON to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Change the setting of the remote controller for all the indoor units to the cooling mode 3 Check that all the indoor units are performing a cooling operation 2 Stop all the indoor units and stop the compressor 1 To stop all the indoor units and the compressors turn SW3 2 from ON to OFF when SW3 1 on the outdoor control board is ON 2 Check that all the indoor units are being stopped 3 Close the ball valves BV1 and BV2 4 Collect the refrigerant that remains inside the outdoor unit Do not discharge refrigerant into air into the atmosphere when it is collected 5 Repair the leak 6 After repairing the leak replace the dryer with the new one and perform evacuation inside the outdoor unit 7 To adjust refrigerant amount open the ball valves BV1 and BV2 inside the outdoor unit 1 Refer to Chapter 8 Vacuum Drying Evacuation for detailed procedure page 10 HWE1113A 229 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Leak spot In the case of extension pipe and indoor unit Heating season 1 Run all the indoor units in heating test run mode 1 To run the indoor unit in test run mode turn SW3 2 from O
297. pipe Water pump WP1 Water pressure protection valves Refrigerant flow L A VVater vent Expansion VVater valve tank supply 2 Starting the defrost operation The defrost cycle will start when all of the three conditions outside temperature cumulative compressor operation time and pipe temperature under lt Condition 1 gt lt Condition 2 gt or lt Condition 3 gt are met 7 Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 Outside temperature 5 C 23 F or above 5 C 23 F or below TH7 Cumulative compressor 50 minutes or more 250 minutes or more operation time 90 minutes or more if the defrost prohibit timer is set to 90 Pipe temperature The pipe temperature has The pipe temperature TH6 The pipe temperature has TH6 stayed below the temperatures has stayed at or below the Gr stayed below the temperatures in the table below Note1 for 1 ue obtained from the formula in the table below Note1 for three minutes Outside temperature TH7 three minutes 10 C 18 F for three minutes orthe 63LS reading has stayed below the value obtained from the formula 1 5 0 02 x 20 TH7 for three minutes Note 1 Pipe temperature TH6 If 10 minutes have passed since compressor startup or since the completion of a defrost cycle a forced defrost cycle can be started by setting DIP SW2 7 to ON Even if the defrost prohibit timer is set to 90 minutes or 150 minute
298. pply fault other than error detail code FF Outdoor unit gt 2 Error definition and error detection method Transmission power reception failure 3 Cause One of the outdoor units stopped supplying power but no other outdoor units start supplying power 4 Check method and remedy Check the items in IX 4 8 2 Troubleshooting transmission power circuit of outdoor unit on all outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit page 228 1 Error Code Indoor unit fan operation error 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 Connector CN28 has remained open circuited for 100 consecutive secondsduring operation 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Auxiliary relay X13 fault The coil or the wiring of the auxiliary relay connected to CN28 is faulty 2 Connector CN28 is disconnected Check the connector for proper connection 3 Blown fuse Check the fuse on the control circuit board 4 Motor error thermistor error inside the motor Check the unit fan for proper operation in the test run mode If no problems are found with items 1 through 3 above and the fan does not operate replace the motor HWE1113A 148 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Power supply signal sync error 2 Error definition and error detection method The frequency cannot be determined when the power is switched on 3 Cause check method and remedy Power supply error Check the voltage of the power supply terminal bl
299. r 5141 through 5148 appears on the display Detection of a short or open circuit as described above is suspended during the defrost cycle and for 3 minutes after the operation mode is changed 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Thermistor failure Check thermistor resistance 2 Pinched lead wire Check for pinched lead wire 3 Torn wire coating Check for wire coating 4 A pin on the male connector is missing or Check connector contact failure 5 Disconnected wire Check for wire 6 board lt Reference gt TH11 TH12 TH13 TH14 TH15 TH16 TH32 TH37 TH31a TH31h HVVE1113A Thermistor input circuit failure on the control Check the intake temperature of the sensor with the LED monitor VVhen the temperature is far different from the actual temper ature replace the control board Short detection 110 C 230 F and above 0 4k0 110 C 230 F and above 0 4k0 110 C 230 F and above 0 4k0 110 C 230 F and above 0 4k0 110 C 230 F and above 0 4kQ 110 C 230 F and above 0 4kQ 110 C 230 F and above 0 4k0 110 C 230 F and above 0 4k0 159 Open detection 40 C 40 F and below 130kO 40 C 40 F and below 130kO 40 C 40 F and below 130kO 40 C 40 F and below 130kO 40 C 40 F and below 130kO 40 C 40 F and below 130kO 40 C 40 F and below 130kO 40 C 40 F and below
300. r is changed in the middle of the operation ME remote controller failure 169 Check method and remedy Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally If not check the causes 1 4 Turn off the outdoor in door units for 5 or more minutes and turn them on again If the error is accidental they will run normally If not check the causes 1 4 Turn off the outdoor in door units for 5 or more minutes and turn them on again If the error is accidental they will run normally If not check the causes 1 5 Turn off the power source of LOSSNAY and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally If not check the causes 1 5 Turn off the power source of the outdoor unit for 5 minutes or more and turn it on again If the error is accidental it will run normally If not check the causes 1 4 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code No ACK error 2 Error definition and error detection method The error is detected when no acknovvledgement ACK signal is received after the transmission eg When the data is trans mitted six times in a row with 30 seconds interval the error is detected on the transmission side Note The address attribute appeared on the display on the remote controller indicates the controller which did not provide the response ACK
301. r temp 6th port returned water temp fth port returned water temp 8th port returned water temp Outlet water temp of Heating main heat exchanger Outlet water temp of Cooling main heat exchanger Water pump 2 discharge water temp Water pump 1 discharge water temp Water pump 1 suction water temp Water pump 2 suction water temp SW1 setting value 1234567 8 910 TH11 TI 123456 TH12 ES 1 2 TH13 1 2 TH14 123450678910 TH15 97 11 12 5 6 TH16 di 12 T31a 1 2 T31b SS 1234567 8 910 T31c 1 T31d SS T31f ON T31g ON T31h ON 1 2 TH32 ON 123450678910 TH33 ATA 12 5 6 TH34 ON 12 TH35 ON 12 TH36 ON 123450678910 TH37 ON 217 GB IX Troubleshooting 3 Troubleshooting flow chart for LEV Solenoid valve 3 way valve and Water flow rate control valve 1 LEV No cooling capacity No heating capacity Check whether the electric expansion valve and the solenoid valve connector are not disconnected or not loose Fault is found ES Repair the fault Run the cooling operation or the heating opera
302. r the unit on which the setting is made 3 Refer to VII 2 Controlling the Outdoor Unit for details page 96 4 Target evaporating temperature will change as shown in the table below each time SW2 9 is turned ON and OFF SW2 9 m gt ON gt OFF gt ON gt OFF ON Target evaporating 0C 20 gt 46 Y 6C temperature 32 F 28 F 32 F 25 F 32F amil 5 OS is described in this manual however OS does not exist because only a single outdoor unit can be connected in an HVRF system HVVE1113A 89 GB VII Control 1 Defrost start temper 3 ature 8 C 18 F 5 C 23 F Anytime after power on Note 4 Defrost end temper Anytime after power on ature 7 C 45 F 12 C 54 F except during defrost op eration Units that re Function according to switch setting Switch setting timing i Switch Function setting Note 2 Test run mode en A abledidisabled SVV3 2 disabled SVV3 2 enabled Anytime after povver on MIN 4 Note 4 SA A E A Centigrade Fahrenheit Anytime after power on Test run mode ON Sends a test run After power on and when A palos signal to all IC SVV3 1 is on Temperature unit C setting Heating mode selec 7 tion at low outside temperature A eno manes prole COP priority mode Anytime after power on ty mode Model setting Outdoor standard Outdoor high static Before beina eneraized C C High static pressure static pressur
303. r units for use with WP250 YJM A 125 375 HBC controller Note 1 Maximum total capacity of connectable indoor units refers to the sum of the numeric values in the indoor unit model names If the total capacity of the indoor units that are connected to a given outdoor unit exceeds the capacity of the outdoor unit the indoor units will not be able to perform at the rated capacity when they are operated simultaneously Select a combination of units so that the total capacity of the connected indoor units is at or below the capacity of the outdoor unit whenever possible HVVE1113A x e GB II Restrictions 2 Types and Maximum allowable Length of Cables 1 Wiring work 1 Notes 1 Have all electrical work performed by an authorized electrician according to the local regulations and instructions in this man ual 2 Install external transmission cables at least 5cm 1 31 32 away from the power supply cable to avoid noise interference Do not put the control cable and power supply cable in the same conduit tube 3 Provide grounding for the outdoor unit as required 4 Run the cable from the electric box of the indoor or outdoor unit in such way that the box is accessible for servicing 5 Do not connect power supply wiring to the terminal block for transmission line Doing so will damage the electronic compo nents on the terminal block 6 Use 2 core shielded cables as transmission cables Use a separate 2 core contr
304. r uses 4 digit 7 segment LED to display flags There are no check items using dipswitch settings 7SEG LED x o Lrc 3 ECH 10 1 I r O EH mM LD1 Pump in operation LD2 DIP SW 5 4 ON LD3 DIP SW 5 5 ON LD5 72C Jol TL LD7 HB LD8 Microcomputer in operation o o LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 LD7 LD8 2 LED display at initial setting From power on until the completion of initial settings the following information will be displayed on the monitor screen Displays No 1 through No 4 in order repeatedly Software version 0103 Version 1 03 Refrigerant type 2 410 R410A Model and capac ily G HBC controller Communication address 511 Address 51 Note Only item No 1 Software Version appears on the display if there is a wiring failure between the control board and the trans mission line power supply board or if the circuit board has failed HWE1113A 247 GB X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 ay Jo uonipuoo au g llenpiAipui pe ej dsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo hx e dsip ay uo sie d de Palon 6666 0 0000 Aoede 0000001010 0L u00 papueuap 104 J puewap julod oe uoo e dsip ay uo siead de 6666 0 0000 Aoede pueu 0000001001 UO pepueuuJep jou J p uoneoiunuJuJo2 Lamm ls 7571
305. rant circuit Note b When both of the following conditions are met move the power jumper connector on the control board from CN41 to CN40 on only one of the outdoor units 1 No power supply units are connected to the transmission line for centralized control AND 2 No controllers with a power supply function are connected to the system Set the central control switch SW2 1 on the control board of all out door units to ON 5 Address setting method Ad dress setting range Unit or controller Indoor IC unit LOSSNAY 01 to 50 MA Main remote con troller Sub remote con troller Outdoor unit Auxiliary HBC con outdoor troller unit remote controller Sub remote controller 51 to 100 51 to 100 OC Note Note b If TB7 s on the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are not daisy chained connect the transmission line for the central control system to TB7 of the OC Note a To maintain the central control even during an OC failure or a power failure connect TB7 on OC and OS together If there is a problem with the outdoor unit whose power jumper was moved from CN41 to CN40 central control is not possible even if TB7 s are daisy chained Only use shielded cables Shielded cable connection Daisy chain the S terminal on the terminal block TB7 on the out door units OC OS with the shield wire of the shielded cable Short circuit the earth terminal 4 and the S termin
306. re likely it is for the discharge temperature to rise 4 When the amount of refrigerant in the system is adequate the compressor shell temperature is 10 to 60 C 18 to 108 F higher than the low pressure saturation temperature Te gt If the temperature difference between the compressor shell temperature and low pressure saturation temperature Te is smaller than 5 C 9 F an overcharging of refrigerant is suspected 1 2 1 Symptoms Overcharging or undercharging of refrigerant can cause the following symptoms Before attempting to adiust the amount of refrigerant in the system thoroughly check the operating conditions of the system Then adlust the refrigerant amount by running the unit in the refrigerant amount adiust mode The system comes to an abnormal stop displaying 1500 overcharged refrigerant on 1 Overcharged refrigerant the controller The operating frequency does not reach the set frequency and there is a problem with Insufficient refrigerant amount performance The system comes to an abnormal stop displaying 1102 abnormal discharge temper ature on the controller 2 Amount of refrigerant 1 To be checked during operation Operate all indoor units in either cooling only or heating only mode and check such items as discharge temperature subcool ing lovv pressure suction temperature and shell bottom temperature to estimate the amount of refrigerant in the system Discharge
307. rip water Drain wa ter is also discharged from the outdoor unit Install a central Do not install the unit where a large amount of oil or steam ized drainage system if necessary is present or where acidic or alkaline solutions or chemical sprays are used frequently Doing so may lead to a re markable drop in performance electric shock malfunc tions smoke and or fire The presence of organic solvents or corrosive gas i e ammonia sulfur compounds and acid may cause gas leakage or water leakage HWE1113A V GB Before installing the unit moving and reinstalling the unit and performing electrical work N CAUTION Properly ground the unit Periodically check the installation base for damage Do not connect the grounding wire to a gas pipe water pipe If the unit is left on a damaged platform it may fall and lightning rod or grounding wire from a telephone pole Im cause injury proper grounding may result in electric shock smoke fire and or malfunction due to noise interference Properly install the drain pipes according to the in structions in the installation manual Keep them insu Do not put tension on the power supply wires lated to avoid dew condensation If tension is put on the wires they may break and result in Improper plumbing work may result in water leakage and excessive heat smoke and or fire damage to the furnishings Install an earth leakage breaker to avoid the risk of electric
308. risk of explosion Only use nitrogen to check air tightness Refrigerant R410A must be charged in its liquid state If gaseous refrigerant in the cylinder is drawn out first the composition of the remaining refrigerant in the cylinder will change and become unsuitable for use 3 Notes Procure a leak detector that is specifically designed to detect an HFC leak A leak detector for R22 will not detect an HFC R410A leak HWE1113A GB I Read Before Servicing 8 Vacuum Drying Evacuation Photo1 15010H Photo2 14010 Recommended vacuum gauge ROBINAIR 14010 Thermistor Vacuum Gauge 1 Vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve Photo1 To prevent the vacuum pump oil from flowing into the refrigerant circuit during power OFF or power failure use a vacuum pump with a reverse flow check valve A reverse flow check valve may also be added to the vacuum pump currently in use 2 Standard of vacuum degree Photo 2 Use a vacuum pump that attains 0 5Torr 65Pa or lower degree of vacuum after 5 minutes of operation and connect it directly to the vacuum gauge Use a pump well maintained with an appropriate lubricant A poorly maintained vacuum pump may not be able to attain the desired degree of vacuum 3 Required precision of vacuum gauge Use a vacuum gauge that registers a vacuum degree of 5 Torr 650Pa and measures at intervals of 1Torr 130Pa A recom mended vacuum gauge is shown in Photo2 Do not use a commonly used g
309. rmed while the power is on units and turn them on again NO Check the power source of the indoor unit NO 198 264V Faulty power source work Check the transmission line work is performed and the shielded wire is treated properly Grounding fault or does the shielded wire contact with the transmission line Improper transmission line work System with the power supply unit for transmission lines Multiple outdoor unit system Single outdoor unit system Confirm that the power supply Confirm that the power supply connector on the outdoor connector on the outdoor unit is not plugged into CN40 unit is not plugged into CN40 s the male power supply connector connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 on only one of the outdoor unit ls the male power supply connector connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 Disconnect the male power supply on CN40 and connect it to CN41 Tightly reconnect the male power supply connector to the female power supply switch connector CN40 For the investigation method follow lt Investigation method of transmission wave shape noise gt Investigation into the transmission line noise Noise exist Controller failure of the source of the error Investigation into the cause of the noise Correct the error HWE1113A 167 GB IX Troubleshooting
310. rollers used in the system in which the indoor units connected to different outdoor units are grouped 6 The power of the outdoor unit to be confirmed has been cut off The power of the outdoor unit to be confirmed has been cut off When the indoor units connected to different outdoor units are grouped without MELANS the male power supply connector is not connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the trans mission line for centralized control The male power supply connectors on 2 or more out 1 door units are connected to the female power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control In the system to which MELANS is connected the 12 male power supply connector is connected to the fe male power supply switch connector CN40 for the transmission line for centralized control Short circuit of the transmission line for centralized control HWE1113A 198 Confirm the address of unit to be coupled Check the connection of transmission line Check voltage of the terminal block for transmission line of the unit to be coupled Normal if voltage is between DC17 and 30V Check 4 in case other than 1 Check for the main power of LOSSNAY Check the power supply of the outdoor unit which is coupled with the unit to be confirmed Check that the transmission line for centralized control TB7 of the outdoor unit is not disconnect ed Check voltage of the
311. rs when the current temperature range setting is between 19 C and 30 C in the Cool Dry mode and the lower limit temperature is selected to be set Press button TIMER SET A or V to set the lower limit temperature to the desired temperature Settable range for the lower limit temperature 19 C 30 C Settable up to the upper limit temperature that is shown on the display Settable range for the upper limit temperature 30 C 19 C Settable up to the lower limit temperature that is shown on the display 2 Temperature range setting for heating 4 and the settable temperature range for heating appear on the display As with the Cool Dry mode use the 6 CLOCK ON OFF button and the 4 TIMER SET A or 7 to set the temperature range Settable range for the lower limit temperature 17 C lt gt 28 C Settable up to the upper limit temperature that is shown on the display Settable range for the upper limit temperature 28 C lt gt 17 C Settable up to the lower limit temperature that is shown on the display 3 Temperature range setting for the automatic mode When connected to the air conditioning units that do not support the automatic operation mode the setting for this mode is invalid ER and the temperature range for the automatic operation mode appear on the display As with the Cool Dry mode use the 5 CLOCK ON OFF button and the 4 TIMER SET A or V7 to set the temperature range S
312. running state X Y Relay coil 2 0 9W DC12V 1 Optional part PAC SC37SA E or field supply Contact rating current gt 0 1A Minimum applicable load lt 1mA at DC Snow sensor The outdoor fan runs when X is closed in stop mode or thermostat mode 2 Optional part PAC SC36NA E or field supply Ee i ii EE CN8S Outdoor unit Distant control 1777 Adapter iod control board board elay circuit gaua 1 Etage unit T pem E control board 15 2 CN51 2 l l o _ Leer zil I in the field Maximum cable Preparations I in the field Maximum cable length is 10m length is 10m x X Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V B y o att E et o ii Relay circuit Adapter 2 Outdoor unit control board CN3N 1 Noma ON Coating Heating l X Cooling Heating 1 Y Validity Invalidity of X LPreparations l X Y Relay Contact rating voltage gt DC15V in the field Maximum cable Contact rating current gt 0 1A length is 10m Minimum applicable load lt 1mA at DC 2 Optional part PAC SC36NA E or field supply 6510110100 ee vele TEO dr eeh e e NS SS deo NS NO SA ees o o Outdoor unit E Outdoor unit cir
313. ry again button C x7 or A to advance or go back through the addresses Select the address of the LOSSNAY unit to be interlocked by pressing button TIMER SET 7 or A to advance or go back through the interlocked unit addresses Successful completion of registration 0 8 Make the settings to interlock LOSSNAY units with indoor units Press button O TEST while both the indoor unit address and the address of the LOSSNAY units to be interlocked are displayed to enter the interlock setting Interlock setting can also be made by bringing up the LOSSNAY address in the indoor unit address display lt Deletion error gt window and the indoor unit address in the interlocked unit address display window If registration is successfully completed the two displays as shown on the left will appear alternately If the registration fails EE will blink on the display Indicates that the selected address does not have a corresponding unit EE blinks to indicate a registration error Indicates that selected address does not have a corresponding unit Displayed alternately 5 To register the addresses for multiple indoor units repeat steps 3 and 4 above S To search for an address go to section 2 Address Search To next page Interlock all the indoor units in the group with the LOSSNAY units otherwise the LOSSNAY units will not operate
314. s for Condition 3 to be met the actual defrost prohibit time for the next defrost cycle is 50 minutes if the last defrost cycle took 12 minutes HWE1113A 99 GB VII Control 3 Defrost cycle Outdoor Unit Dip switch set ting Operation mode Heating only Heating only Outdoor unit fre 103Hz quency er than 3 way valve and water flow rate LEV2 A un 21S4Ma OFF PUMP2 Scheduled control Command value Scheduled con 10096 trol HBC controller 3 Dip svvitch SW3 10 ON vvay valve and vvater 1 setting flovv rate control I I valve Indoor unit Heating Thermo Heating Thermo Cooling Thermo Cooling Thermo mode ON OFF OFF MV1a h Scheduled control Scheduled control MV2a h Scheduled control Scheduled control FCV3a h Scheduled control Scheduled control Scheduled control HBC controller 3 Dip switch SW3 10 OFF way valve and water setting flow rate control valve Indoor unit Heating Thermo Heating Thermo Cooling Thermo Cooling Thermo mode ON OFF OFF MV1a h Scheduled control Scheduled control MV2a h Scheduled control Scheduled control Bypass defrost Heat recovery defrost SW3 10 ON SVV3 10 OFF 1600 I Z Z UJ HWE1113A 100 G VII Control 4 Recovering from Defrost The setting of the dip switch 3 10 determines the defrost method bypass defrost or heat recovery defrost As shown in the following flow chart th
315. s not installed properly the unit may fall and cause serious injury to the person or damage to the unit HWE1113A GB N WARNING Securely attach the terminal block cover panel to the unit If the terminal block cover panel is not installed properly dust and or water may infiltrate and pose a risk of electric shock smoke and or fire After completing the service work check for a gas leak Ifleaked refrigerant is exposed to a heat source such as a fan heater stove or electric grill poisonous gases may be produced Only use the type of refrigerant that is indicated on the unit when installing or reinstalling the unit Infiltration of any other type of refrigerant or air into the unit may adversely affect the refrigerant cycle and may cause the pipes to burst or explode When installing the unit in a small room exercise cau tion and take measures against leaked refrigerant reaching the limiting concentration Consult your dealer with any questions regarding limiting concentrations and for precautionary measures before in stalling the unit Leaked refrigerant gas exceeding the lim iting concentration causes oxygen deficiency Consult your dealer or a specialist when moving or re installing the unit Improper installation may result in water leakage electric shock and or fire HWE1113A Do not try to defeat the safety features of the unit Forced operation of the pressure switch or the
316. s of SW5 1 through SW5 4 on the control board Check the connector CNTYP5 on the control board for proper connection Check the connector CNTYP4 on the control board for proper connection Detail code Miscellaneous If a set model name identification error occurs check the detail code on the unit on which the error occurred The detail code that appears on other units will be dif ferent from the ones shown above HWE1113A 190 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Troubleshooting according to the remote controller malfunction or the external input error In the case of MA remote controller 1 Phenomena Even if the operation button on the remote controller is pressed the display remains unlit and the unit does not start run ning Power indicator O does not appear on the screen 1 Cause 1 The power is not supplied to the indoor unit The main power of the indoor unit is not on The connector on the indoor unit board has come off The fuse on the indoor unit board has melted Transformer failure and disconnected wire of the indoor unit 2 Incorrect wiring for the MA remote controller Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block Short circuited MA remote controller wiring Incorrect wiring of the MA remote controller cables e ncorrect connection of the MA remote wiring to the terminal block for transmission line TB5 on the indoor unit Wiring mix
317. s of remote controllers ME remote controller which is connected on the indoor outdoor transmission line and MA remote controller which is connected to each indoor unit 1 Comparison of functions and specifications between MA and ME remote controllers Functions specifications MA remote controller 17 ME remote controller Remote controller address Remote controller address settings Not Not required Required unit address set Not 2 required Al by a system AA tings with one outdoor unit 4 VViring method Non polarized 2 core cable Non polarized 2 core cable s To perform a group operation daisy chain the indoor units using non polar ized 2 core cables Remote controller connection Connectable to any indoor unit in the Connectable anyvvhere on the indoor out group door transmission line Interlock with the ventilation unit Each indoor unit can individually be in 1 Each indoor unit can individually be inter terlocked with a ventilation unit Set up locked with a ventilation unit Set up via via remote controller in the group remote controller Changes to be made upon group MA remote controller vviring between in Either the indoor unit address and remote ing change door units requires revviring controller address must both be changed or the registration information must be changed via MELANS 1 MA remote controller refers to MA remote controller PAR 20MAA PAR 21MAA MA simple remote
318. samod 10 99uu00 ee pejoauuoosiq au yo uo 90 q ey onuoo yun O SIM pejoeuuoosiq Joopur ay ase day SA 4A llonuoo ejouje1 ay ON JO 9JIM pejoeuuoosiq amp AY9C 86LO0V SA abeyon iddns dc P p lldde si ou Ji AQ pue p lidde si eDeyo eu J 2QA 1 6 S34 8 pue v 6181 syoolq jeu J9 101JU09 V N 94 uee eq eDeyo eu payo SS JO Z 59 JEN I syun z Bue pJeoq 04juoo Mun Joopul ay eoejdesJ Je joruoo BJOWS ay JO BU JO VIN SU jo Jequinu y s oq ON pJeoq oluoo Mun Joopul ay eoejdesJ 4J lo uoo SHA SY JO ous uoneJedo ay d y spuoo s 07 Ayana jeyeuuxoudde Spuooes JO Z JO SYullq MI PABOQ Ioluoo jun qoopul v uo 14418 pJeoq Ioluoo JOOPU ay JO J9 01JuO9 eoejdes SA 1 si amod at U UM Jn290 10119 ue seog uou uuou ud Z OL Uoueuioueug l OL 19 101JuO9 ejouJaJ V N T E au paeoxa yun JOopu Ue 0 Paj9auuos gt SHA ale ey SJ oJ uo2 paljdde si abeyon ou y AQ pue peidde si ou J DANEL 6 1 SHA M n Meeuusodde SJn220 OU US UM 9 UC oo pJeoq JO4JUOD JUN JOOPUI ay eoejdes SHUN JOOPU 134 0 Ul SIN99O 10119 OU JU 9949 jun Joopul bey ed
319. setting range 2 To set the outdoor unit address or the auxiliary outdoor unit address to 100 set the rotary switches to 50 3 To set the ME remote controller address to 200 set the rotary switches to 00 4 Some models of indoor units have two or three control boards Assign an address to the No 1 No 2 and No 3 control boards so that the No 2 control board address equals the No 1 control board address plus 1 and that the No 3 control board address equals the No 1 control board address plus 2 5 The outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit are automatically designated as OC and OS They are designated as OC and OS in the descending order of capacity ascending order of address if the capacities are the same 6 No address settings are required for units in a system with a single outdoor unit with some exceptions Address setting is required if a sub BC controller is connected T f a given address overlaps any of the addresses that are assigned to other units use a different unused address within the setting range ST SC TR SC SC HWE1113A zd GB II Restrictions 1 2 Power supply switch connector connection on the outdoor unit Factory setting The male power supply switch connector is connected to CN41 There are limitations on the total number of units that are connectable to each refrigerant system Refer to the DATABOOK for details System configura Connection to Power supply un
320. so LL een o ILLI _ _ _ u __ emen e Ajeno v OM PASANDO 01000000 x o o Sun ft Di 082 LL NS ft Duo 22 x o j LL eint Lass pu a a a a 6565650 a n eve ST i 00008 uro Duo ro Eo o oo ol eene e r RUM so oo sm a em sn m em zm ta ME Le ON 101 19 1oJ q ejeq L8Z I CN co CN HVVE1113A pe ejdsip SI wuaj s s jueJe61JeJ ay jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU Y sod nd uonejo4 6666 01 0000 40 10SseJduJoo jo uul OLOOLOLLOO 00 yu siyun ay uoneJedo x o O O ewe ex x a a a x E a ff 004000 962 s IBID y 1SAO1 V V 6666 0 0000 sjue e dols 0LOOLOOLLI 962 He s Jo Jequinu 4 s 5 p y s ddn l uul si yun eu p V V 6666 01 0000 sjue e 0015 0100100110 POZ dn 31e s je dn jJunoo UEIS Jo Jequunu oo sm m em s m em a ta ME UJ9 ON syJeuay 47 L Ae dsiq 10 19 1oJ q ejeq X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board 263 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board p eldsip s uu s s Jue1 BiuJ 1 v Jo uonipuoo u g Ajenpriaipur p e dsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo OU V LL gt ff ff gt 144 4 L 777777 LL geen ez LL aos e ross 02 rre ese
321. sponding to Error Display on the Remote Controller 1 Error Code Serial communication error 2 Error definition and error detection method Serial communication error between the control board and the INV board on the compressor and between the control board and the Fan board Detail code 01 Between the control board and the INV board Detail code 05 Between the control board and the Fan board 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Faulty wiring Check the following wiring connections 1 Between Control board and Fan board Control board FAN board N4 2 Between Fan board and INV board FAN board INV board CN22 CN2 CN5V CN4 2 INV board failure Fan board failure and Control board failure Replace the INV board or the Fan board or control board when the power turns on automatically even if the power source is reset Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 133 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code Discharge temperature fault Error definition and error detection method Ifthe discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected during the above operation the first detection the outdoor unit stops once turns to anti restart mode for 3 minutes and restarts after 3 minutes automatically If the discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected again the second detection wi
322. ss as shovvn belovv A To make group settings Interlocked unit address display vvindovv Remote controller address Indoor unit address display window The address of the indoor unit to be controlled with the remote controller B To make interlock settings Interlocked unit address display window LOSSNAY address Indoor unit address display window The address of the indoor unit to be interlocked with the LOSSNAY 2 Remote controller function selection via the ME remote controller In the remote controller function selection mode the settings for four types of functions can be made or changed as necessary 1 Skip Auto Mode setting The automatic operation mode that is supported by some simultaneous cooling heating type units can be made unselectable via the ME remote controller 2 Operation mode display selection mode Display or non display of COOL HEAT during automatic operation mode When the automatic operation mode is selected the indoor unit will automatically perform a cooling or heating operation based on the room temperature In this case ET x or E LT will appear on the remote controller display gt This setting can be changed so that only f j will appear on the display 3 Room temperature display selection mode Display or non display of room temperature Although the suction temperature is normally displayed on the remote controller the setting can be changed so that it will not appear on t
323. st operation 30 seconds after frequency control based on discharge temperature or pressure limit The amount of frequency change The amount of frequency change is controlled to approximate the target value based on the evaporation temperature Te and condensing temperature Tc HWE1113A 98 GB VII Control 5 Defrost Operation Control 1 Defrost cycle type The defrost cycle has following two types Bypass defrost that is the same method as that used in a VRF system and heat recovery defrost default that the heat is collected from the water circuit and the defrost cycle ends early The following figure shows the refrigerant flow for the bypass defrost In the bypass defrost method LEV1 and 2 are closed and the heat is not exchanged between the refrigerant and water In the heat recovery defrost method the defrost cycle ends early because the heat is caught from the water The basic defrost method is the heat recovery defrost with the dip switch 3 10 on the HBC turned OFF default The bypass defrost may be performed depending on the water temperature Setting the dip switch 3 10 to ON performs the bypass defrost HBC refrigerant system HBC water system Water pressure protection valves TH34 TH37 2 Y Water pump WP2 Heating main heat exchanger Water Water Cooling main heat exchanger TH32 Lovv pressure pipe Refrigerant Refrigerant TH35 TH36 2 k 4 High pressure
324. t Remote controller unit Example In case of address 108 5 id Address setting range Setting method Main remote controller 101 150 Add 100 to the smallest address of all the indoor units in the same group Sub remote controller 151 200 Add 150 to the smallest address of all the indoor units in the same group Setting of rotary switch Address No 01 99 101 199 with the 100 s digit automatically being set to i ON 1 Atfactory shipment the rotary switch is set to 01 2 The address range that can be set with the ME remote controller is between 101 and 200 When the dials are set to a number between 01 and 99 the 100 s digit is automatically set to 1 When the dials are set to 00 the 100 s digit is automatically set to 2 To set addresses use a precision slotted screw driver 2 0 mm 0 08 in w and do not apply than 19 6N The use of any other tool or applying too much load may damage the switch HWE1113A 94 GB VII Control 4 Switch functions lt HBC controller gt Control board Function according to switch setting Switch setting tim OFF ON ing l Always leave this SVM1 ON fixed l Any time after be Pressure sensor Error codes are not sent to Error codes are sent to out Any time after be backup outdoor units door units ing energized Heat recovery de Available Before being ener frost gized Test run air vent Adina ier ba mode before strain Not available Availab
325. t 2 Tester restriction Use the tester whose internal electrical power source is 1 5V or greater Use the dry battery powered tester Note The accurate diode specific resistance cannot be measured with the button battery powered card tester as the applied volt age is low Use a low range tester if possible A more accurate resistance can be measured HWE1113A 225 GB IX Troubleshooting Judgment value reference N m su s en rm ro 5 200 ohm 5 200 ohm Black SC L3 SC P2 60775 5 200 ohm 5 200 ohm 5 200 ohm euer SC V INV board external diagram 5 200 ohm 5 200 ohm SC P2 SC P1 O SSES IN YE O Hj d m m E CAUTION FOR 1 2 CNB 3 HIGH VOLTAGE L EE D ga ny iF Ba Ss wee E GE R H 4 YO CN90 WE Ra oo HL mi N I A i 2 R10 O 8 gun A Hak o on zu um te d SC P2 x v BE Uc 8 W PN
326. t takes about 10 minutes to discharge electricity after the power supply is turned off HWE1113A 54 ic GB III Outdoor Unit Components 4 Fan board
327. t will go into operation regardless of its operation status before plug Mes power off power failure In approx 5 minutes Indoor unit will remain stopped regardless of its operation status before power off power failure Automatic restoration Indoor unit will go into operation if it was in operation when the power was ON OFF after power failure turned off or cut off due to power failure In approx 5 minutes 1 Do not cut off power to the outdoor unit Cutting off the power supply to the outdoor unit will cut off the power supply to the belt heater and may cause the compressor to malfunction when the unit is put back into operation 2 Not applicable to units with a built in drain pump or humidifier 3 Models with a built in drain pump cannot be turned on off by the plug individually All the units in the same refrigerant circuits will be turned on or off by the plug 4 Requires that the dipswitch settings for all the units in the group be made 5 To control the external input to and output from the air conditioners with the PLC software for general equipment via the AG 150A GB 50ADA or G B 50A set SW1 9 and SW1 10 to ON With these settings made the power start stop function becomes dis abled To use the auto recovery function after power failure while these settings are made set SW1 5 to ON HWE1113A 25 GB II Restrictions 6 Miscellaneous settings Cooling only setting for the indoor unit Coolin
328. table indoor units are shown in the graph below lt Specified voltage Minimum 100 connectable Connectable capacity capacity Note The specified voltage changes with the load on the indoor unit side A sample is shown in the graph above 1 Periodic specified voltage control 1 Periodic control cycle Specified voltage control is performed after the following times have elapsed Thirty seconds after either compressor startup or the completion of the defrost cycle 2 The amount of frequency change The amount of specified voltage change is controlled to approximate the target value based on the target temperature differ ence HWE1113A 106 GB VII Control 2 4 way valve control 4 way valves 21S4M a b turn on or off according to the operation mode For 21S4Ma ON indicates switching to the cooling side and OFF indicates switching to the heating side For 21S4Mb ON indicates switching to the heating side and OFF indicates switching to the cooling side For 21S4Ma ON indicates switching to the cooling side and OFF indicates switching to the heating side For 21S4Mb ON indicates switching to the heating side and OFF indicates switching to the cooling side When energized ON When de energized OFF 2 4 vvay valve mode 21S4Ma 21S4Mb Heating only Warm heating or Defrost Defrost The status before defrosting The status before defrosting maintained maintained S
329. tch connector CN40 on the outdoor unit 4 Disconnected M NET transmission line on the indoor unit 5 Disconnected wire between the terminal block for M NET line TB5 of the indoor unit and the indoor unit board CN2M or disconnected connector 6 Incorrect wiring for the MA remote controller Short circuited wire for the MA remote controller Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller No 2 and disconnected line to the terminal block Reversed daisy chain connection between groups e ncorrect wiring for the MA remote controller to the terminal block for transmission line connection TB5 on the indoor unit The M NET transmission line is connected incorrectly to the terminal block TB15 for the MA remote controller 7 The sub main setting of the MA remote controller is set to sub 8 20r more main MA remote controllers are connected 9 Indoor unit board failure MA remote controller communication circuit 10 Remote controller failure 11 Outdoor unit failure Refer toIX 8 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display page 239 2 Check method and remedy 1 When 2 and 3 above apply check code 7102 will be displayed on the self diagnosis LED Same symptom for all units in 2 NO system with one outdoor unit Check the self diagnosis LED ls the error code 710 displayed Measure voltages of the terminal block for transmissio line TB5 on the indoor unit Check 4 Check 2 and 3
330. ted to a port and there is a discrepancy in the operation mode between the indoor unit and the port the operation will be prohibited Operation mode blinks on the remote controller the Fan stops indoor unit LEV becomes fully closed HWE1113A 111 GB VII Control 2 Outdoor unit cooling only heating only cooling main and heating main modes Normal operation Error Unit in the stopped state HO PLEASE WAIT blinks on the remote controller Note Indoor units registered to the gt NO remote controller e YES Protection function YES self holding cancelled Operation mode Cooling only Heating only Mixture of units in cooling and heating Note 2 1 52C1 4 way valve OFF YES 2 Inverter output 0Hz Error mode NO 3 Fan stop 52C1 ON 4 All solenoid valves OFF Note 3 U Mixture of units in cooling and heating Operation mode Error display on the outdoor unit LED Operation mode Heating Only Cooling Main Operation command to the HBC controller Self holding of protection function Operation command Cooling Only to the HBC controller Heating Main Note 1 For approximately three minutes after power on a search for the outdoor unit address HBC controller address indoor unit address and remote controller address and group information is performed While this process is performed HO and PLEASE WAIT blink on the
331. temperature is high Normal discharge temperature is below 95 C 203 F Slightly under l charged refrigerant Low pressure is unusually low Suction superheat is large Normal suction superheat is less than 20 C 36 F Compressor shell bottom temperature is high The difference between the compressor shell bottom temperature and low pressure saturation temperature Te is greater than 60 C 108 F Discharge superheat is small Normal discharge superheat is greater than 10 C 18 F Slightly overcharged refrigerant Compressor shell bottom temperature is low The difference between the compressor shell bot tom temperature and low pressure saturation temperature Te is less than 5 C 9 F HWE1113A 121 GB VIII Test Run Mode 3 Amount of refrigerant to be added The amount of refrigerant that is shown in the table below is factory charged to the outdoor units The amount necessary for extended pipe field piping is not included and must be added on site Outdoor unit model WP200 WP250 Amountofpre charged refrigerant in the outdoor unit kg ep Gei 1 Calculation formula The amount of refrigerant to be added depends on the size and the length of field piping unit in m ft Amount of added refrigerant kg 0 16 x L4 0 11 x L2 01 L4 Length of 219 05 3 4 high pressure pipe m L5 Length of 215 88 5 8 high pressure pipe m Q4 Refer to the table below Amount for th
332. ter pump exceeds the specific range Pump discharge port TH34 TH35 gt 53 C 127 F 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Water circuit is clogged 1 Check for tightened water flow rate control valves or field installed valves Water leaks from the water circuit Check the pump for proper sound If there is air in the circuit it makes a noise Air infiltration through the air vent valve 3 Check that any air vent valves are not installed in the water circuit on the suction side water pump If an air vent valve is installed in the water circuit on the suc tion side water pump it will cause the air infiltration Broken or semi broken thermistor wire 4 Check for a broken thermistor wire Thermistor failure 5 Check the resistance of the thermistor 0 C 82 F 6 0kO 10 C 50 F 3 9kO 20 C 68 F 2 6kO 30 C 86 F 1 8kO 40 C 104 F 1 3kO 6 Semi broken pump wire 6 Check for semi broken pump wires If a sudden water leak occurs replace the water pressure protection valves because they may be the cause HWE1113A 140 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain pump fault Models with a drain sensor 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 Make the drain sensor thermistor self heat If the temperature rise is small it is interpreted that the sensor is immersed in water This condition is considered to be a preliminary error and the unit goes into the 3 minute restart delay m
333. the refrigerant or the refrigerating machine oil left on these tools are mixed in with R410A it may cause the re frigerating machine oil to deteriorate elnfiltration of water may cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate Gas leak detectors for conventional refrigerants will not detect an R410A leak because R410A is free of chlorine Do not use a charging cylinder If a charging cylinder is used the composition of the refrig erant will change and the unit may experience power loss Exercise special care when handling the tools for use with R410A Infiltration of dust dirt or water into the refrigerant system may cause the refrigerating machine oil to deteriorate ill GB Before installing the unt N WARNING Do notinstall the unit where a gas leak may occur When installing the unit in a hospital take appropriate measures to reduce noise interference If gaseous refrigerant leaks and piles up around the unit it may be ignited High frequency medical equipment may interfere with the normal operation of the air conditioner or vice versa artifacts or for other special purposes Do notinstall the unit on or over things that cannot get Do notuse the unit to keep food items animals plants The unit is not designed to preserve food products wet When the humidity level exceeds 80 or if the drainage Do not use the unit in an unusual environment system is clogged the indoor unit may d
334. the transmission booster is not cut off by the booster being connected to the switch on the indoor unit The unit will not function properly unless the transmission booster is turned on Power resetting of the transmission booster gt Reset the power to the outdoor unit and outdoor unit Wiring failure between OC and OS Confirm that the TB3 on the OC and OS are properly connected Broken wire between OC and OS Check the model selection switch on the out l door unit Dipswitch SW5 7 on the control The model selection switch SW5 7 on the board outdoor unit is set to OFF Normally set to ON 1 Error Code Remote controller sensor fault 2 Error definition and error detection method This error occurs when the temperature data is not sent although the remote controller sensor is specified 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Indoor unit The remote controller without the temperature Replace the remote controller with the one OA process sensor the wireless remote controller or the with built in temperature sensor ing unit ME compact remote controller mounted type is used and the remote controller sen sor for the indoor unit is specified SW1 1 is ON HVVE1113A 188 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Function setting error incorrect resistor connection 2 Error source cause check method and remedy Error source Check method and remedy Outdoor unit 1
335. the unit via the remote controller Note Items 1 3 and 4 7 are detected independently from each other Note The address and attribute that appear on the remote controller are those of the indoor unit or OA processing unit that caused the error 3 Cause check method and remedy 1 Drain pump failure Check for proper functioning of the drain pump Drain water drainage problem Check for proper drainage Clogged drain pump Clogged drain piping Adhesion of water drops to the drain sensor Check for proper lead wire installation Trickling of water along the lead wire Rippling of drain water caused by filter clogging Gaadi a Indoor unit control board failure If the above item checks out OK replace the indoor unit Drain pump drive circuit failure control board Drain heater output circuit failure Items 1 through 4 above and an indoor unit elec Check the solenoid valves on the indoor unit for leaks tronic valve closure failure leaky valve occurred si multaneously HWE1113A 141 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Drain pump fault Models with a float switch 2 Error definition and error detection method 1 The immersion of sensor tip in water is detected by the ON OFF signal from the float switch Submergence of the sensor When it is detected that the float switch has been ON for 15 seconds it is interpreted that the sensor tip is immersed in water Sensor in the air When it
336. them in parallel Observe the maximum number of connectable indoor units that are listed in the specifications for each outdoor unit Number of transmission booster sold separately required HWE1113A 11 26 27 42 43 50 units units units 1 When a power supply unit is connected to the transmission line for centralized control leave the power jumper connec tor on CN41 as it is factory setting Maximum allowable length Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 3 Transmission line for centralized control Same as 5 4 ME remote controller wiring Maximum overall line length 0 3 to 1 25mm AWG22 to 161 m1 10m 32ft m2 m3 lt 10m 32ft If the standard supplied cable must be extended use a cable with a diameter of 1 25mm AWG16 The section of the cable that exceeds 10m 32ft must be included in the maximum indoor outdoor transmission line distance described in 1 When connected to the terminal block on the Simple re mote controller use cables that meet the following cable size specifications 0 75 1 25 mm AWG18 16 Maximum line distance via outdoor unit 1 25 mm AWG16 or large Same as 5 4 GB II Restrictions 1 4 Wiring method 1 3 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 2 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 2 Transmission line for centralized control Same as 5 4 Shielded cable connection Same as 5 4 ME remote controller wiring
337. thin 30 minutes after the second stop of the outdoor unit described above the mode will be changed to 3 minute restart mode then the outdoor unit will restart in 3 minutes If the discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected the third detection within 30 minutes after the stop of the outdoor unit described above regardless of the first or the second stop the outdoor unit will make an error stop and the error code 1102 will be displayed If the discharge temperature of 120 C 248 F or more is detected more than 30 minutes after the previous stop of the outdoor unit the detection is regarded as the first detection and the operation described in step 1 above vvill start For 30 minutes after the stop the first stop or the second stop of the outdoor unit preliminary errors vvill be displayed on the LED display Cause check method and remedy 1 Gas leak gas shortage Refer to the page on refrigerant amount evaluation page 121 2 Overload operation Check operating conditions and operation status of indoor outdoor units 3 LEV failure on the indoor unit Perform a heating operation and check the operation Cooling LEV on the indoor unit 4 HBC controller LEV malfunction HBC controller LEV1 2 3 Cooling only LEV3 SVM1 Cooling main LEV1 3 Heating LEV on the indoor unit Heating only or heating HBC controller LEV1 2 3 main LEV3 SVM1 Defrost LEV1 2 3 Refer to the page on troubleshooting LEV p
338. ting of the MA remote controllers One of them must be set to MAIN Diagnose the remote controller described in the remote controller installation manual OK no problems with the remote controller check the wiring regulations NG Replace the MA remote controller 6832 6833 ERC Due to noise interference Go to 6 Check wave shape noise on MA remote controller line by following IX 3 Investigation of Transmission Wave Shape Noise page 204 When no problems are found with items 1 through 6 replace the indoor unit board or the MA remote controller The following status can be confirmed on LED1 and 2 on the indoor unit board If LED1 is lit the main power source of the indoor unit is turned on If LED2 is lit the MA remote controller line is being powered HWE1113A 180 GB IX Troubleshooting Error Code MA remote controller signal transmission error Hardware error Error definition and error detection method Communication between the MA remote controller and the indoor unit is not done properly An error occurs when the transmitted data and the received data differ for 30 times in a row Cause Contact failure of the remote controller lines of MA remote controller or the indoor unit 2 or more remote controllers are set to MAIN Overlapped indoor unit address Noise interference on the remote controller lines Failure to meet wiring regulations Wire length Wire size Number of remote co
339. tion after test run by cleaning the strainers inside the HBC controller Refer to other sections for how to perform a test run 3 Connecting pipes made of different materials Connecting pipes used for HBC controller and indoor unit are copper alloy pipes If steel pipes are connected tothe pipes the contact surface will corrode Do not use steel pipes to avoid corrosion 4 Residual air Residual air in the pipe results in water pump malfunction noise or water pipe corrosion in the water circuit Ensure air is purged before use Refer to other sections for how to perform air vent operation HWE1113A 16 GB I Read Before Servicing 3 Correction by brine concentration In HYBRID CITY MULTI system brine should be used to prevent the system from freezing Refer to the following graphs for the capacity correction by brine Refer to 1 for brine concentration 2 and 3 for capacity correction by brine concentration 1 Brine concentration Use propylene glycol solution for antifreeze Refer to the following graph to estimate the brine concentration required for freeze protection Freezing Temperature C 20 30 40 50 Brine concentration wt 2 Capacity correction by brine concentration cooling PURY WP200 250YJM A 1 gt 0 98 0 98 o 4 0 97 8 0 97 9 0 96 0 96 2 E O 0 94 5 0 94 Ba o DE 0 9 0 9 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 Brine concentration wt
340. tion in the system in trouble only in one system Heating only Cooling only or Heating onl Cooling only Check that SVM1 is ON Check that SVM1 is OFF sn on YES Check SVMA YES Note 1 Check that LEV1 and 2 are Check that LEV1 and 2 are controlling the superheat controlling the subcool NO NO Superheat control OK Subcool control OK YES Note 1 Check LEVI YES Check whether LEV3 is controlling superheat Superheat control OK YES Z o E O Note 1 Check that LEV3 is fully open LEV3 fully open YE S Check LEV3 heck that MCV1 and MCV2 are in the Check that MCV1 and MCV2 are in the standard position standard position S CV1 and MCV2 NO NO CV1 and MCV2 standard position standard position YE Check that FCV is controlling the water temperature difference YES Check that FCV is controlling the water temperature difference Check MCV1 and MCV2 Water temperature control OK 1 Water temperature control YES YES Check FCV Completed Note 1 Reter to Chapter Control for superheat subcool and water temperature difference HWE1113A 218 GB IX Troubleshooting Troubleshooting flow chart for solenoid valve body Check for pins not fully inserted on the connector and check the colors of the lead wires visually Intermediate connector Control board Ma Repalr the fault Pull out the connector from the board and ch
341. tions Repair fault NO I YES Note 1 On the self diagnosis monitor measure Outdoor high pressure 63HS1 Outdoor low pressure 63LS e HBC controller pressure P1 liquid side Check whether the result is 63HS1 gt P1 gt 63LS unit and the BC controller YES 10 minutes or longer after g reso Ng l Check P1 on the self diagnosis LED and check that the pressure reading is 0 098 MPa 14 psi or above l Check whether the refrigerant pipe and the transmission line are connected correctly between the indoor Fix the relation between the refrigerant piping and the transmission line Note 2 NO Check whether the contact of the pressure sensor connector in trouble is not faulty Check that the difference between each detected pressure is 0 098MPa 14psi or less oe YES Both the board and the pressure sensor are normal Check whether the refrigerant pipe and the transmission line are connected correctly between the indoor unit and the BC controller NO Is Pd gt P1 Ps YES Fix the relation between the refrigerant piping and the transmission line HWE1113A 2244 I gt Remove the pressure sensor connector from the board and check the pressure NO U Pressure 0MPa 0psi YES Short circuit between connecter pins 2 and 3 on the circuit board and check the pressure
342. to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 1 Error Code 4250 4255 IPM error Detail code 101 2 Error definition and error detection method In the case of 4250 Overcurrent is detected by the overcurrent detection resistor RSH on the INV board In the case of 4255 IPM error signal is detected 3 Cause check method and remedy In the case of 4250 Cause Check method and remedy 1 Inverter output related Refer to IX 4 7 2 1 4 page 222 Check the IGBT module resistance value of the INV board if no problems are found Refer to the Trouble shooting for IGBT module page 225 In the case of 4255 Cause Check method and remedy 1 Fan motor abnormality Refer to IX 4 7 2 5 page 223 2 Fan board failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 6 page 223 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 153 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Instantaneous overcurrent Detail code 106 Overcurrent effective value Detail code 107 2 Error definition and error detection method Overcurrent is detected by the current sensor 94 Apeak or at least 35 Arms 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Inverter output related Refer to IX 4 7 2 1 4 page 222 Check the IGBT mod
343. topped Stopped Operation mode change Mixture of units in cooling and heating Cooling only Heating only Mixture of units in cooling and heating No 3 or 4 21S4Ma OFF 21S4Mb OFF Operation mode change Cooling only Switches to the mild cooling control No 2 2154 OFF 21S4Mb OFF The the control mode is SS gt 30 minutes Heating only Switches to the mild heating control No 5 21S4Ma OFF 21S4Mb OFF The the control mode is uru gt 30 minutes The opening of 2 vvay valve The opening of 2 vvay valve FCV3 is too large FCV is too large Svvitches to the cooling control No 1 Svvitches to the heating control No 6 2154 ON 21S4Mb OFF 21S4Ma OFF 21S4Mb ON Note 1 Select the installation site carefully as some noise may be produced when the 4 way valve is switched Install the unit in a place where the noise from the unit will not be problem Install the indoor units and HBC controller at least 5m 16 6 16ft away from each other when installing in a space with low background noise e g hotel rooms Install the unit in the ceiling of an area that are not always occupied by people e g hallway office kitchen restrooms Do not install the unit in the middle of a room 2 The elapsed time is used to reduce the switching frequency of the control modes between No 1 or No 6 AND No 3 or No 4 3 Capacity
344. tor Discharge Detects discharge air temper ature Provides high pressure pro tection 0 C 32 F 698kohm 10 C 50 F 413kohm 20 C 68 F 250kohm 30 C 86 F 160kohm 40 C 104 F 104kohm 50 C 122 F 7Okohm 60 C 140 F 48kohm 70 C 158 F 34kohm 80 C 176 F 24kohm 90 C 194 F 17 5kohm 100 C 212 F 13 0kohm 110 C 230 F 9 8kohm HWE1113A cB Low pressure shell scroll compressor Wirewound resistance 20 C 68 F 0 323 ohm Pressure 63HS1 0 4 15 MPa 601psi Vout 0 5 3 5V 0 071V 0 098 MPa 14psi Pressure MPa 1 38 x Vout V 0 69 Pressure psi 1 38 x Vout V 0 69 x 145 1 GND Black Vout White Vcc DC5V Red Pressure 0 1 7 MPa 247psi Vout 0 5 3 5V 0 173V 0 098 MPa 14psi Pressure MPa 70 566 x Vout V 0 283 nector Pressure psi 0 566 x Vout V 0 283 x 145 1 GND Black Vout White Vcc DC5V Red 4 15MPa 601psi OFF set ting Degrees Celsius R120 7 465kO R25 120 4057 Rt 1 1 7 465exp14057 573 75 393 Resistance check GB VI Refrigerant Circuit Part Symbols e Check meth Thermis TH3 Controls defrosting during heating Degrees Celsius Resistance tor Pipe operation Ro 15k0 check temperature 3460 Rt 15 13460 AO NS 2701 273 TH7 1 Detects outdoor air tempera Outdoor tem ture perature Controls fan operation 0 C 32 F 15kohm Fan operated on th
345. transmission line for central ized control Normal vvhen voltage is betvveen 10V and 30V Check 8 11 described on the leftin case other than 1 GB IX Troubleshooting Both for MA remote controller and ME remote controller 1 Phenomena Although cooling operation starts with the normal remote controller display the capacity is not enough 1 Cause check method and remedy HWE1113A Compressor frequency does not rise sufficiently Faulty detection of pressure sensor Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high discharge temperature Protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to high pressure Pressure drops excessively HBC controller LEV1 and 2 actuation failure Insufficient refrigerant flows due to LEV malfunc tion not enough opening or protection works and compressor frequency does not rise due to pres sure drop RPM error of the outdoor unit FAN Motor failure or board failure or airflow rate de crease due to clogging of the heat exchanger The fan is not properly controlled as the outdoor temperature cannot be precisely detected by the temperature sensor The fan is not properly controlled as the pressure cannot be precisely detected by the pressure sen sor 199 Check pressure difference between the detected pressure by the pressure sensor and the actual pressure with self diagnosis LED gt f the accurate pressure is not detected
346. ty code Indoor unit Qj table Check the setting for the model selection switch on the outdoor unit Dipswitches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit control board Confirm that the TB3 on the OC and OS are properly connected GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Capacity code setting error 2 Error definition and error detection method Connection of incompatible wrong capacity code indoor unit or outdoor unit 3 Error source cause check method and remedy Outdoor unit The model name capacity code set by Indoor unit the switch SW2 is wrong The capacity of the indoor unit can be confirmed by the self diagnosis function SW1 operation of the outdoor unit Outdoor unit The model selection switches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit are set incor rectly SW5 Model 1 2 3 HWE1113A 184 Check the model name capacity code of the in door unit which has the error source address set by the switch SW2 on indoor unit board When the model name set by the switch is different from that of the unit connected turn off the power source of the outdoor and the indoor units and change the setting of the capacity code Check the setting for the model selection switch on the outdoor unit Dipswitches SW5 1 5 4 on the outdoor unit control board GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Wrong number of connected units 2 Error definition and error detection method The number of connected i
347. u uAA E gt ON a Jamod JOOPU ay l S 2037 buruq pieoq omuo ENEE Jooput ayy uo 2037 SHA ON STITT YN 24 ym uoneJedo dnoJ6 Buluuny 4Jel ouoo aowa ay S3A uo p feldsip O SI S4A TRW aowe ay uo pakejdsip SI LIYM 397574 OH Ste Top uo eod aup Bulun Jeyy GB EIER HWE1113A IX Troubleshooting In case of ME remote controller 1 Phenomena Even if the operation button on the remote controller is pressed the display remains unlit and the unit does not start running Power indicator does not appear on the screen 1 Cause 1 The power for the M NET transmission line is not supplied from the indoor unit 2 Short circuit of the transmission line 3 Incorrect wiring of the M NET transmission line on the outdoor unit Disconnected wire for the MA remote controller or disconnected line to the terminal block The indoor transmission line is connected incorrectly to the transmission terminal block for centralized controller TB7 4 Disconnected transmission line on the remote controller 5 Remote controller failure 6 Outdoor unit failure Refer to IX 8 Troubleshooting Using the Outdoor Unit LED Error Display page 239 2 Check method and remedy 1 Check voltage of the transmission terminal block for of the ME remote controller If voltage between is 17V and 30V gt ME remote controller failure When voltage is 17V orless Refer t
348. u mun 16 anan 0 oun e oun ec oan zz onmun 9Z ONMUN Sz oNd n uonog_ te ON mun es oan zz ON n Le emp oe oan et ONHUN et emm A oN3u0n dat a o ou mun et oan et ONMUN eau nun et oun LL aman ot onaun e onaun wonog 7 SI 1E SOUL U U UM pun ouuoeuj uo SI jejsouueu USUM 17 g ON mn 7 oumm gonmun e eum ronan oNwun zonmun sonw doi wunioopu so oo em m om sm m en zm m aeren 000001 LOLO 000001 LOOL 000001 1000 st LO cO gt syJeuway Lan Ae dsiq LMS o Z ejep uang 250 HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board p eldsip si wa s s yuea611J91 nu ay Jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pa ejdsip si SO JO OO JOYE JO uonipuoo hx LL _ j _ ui 000910 0000010 004000400 ss ff AS oo O O O TAO a a a 000 00000 69 06 s x O ew oo O O O ESTO ff ESTOS x o ooo ESTO ER Josues aJnssaJd wo7 o S 9 6 si n eu 6 666 O 6 66 josues 0000111010 9 H O IEA 0000111001 AE ZO 0000000 LL LL uuu ll hu LRL T S x E O a oo O O O ESTA tes er xV V AENA xV V ANT xV V AENA Dias eut aa aaa EP m 068 907621 m WI ejep uang LZ 02 OOOOLLLOLL 6S 8S LS 251 9G GG lt lt lt lt lt syJeuway HWE1113A X LED
349. ule resistance value of the in verter board if no problems are found Refer to the Trouble shooting for IGBT module page 225 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 1 Error Code Short circuited IPM Ground fault Detail code 104 2 Error definition and error detection method When IPM IGBT short damage or grounding on the load side is detected just before starting the inverter 3 Cause check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy Grounding fault compressor Refer to IX 4 7 2 2 page 222 In the case of 4250 Inverter output related Refer to IX 4 7 2 1 4 page 222 In the case of 4255 Cause Check method and remedy 1 Grounding fault of fan motor Refer to IX 4 7 2 5 page 223 2 Fan board failure Refer to IX 4 7 2 6 page 223 Note Refer to section 7 Inverter under part 4 Troubleshooting Principal Parts for error codes related to the inverter page 220 HWE1113A 154 GB IX Troubleshooting 1 Error Code Overcurrent error due to short circuited motor Detail code 105 2 Error definition and error detection method When a short is detected on the load side just before starting the inverter operation 3 Cause Check method and remedy Cause Check method and remedy 1 Short circuited compressor Refer to IX 4 7 2 2 page 222
350. under Bs Se o 22 Set temperature E Variable between 19 C and 28 C 67 F and 83 F 4 5 012 lt Heating Heating operation under Thermo ON conditions 3 Ne P Switches to heating mode 4 Relationship between the operation mode and the load capacity kW within a system 100 0 Cooling load Heating load i va X100 Cooling Heating capacity X 100 Cooling load Heating load load load 76 Cooling load Heating load capacity capacity capacity capacity o EE id ges only main Hd main only mode mode mode mode Total heat recovery mode HWE1113A 104 GB VII Control 11 DEMAND Control Cooling heating operation can be prohibited Thermo OFF by an external input to the indoor units Note When D P SVV4 4 is set to ON the 4 step DEMAND control is enabled Eight step demand control is possible in the system with two outdoor units Refer to Chapter II 3 2 7 Various types of control using input output signal connector on the outdoor unit various connec tion options for details page 26 HWE1113A 105 GB VII Control 3 Controlling HBC Controller 1 Water pump control Depending on the capacity required temperature difference on the indoor units is controlled so as to be within a certain range During normal operation the changes in specified voltage of the water pump corresponding to the capacity of connec
351. up between the MA remote controller cable and 220 240 VAC power supply cable Reversed connection of the wire for the MA remote controller and the M NET transmission line on the indoor unit 3 The number of the MA remote controllers that are connected to an indoor unit exceeds the allowable range 2 units 4 The length or the diameter of the wire for the MA remote controller are out of specification 5 Short circuit of the wire for the remote display output of the outdoor unit or reversed polarity connection of the relay 6 The indoor unit board failure 7 MA remote controller failure 2 Check method and remedy 1 Measure voltages of the MA remote controller terminal among 1 to 3 If the voltage is between 9 and 12V the remote controller is a failure If no voltage is applied check the causes 1 and 3 and if the cause is found correct it If no cause is found refer to 2 2 Remove the wire for the remote controller from the terminal block TB15 on the MA remote controller for the indoor unit and check voltage among 1 to 3 e f the voltage is between DC 9 and 12 V check the causes 2 and 4 and if the cause is found correct it e f no voltage is applied check the cause 1 and if the cause is found correct it If no cause is found check the wire for the remote display output relay polarity If no further cause is found replace the indoor unit board HWE1113A 191 GB IX Troubleshooting In the case of MA r
352. urs however when the pulses change from E to in the chart or Valve closed the valve is locked a big sound occurs Whether a sound is generated or not can be determined by holding a screwdriver against it then placing your ear against the handle Valve open 1 The LEV opening may become greater depending on the operation status Fully open 1 7 3000 pulses HBC controller LEV1 2 3 l I l l Pulses 80 100 pulses HWE1113A 2049 GB IX Troubleshooting 2 Judgment methods and possible failure mode Malfunction Judgment method Remedy mode Microcomputer Disconnect the control board connector and connect When the drive circuit has a driver circuit fail ure LEV mechanism is locked Disconnected or short circuited LEV motor coil Incomple sealing leak from the valve Faulty wire con nections in the connector or faulty contact the check LED as shown in the figure below 1kQ LED resistance 0 25W 1kQ LED DC15V 20mA or more When the main power is turned on the indoor unit cir cuit board outputs pulse signals to the indoor unit LEV for 10 seconds If any of the LED remains lit or unlit the drive circuit is faulty If the LEV is locked the drive motor runs idle and makes a small clicking sound When the valve makes a closing and opening sound the valve has a problem Measure resistance between the coils red white red orange
353. uxiliary outdoor Note Assign sequential address to the outdoor units in the same refrigerant circuit The outdoor units are automatically des ignated as OC and OS Note or OS if it exists 1 Transmission line for centralized control No connection is required remote controller wiring Same as 5 1 When 2 remote controllers are connected to the sys tem Same as 5 1 Group operation of indoor units Same as 5 1 LOSSNAY connection Connect terminals M1 and M2 on the terminal block TB5 on the indoor unit IC to the appropriate terminals on the terminal block TB5 on LOSSNAY LC Non po larized two wire Interlock setting between the indoor units and LOSS NAY units must be entered on the remote controller Re fer to IV 3 Interlock Settings via the MA Remote Controller or the installation manual for the MA remote controller for the setting method Switch setting Address setting is required as follows Setting method Port number setting is required To perform a group op eration of indoor units that feature different functions designate the indoor unit in the group with the greatest number of functions as the main unit None of these addresses may overlap any of the indoor unit addresses Settings to be made with the Sub Main switch To set the address to 100 set the rotary svvitches to 50 If the address that is as signed to the HBC controller
354. with O material soft annealed cannot be used unless they have a diameter of at least 19 05 3 4 and a radial thickness of 1 2 t Use pipes made with 1 2H material light annealed The figures in the radial thickness column are based on the Japanese standards and provided only as a reference Use pipes that meet the local standards HWE1113A 5 GB I Read Before Servicing 4 919 05 3 4 Thickness and refrigerant type indicated on the piping materials Ask the pipe manufacturer for the symbols indicated on the piping material for new refrigerant Flare processing O material Soft Annealed and OL material only The flare processing dimensions for the pipes that are used in the R410A system are larger than those in the R22 system Flare processing dimensions mm in A dimension mm R410A R22 R407C ex omg s Pipe size mm in 819 05 pipes should have a radial thickness of 1 2 t and be made of annealed materials If a clutch type flare tool is used to flare the pipes in the system using R410A the length of the pipes must be between 1 0 and 1 5 mm For margin adjustment a copper pipe gauge is necessary Dimension A Flare nut The flare nut type has been changed to increase the strength The size of some of the flare nuts have also been changed Flare nut dimensions mm in B dimension mm Pipe size mm in R410A R22 R407C 09 52 3 8 N 4 emp Dei MU Dimension B The figures i
355. y mode or when the thermostat triggers unit off The fan stops during heating The fan remains stopped during defrost operation Defrost operation The fan keeps running after Unli When the auxiliary heater is turned on the fan operates for one minute nlit U E the unit has stopped after stopping to dissipate heat The fan speed does not reach The fan operates at extra low speed for 5 minutes after it is turned on or the set speed when operation STAND BY until the pipe temperature reaches 35 C 95 F then it operates at low switch is turned on speed for 2 minutes and finally it operates at the set speed Pre heating stand by When the main power is The system is starting up Wait until the blinking display of HO or turned on the display shown 1 HO or PLEASE 1 PLEASE WAIT go off on the right appears on the in WAIT icons blink door unit remote controller for on the display 5 minutes The drain pump keeps run The drain pump stays in operation for three minutes after the unit in the ning after the unit has Unlit cooling mode is stopped stopped The drain pump is running When drain water is detected the drain pump goes into operation even while the unit is stopped while the unit is stopped Indoor unit and HBC controller This noise is made when the refrigerant circuit is reversed and is normal make noise during cooling Normal display heating changeover Sound of the refrigerant flow is This is caused
356. y unJoopu uoneoyljuepi SO OO sn e s uoneJedo Jun JOOPINO julod j9ejuos9 indu u do eubis 6 julod jopluoo indu u do eubis eulajx3 EH 00000L0LLL 00000L0LL0 0000010101 0000010100 00000 0011 00000 10010 000001000 0000010000 0000001 LLL 0000001110 0000001101 0000001100 0000001011 068 956722 HZ ejep K CC LE 0c 6l 8l 11 91 d Pl l B B IER HWE1113A X LED Monitor Display on the Outdoor Unit Board p eldsip si wa s s ueJ B uJ 31 ay Jo uonipuoo au g penpinipul pe ejdsip SI SO JO DO JO uonipuoo aul hx Lamm lr 19 099 juesabujoy 0000L0L0LL ev laA099 Io A u nb SuE EQ 1501180 5 77 330 dois epouJ 0000101010 CV l I es Jen pu p lnp uoSs euwJouqy MO Jo 3u0o9 JUN JOOPMO oo e ooo o UISLU dois zen m e gissiuJeg uonelado yun Joopino 0000100 LL ES oono 330 NO Loose owo se ooo se ce LL 0000 00001 LL mae ze LL oun is LL maus oz 00041 amp x o oou See 82 000001 LOL L gr ou mun Asou wun gr oNuun Sp oNwUn mp oun evonaun zp oN3Un Lea mm wonog os ou mn e ou mun geonaun Ae emm oe emm ee au nun 6 ON mun ee onaun geil ee o
357. ystem ulu a a a L12 L13 i Group 04 TBS M1M2 S TB15 1 2 If the HB address overlaps any of the addresses that are assigned to either the OC or OS use a different unused address OC and OS addresses lowest indoor unit address in the group plus 50 have higher priority than the HB address 2 Cautions 1 ME remote controller and MA remote controller cannot both be connected to the same group of indoor units 2 No more than 2 MA remote controllers can be connected to a group of indoor units 3 Maximum allowable length 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Same as 5 1 2 Transmission line for centralized control 3 When the number of the connected indoor units is as No connection is required shown in the table below one or more transmission 3 MA remote controller wiring boosters sold separately are required Same as 5 1 To connect two transmission boosters connect them in parallel Observe the maximum number of connectable indoor units that are listed in the specifications for each outdoor unit Number of transmission booster sold separately required When the P200 and P250 models are not 27 50 included in the connected indoor units units When the P200 and P250 models are in 21 39 40 50 cluded in the connected indoor units units units HWE1113A 32 II Restrictions 4 Wiring method 1 Indoor outdoor transmission line Daisy chain terminals M1 a

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Samsung ML-1865W Felhasználói kézikönyv  le magazine équeétëëë - Distinctive Designs by Diana  Philips Milk container HD5035  平成2 5年7月 4 日 各都道府県トラック協会会長 殿  Gioteck EX-01 headset  バードパンチャー＜LPE-BP2／BPP2  Monographie de produit (télécharger PDF, 313KB)  Panasonic WV-SF332E surveillance camera  norm ECE R44 04 standard ECE R44 04 norme ECE R44 04 norma  User`s Guide (printable version)  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file